CONTENTS

Nomenclatural Studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss. Cf EEN) |

R.J.F. Henderson ee or a re

Notes on Bertya Planchon CERPREDIACEHED

G.P. Guymer . dbs Miers

A Revision of Gardenia Ellis senate from north-eastern ipeanond

C.F. Puttock .. EM SAMS ele Wa ce eek ole ally ah Fok Sn wee

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, III. A new species of Cynanchum

L. and a new name in Marsdenia R. Br.

P.I. Forster & A. Thongpukdee. .

Five new species of Sida L. (Malvaceae) from Australia

A.E. Holland & S.T. Reynolds .. bei Rite Seal

New fern species from northern Australia

D.L. Jones... 2 35e .

Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 3. Cissus L.

B.R. Jackes pF rt Atel 3, BOER A ghee areata ae

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, IV. Dischidia R. Br. in Australia

P.J. Forster & D.J. Liddle at en .

Rhodamnia paitonnlans, a new species of MSHA from : cacanepalil

. Guymer . bk MOIR ARS A Sead xl SSIOAN atte ctw he TBI

The genus Miliusa Leschen. ex A. DC. ACERS) in Australia

L.W. Jessup Peet abs esiectia ee ae

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, V. Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.)

Schltr. and its i alate

P.I. Forster

Folicolous lichens from Australia

R. Santesson & L. Tibell .

New orchid taxa from south-eastern Queensland

D.L. Jones & M.A. Clements

New combinations for Solanum americanum Miller (Solanaceae) in Australia

and New Zealand

R.J.F. Henderson

Variation in Gynura drymophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies chmimtie spiancnanetiais

P.J. Forster & A. Thongpukdee. . Meret on eee op See. ete

A new species of Backhousia Hook. & Harvey (Myrtaceae) from Queensland

and a Sek si agg of Backhousia floribunda A.J. Scott

G.P. Guymer . Cee a ee A epee eae Les bers |

Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Queensland and New

Zealand: i cic to the checklists of Be al

L. Pedley .

NOTES

Notes on the naturalised flora of pacers

PI. Forster Wheto see Gee

Corrigendum

Index to Volume 2

Page

419

427

433

451

459

469

431

307

S15

S17

320

529

34/

355

357

367

S71

373

576

S77

419

Austrobaileya 2 (5): 419-426 (1988)

NOMENCLATURAL STUDIES IN DIANELLA LAM. EX JUSS.

(PHORMIACEAE) 1.

R.J.F. Henderson

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Anthericum adenanthera G. Forster is lectotypified and Dianella intermedia Endl. is neotypified. Dianella adenanthera

comb. noy. is made for certain plants in New Caledonia. The species does not occur in Australia. D. adenanthera

and D. intermedia, from Norfolk Island, are not conspecific.

While preparing an account of Dianella for Flora of Australia (Henderson 1987)

and undertaking cytological studies in the genus since 1971, I have been aware that

Anthericum Adenanthera G. Forster (1786) is a name pertinent to nomenclature in

Dianella that has not been satisfactorily placed by various botanists dealing with Dianella

in the Pacific Basin. In 1977, I concluded (Henderson 1977) that, based on specimens

at K, Forster’s name applies to plants of at least three taxa he and his father, J.R.

Forster, collected in New Caledonia in 1774 when accompanying Captain James Cook

in the Resolution on his second voyage in the Pacific Ocean. The supposition that

Forster’s name applies to more than one taxon 1s supported by specimens at BM, GOET

and UPS, and the taxonomic treatment of their plants by B. Seemann (1868) and J.

Schiittler (1940). C. Skottsberg (1937) also considered their material a mixture of taxa.

Three relevant sheets are available at K. For purposes of discussion they are here

arbitrarily designated sheets x, y and z respectively. Sheet x, labelled “Anthericum

Adenanthera”’, has a mixture of material of two taxa mounted on it. Again for purposes

of discussion, these shall be referred to as Taxon | (shoot with old inflorescence axis;

left side) and Taxon 2 (shoot base only; middle of sheet). This sheet also has two

detached old inflorescence axes, intertangled with each other and the leaves of the shoots,

mounted between the two shoots. Neither can be placed unequivocally with the shoot

on the right.

Sheet y, labelled “Anthericum Adenanthera var. (Forster), bears a specimen of

a third taxon here arbitrarily called Taxon 3, while sheet z, labelled “Anthericum

Adenanthera var. 2 (Forster)’, bears another specimen of Taxon 1 which consists of a

leafy shoot and a detached old inflorescence with parts of one or two flowers/buds

remaining. The labelling on these three sheets suggests that even the Forsters themselves

considered they had collected three taxa.

There are two sheets of material labelled ““Anthericum Adenanthera”’ in the Forster

herbarium at GOET.

The first (arbitrarily sheet a) 1s labelled

“1. 105.a. Anthericum Adenanthera Prod. 149”

and

‘‘Anthericum Adenanthera Forst. Prod. 24. 149

= Dianella

In Nova Caledonia

leg. Forster

Dr. J. Forster”

This has a specimen of Taxon 3 mounted on it.

The second sheet (arbitrarily sheet b) is labelled

“105.b. Anthericum Adenanthera Prod. 149.

Varietas”

and carries another tag stating “Original Forster’’.

This sheet bears a specimen of Taxon 1. Unfortunately, this specimen is sterile, lacking

even the axis of an old inflorescence as well as floral and fruiting parts.

420

In trying to place Anthericum adenanthera G. Forster and establish its relevance

to Australian plants over the years, I have found Forster specimens of it in a number

of other European herbaria. For instance, in Vahl’s herbarium at C (photo BRI), there

is a sheet labelled

“HB Vahhan — Dracaena ensifolia

Anthericum adenanthera Forst.

nova Caledonia misit Dr Montin”’

with material that is almost certainly a duplicate from the Forsters’ collection. This is

a specimen of Forster’s Taxon 1.

In Thunberg’s herbarium at UPS there is a sheet labelled by Thunberg as

“Anthericum adenanthera

e Nova Caledonia Prof. Forster’ (photo BRI).

This contains material of Forster’s Taxon 3 and probably material of his Taxon 2 (shoot

base missing).

When at P in 1979, I was shown a specimen of Anthericum adenanthera by Dr

H. Heine which, he informed me, had originally been mounted, labelled and sent to P

by George Forster, Though it has subsequently been remounted, his original handwritten

label has been retained and mounted with it. Dr Heine considered this probably the

most authentic indication of what George Forster intended his name to apply to. There

is no guarantee that any other relevant material I have seen, including that at GOET,

the supposed repository of Forster holotypes, had been labelled by Forster or his father,

Johann Reinhold. Logically then, the Paris specimen should be selected as lectotype of

Anthericum adenanthera. It 1s wholly of one taxon (Taxon 3) and can be placed

unequivocally, i.e. it apples to the taxon currently known as Dianella javanica (Blume)

eae ©. Jessop (1979), or Rhuacophila javanica Blume as I now consider it should

e calle

This is consistent with the material in GOET, i.e. Taxon 3 on sheet a represents

the type variety of Anthericum adenanthera and Taxon 1 on sheet b, a separate variety.

When Forster’s protologue to Anthericum adenanthera is considered, however,

brief though it is, the descriptive word “connatis” in relation to the leaves cannot apply

to Rhuacophila javanica whereas it certainly does apply to Taxon | and Taxon 2, both

sae i species of Dianella. Entry for species 149 on page 24 of Forster’s Prodromus

reads

“A. Adenanthera, folus lineari-ensiformibus basi connatis; glandula inter filamentum et

antheram. F.

Noua Caledonia.”

In Rhuacophila javanica the leaf is not connate in any part, neither at the base

of the blade nor at the base of the sheath, conditions that are present in Taxa 1 and 2.

According to the Guide for Determination of Types in the current International Code

of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN) (Voss 1983-T.4.d.) the clearly indicated intention of

the author should not be followed if the lectotype so selected is in conflict with the

protologue. This would be especially so where there is original material that is not

contrary to the protologue.

The Paris sheet, authentic though it 1s, should not therefore be considered for

lectotypification of Anthericum adenanthera. If not, the lectotype must then be selected

from either Taxon 1 or Taxon 2 for I am not aware that Forster’s name applies to any

other taxa.

By T.4.e. of ICBN, lectotypes selected from heterogeneous type material should

be chosen to preserve current usage especially 1f another author has already segregated

one of the elements as another taxon. In fact material of Forster’s Taxon 3 at BM was

included as a syntype of Dianella austro-caledonica by Seemann (1868) without him

realizing it was conspecific with Blume’s Rhiuacophila javanica. Selecting material of

Taxon 1 or 2 would then be broadly in agreement with Seemann’s treatment of the

remaining Forster type material at BM, which he identified as Dianella intermedia Endl.

It is unclear why he did not take up the epithet adenanthera for this considering he

421

included Anthericum adenanthera in synonymy, ignoring or perhaps overlooking its

earlier publication.

There is, fortunately, another authentic guide to selecting a lectotype for Forster’s

name. In the years following the Forsters’ return from their voyage on the Resolution

with Captain Cook, they fell, for various reasons explained by Hoare (1976), upon hard

times and in August of 1776, to stay solvent, J.R. Forster accepted Joseph Banks’ offer

of 400 guineas for a series of George Forster’s drawings from the voyage. Amongst those,

which are now held in the Botany Library of the British Museum (Natural History), is

a pencilled sketch of Anthericum adenanthera labelled as from ‘“‘N Caledonia 9 September

1774” (photo BRI). Though only a rough sketch, there is no doubt that this is a

representation of a plant of Taxon 1.

In the light of this drawing, Forster’s protologue and the specimens in BM, C,

GOET and UPS mentioned above, it seems a specimen of Taxon | should be selected

as lectotype of Forster’s name. Amongst the material I have seen, sheet z above at K

(labelled “Anthericum adenanthera var. 2 (Forster)’”), though lacking complete flowers

or fruits, is the best specimen available and so I hereby select it lectotype of Anthericum

adenanthera G. Forster. See Fig. 1.

Having lectotypified the name, 1t now remains to establish the correct identity of

the plant it refers to, which is definitely a species of Dianella.

I visited New Caledonia briefly in 1978 while in transit to K and, with the friendly

co-operation of Drs H.S. McKee, P. Morat (now Director of P) and J.M. Veillon at

NOU, was able to investigate and collect specimens of Dianella near Noumea (near the

sea and in the foothills of Mt Koghi) and to the east of that city on the road to Yate

and on the Plaine des Lacs. I was able to see, along with others, living plants of Forster’s

Taxa | and 3, and collect specimens of Taxon | at Baie Tina, Noumea (Henderson

H2627, BRI). Some time later I received for BRI a collection from Lifou in the Loyalty

Islands (J.M. Veillon 4143) which I take to represent Forster’s Taxon 2

The Dianella taxa of New Caledonia were dealt with critically by J. Schlittler in

his monograph of the genus (Schlittler 1940) where he related them to others throughout

the genus’ range. Years later he again reviewed the New Caledonian taxa (Schlittler

1954) in an account covering specimens collected in that area by M.G. Baumann and

H. Hurlimann in 1950-1952 during a joint Franco-Swiss mission there.

In his 1940 account, Schlittler treated Anthericum adenanthera (1786) and Dianella

ensifolia (L.) DC., based on Dracaena ensifolia L. (1767), as synonyms of Dianella

nemorosa Lam. { 1792). nom. illeg. This latter name, incidently, strictly applies only to

D. ensata (Thunb.) R. Henderson, based on Dracaena ensata Thunb., from the western

Indian Ocean (fide Henderson 1977). To Schlittler, however, D. nemorosa was a very

diverse taxon widely spread throughout the tropics in the Indian Ocean and Pacific

Ocean basins but not extending to New Caledonia. As far as the Forsters’ type material

is concerned, he, inexplicably, cited some under Dianella javanica (p 241) and some

under Dianella intermedia (p 247) without specifying what material was type of A.

adenanthera or citing any under D. nemorosa. Both these Dianella names were published

later than A. adenanthera. As can be seen by the specimen at C above, Dracaena ensifolia

and Anthericum adenanthera had been equated by botanists before Schlittler.

I have considered typification of Dianella nemorosa and Dianella ensifolia pre-

viously (Henderson 1977, 1987) and now consider that the lectotypes of these names

are not conspecific with the lectotype chosen above for Anthericum adenanthera. From

the admittedly small amount of Dianella material seen from New Caledonia, I have no

reason to disagree with Schlittler’s view that neither Dianella nemorosa nor D. ensifolia

occurs in that country. This being so, and Anthericum adenanthera being the oldest

legitimate name applying to a species of Dianella in New Caledonia, a new combination

under Dianella is required for this species and is made as follows.

Dianella adenanthera (G. Forster) R. Henderson, comb. nov.

Anthericum Adenanthera G. Forster, Fl. ins. austr. 24 (no. 149) (1786).

Type: Noua Caledonia, September 1774, J.R. & G. Forster (ecto: K; isolecto:

C,GOET,K).

Mtge SEN

WH We eve ees

See

;

Lone

As”,

cee

ea ee

Sana")

eee Nese he ete

See

VV Wye wee

AS,

eade

eee

. *

anne ° Oh ge *,

eine

Fig. 1. Lectotype of Anthericum adenanthera (Forster s.n.) in K.

423

In his later account of New Caledonian Dianella taxa, Schlittler recognized eight

species, none of which was D. nemorosa or D. ensifolia. Using his key to species, I

believe Forster’s three taxa would be identified as follows.

Taxon 1: Dianella intermedia

Taxon 2: Dianella nigra (though a specimen of this from Mare, in the Loyalty

Islands, (Baumann-Bodenheim 14645) at BRI, has been determined as

D. intermedia by Schlittler.)

Taxon 3: Dianella javanica (= Rhuacophila javanica)

Using the key to New Caledonian species of Dianella provided by A. Guillaumin (1940),

Forster’s three taxa would be identified as follows.

Taxon 1: Dianella intermedia

Taxon 2: Dianella caerulea

Taxon 3: Dianella austro-caledonica (= Rhuacophila javanica)

Since Dianella adenanthera applies to Forster’s Taxon 1, it would appear that D.

intermedia, whose type comes from Norfolk Island, may be a synonym of it. Consideration

needs to be given to this possibility because an account of the flora of Norfolk Island

is currently being prepared by Peter Green at K for the Flora of Australia project.

Typification of Dianella intermedia is not easy as apparently all the original

material except for the protologue description, is no longer extant. The species was

described in Vienna in 1833 from material collected and illustrated by Ferdinand Bauer

at Anson’s Bay on Norfolk Island in 1804/5. The illustrations were apparently housed

with the specimens in W. Unfortunately, during World War 2, when the collections of

W were divided and dispersed for safety to various localities in Austria, the portion

including Bauer’s materials of monocotyledons was destroyed by fire. No duplicates of

this material are known so interpretation of what the name D. intermedia applies to

saat ng on Endlicher’s description and plants subsequently collected from the type

ocality

Captain J.D. McComish investigated plants of Dianella on Norfolk Island and

Lord Howe Island in 1938/9 and sent specimens of what he believed was D. intermedia

Endl. from the former to K on at least two occasions. According to his notes in NSW,

he also sent specimens to the National Museum of New Zealand (WELT) and the Bishop

ae in Hawai (BISH) as well as NSW. Notes with his specimens at K read as

ollows:

“47, Dianella intermedia. Maiden, on his visit in 1902 did not see this plant.

Laing, in 1912, found it at Ball Bay only, and says that it is undoubtedly rare. |

find it well established at Anson Bay (where Bauer found it), also at a spot on

the N.E. side of the island, and a few plants at Ball Bay. Specimens collected in

Jan. at various stages from flowers to fruit. Leaves 1”[2.5 cm] wide, and up to

41”[c. 1.04 m] long. Flowers dull-cream; the divisions of the perianth darker

below, with a greenish-yellow band up the centre of each; ovary roundish, greenish-

yellow; style thin, white, projecting slightly beyond the anthers; stigma white, too

small for me to describe; the stamens, growing from the base of the ovary, curve

around it, enclosing it in a kind of cage, surmounted by the anthers; filaments

white; anthers brown, with a roundish yellow base, on which they stand almost

vertical. In the fully-opened flower the divisions of the perianth are turned

backward, well clear of the other parts. Diameter of perianth, measured below,

3/8ths inch [0.95 cm]. Ripe fruit bluish-purple, very shiny, roundish in shape and

up to 5/16ths of and inch [0.8 cm] in diameter.

I send also, specimen in fruit, collected at the end of Feb. from a plant at Ball

Bay. These fruits are slightly larger than any seen at Anson Bay.”

The specimens and notes give a good indication of Endlicher’s plant.

There is another specimen at K which is a good guide to identifying the plant

collected by Bauer on Norfolk Island. This was collected by the Quaker missionary J.

Backhouse when he visited Norfolk Island in 1835. The sheet it is mounted on 1s labelled

‘Dianella intermedia Endl.” and annotated “Probably true plant. Compared with Bauer’s

Drawing Nov [18]65, DO [= Daniel Oliver]’.

miners

Sta ae

Ci ae ot

cer

P a?

ete

ata

= . 7

Re eos Shs

saeeeae

Eee ee ee ay

hal aoe al ieee aaa ",

a eae Aaa a anim asics

Fig. 2. Neotype of Dianella intermedia (McComish 47 — sheet 1) in K.

425

McComish’s and Backhouse’s materials all agree with Endlicher’s quite detailed

protologue description as far as it goes. Therefore, in the absence of authentic Bauer

specimens, I select McComish 47 sheet 1 at K, neotype of Dianella intermedia. See Fig.

When comparing specimens of D. intermedia with ones of D. adenanthera,

however, it is clear there are several differences between these two taxa which lead me

to consider that they are distinct species. These species can be contrasted as follows.

Taxon D. adenanthera D. intermedia

Rhizome contracted elongating

Shoots adjacent adjacent to distant

Inflorescence much exceeding leaf canopy within leaf canopy

scape erect arcuate

Scape axis + straight flexuous

Infl. Branches and

well developed and expanded

secondary branching poorly

Branchlets developed, contracted

distally

err a erect, divergent or spreading arcuate to pendulous

Bostryces open but contracted distally + contracted

‘4 2—6-flowered 2—12-flowered

Pedicels erect or ascending decurved to pendant

i to 20 mm long to 10 mm long

i slender + stout

Flower colour pale biue dull cream

Fruit

Ovules/locule

Seed

elongated, apically pointed

3-3.5 mm long

spherical or subglobular

many (>3)}

4-5 mm long

Of the species in New Caledonia dealt with by Schlittler, it is possible that the

taxon he called Dianella pendula Schlittler is correctly Dianella intermedia but further

studies in the field in Norfolk Island and New Caledonia are required to confirm this.

Such would also be required to properly place Forster’s Taxon 2, which could be D.

adenanthera too or another of the species Schlittler described from New Caledonia.

Unfortunately, I am not able to say how widely outside New Caledonia D. adenanthera

is distributed and will have to be guided in this by botanists working in neighbouring

areas.

For their information, D. adenanthera may be described as follows.

Plant including inflorescence to c. | m high, tufted, solitary; rhizomes + contracted;

roots fibrous; tufts to c. 8 cm across at base. Aerial stems to c. 20 cm long, leafy

throughout, + adjacent. Leaves equitant, 5-75 cm long, arcuate, the lowest 2 to 4 reduced

to scale-like sheath lacking lamina; sheath conduplicate, keeled, + completely occluded

distally; lamina 0.5-1.5 cm wide, attenuate, flat but margins becoming recurved or

revolute on drying; midrib abaxially and margins scabrid or minutely toothed; nerves

+ raised abaxially, not contiguous. Inflorescence erect, exceeding the foliage, panicle +

narrowly conical to ovate in outline; cymules (bostryces) open but progressively contracted

distally, 2-6(rarely —9)-flowered; pedicels 3-—16(-20) mm long, somewhat angularly ribbed.

Perianth segments narrowly elliptic, pale blue or greenish blue; sepals 5~6 mm long, 5-

nerved; petals 4.2-5.5 mm long, 3-nerved. Stamen filament-swelling 0.4-0.6 mm long,

0.4-0.5 mm wide, yellow; anthers 2.8-3 mm long, red-brown. Ovules 2 per locule. Berry

obloid to ovoid or irregular when dried, 4-7 mm long, apically pointed, purplish black

when ripe. Seed oblong to obliquely obovate in outline, biconvex in transverse section,

426

3-3.5 mm long X 2-2.5 mm wide; testa smooth or slightly irregularly marked with

shallow depressions, black, very shiny.

Specimens seen: New Caledonia. Montravel Botanica] Gardens, Jan 1976, Seawright (BRD); Baie Tina, Noumea,

Jul 1978, Henderson H2627 (BRI); Ile Yande, Aug 1978, Verllon 3659 (BRI,NOU); Tle Art, Aug 1978, Verllon

3695 (BRI,NOUV).

The relationship of D. adenanthera to D. nigra Colenso from New Zealand, with

which it has many attributes in common (cf. Moore & Edgar 1970), also needs to be

considered. The chief distinctions between these two seem to be the latter’s darkly

coloured, more compound, more slender inflorescence axes, more slender pedicels +

slightly curving and up to 40 mm long, and fruit that is + globose or oblong but not

pointed (cf. Schlittler 1940, t. XX1I).

References

GUILLAUMIN, A. (1940). Contributions a la Flore de la Nouveile-Caledonie LX XI. Plantes de Collecteurs

divers. Bulletin du Museum, 2e s., t. XII, no. 6.

FORSTER, G. (1786). Florulae Insularum Australium Prodromus 24 (no 149). Gottingen: J.C. Dieterich.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1977). Typification of Dianella Lam. ex Juss. Taxon 26: 131-137.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1987). Dianella. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 45: 194-225, 434-437, 476-485.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

HOARE, M.E. (1976). The Tactless Philosopher — Johann Reinhold Forster (1729-98). Melbourne: The Hawthorn

Press,

JESSOP, J.P. (1979). Dianella. In C.G.G.J. van Steenis (ed.), Flora Malesiana ser. 1, 9(1): 209.

MOORE, L.B. & EDGAR, E. (1970). Dianella. In Flora of New Zealand 2: 40-42, Wellington: A.R. Shearer.

SCHLITTLER, J. (4940). Monographie der Liliaceengattung Dianella Lam. Mittetlungen aus dem Botanischen

Museum der Universitat Zurich 163: 1-283, t. 1-35.

SCHLITTLER, J. (1954). Die Liliaceengattung Dianella Lam. in Neukaledonien und auf den benachbarten Insein.

Schweizerische botanische Gesellschaft Berichte 64: |} 25-198.

SEEMANN, B. (1868). Flora Vitiensis 312. London: L. Reeve & Co.

SKOTTSBERG, C. (1937). Liliaceae of Southeastern Polynesia. Occasional Papers of Bernice P. Bishop Museum

Honolulu, Hawaii 13 (no. 18): 234-240, 242.

VOSS, E.G. ef al. (1983). International Code of Botanical Nomenclature. Regnum Vegetabile 111. Utrecht/

Antwerp: Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema. The Hague/Boston: Dr W. Junk, Publishers.

427

Austrobaileya 2(5): 427-431 €1988)

NOTES ON BERTYA PLANCHON (EUPHORBIACEAE)

G.P, Guymer

Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Qid 4068

Summary

A new species of Bertya, B. sharpeana, is described and figured, Beriya glabrescens (C. White) Guymer based on

B. oleifolia Planchen var, glabrescens C. White is a new combination. Bertya drownii S. Moore is deleted from

the flora of Queensland and is an earlier name for the species known as B. astrotricha Blakely from the Sydney

district, A key to the species of Bertya is provided.

The species of Bertya described in this paper was originally collected in 1981 and

was considered at that time to be new to science. As a result of subsequent collections

and examination of specimens at BRI, K and CGE sufficient data are now available to

confirm its specific status. Although the genus 1s represented by other undescribed taxa

in Australia and requires a complete revision, it is considered appropriate to publish

this new species now because of its conservation significance.

Bertya sharpeana Guymer, sp. nov. affinis B. o/eifoliae Planchon sed foliis minoribus

ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, glandibus foliorum longioribus (0.25—0.65 mm longis)

et perianthius accrescentibus differt. Typus: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT:

Mount Coolum, SE portion of summit area, 26°34’S, 1S53°0S’E, 14 August 1982,

G.P. Gupmer 1771 & PR. Sharpe (holo: BRI; iso: BRLAD,CANB,K,MEL,PERTH).

Monoecious or dioecious bushy shrubs or small trees 0.5-4 m high; bark shailowly

fissured, + rugose, reddish-brown, Branchiets terete, stellate-pubescent (hairs on stipes

0.1-0.8 mm iong, 0.7-1.3 mm diameter). Leaves spirally alternate, discolourous, exsti-

pulate; lamina ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 4-19(-22) mm long, 2.5~-8 mm wide, tuberculate

above with persistent stalks of stellate hairs, white stellate-pubescent below (hairs on

stipes 0.05~—0.25 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm diameter); apex obtuse to acute; base cuneate to

slightly cordate; midvein slightly rmpressed above, secondary and tertiary veins obscure;

basal glands 2, erect, stalked, capitate, 0.25-0.65 mm long; petioles flattened, slightly

channelled above, stellate-pubescent, 1-2.5 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, monads,

sessile; flowers sessile, apetalous; bracts 5, orbicular or ovate, acute to rounded, outer

stellate-pubescent, inner glabrous or ciliate, [~1.4 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide. Male

flowers: perianth white with a pink flush, turning reddish-pink, deeply 5-lobed, lobes

obovate or ovate-oblong, glabrous, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5—-1.9 mm wide; androecium

2.8-3.3 mm long, glabrous; stamens spreading, 47-50; anthers 0.6-0.9 mm long. Female

flowers: perianth pale green, 5-lobed to ca middle; lobes orbicular, recurved, glabrous

except for ciliate margins, 1-1.3 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide: ovary ovoid, stellate-

pubescent, 3-locular, 1.4-1.7 mm long; style subsessile; stigmas 3, deeply 3-lobed, radiate,

red or maroon, lobes 0.75~1.2 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide; ovules 1 per loculus on

apical placentas; capsule ellipsoid or ovoid, 1-seeded by abortion, sparsely pubescent,

glabrescent, 4—5 mm long, 2.4-3 mm diameter. Seeds ovoid, smooth, carunculate, pale

brown and blotched with dark brown, 3.1~4.5 mm long, 2~2.8 mm diameter; embryo

straight, linear. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MoreTON District: SE base of Mi Coolum, Aug 1982, Guyer 1768 & Sharpe

(BRLCANB,CBG,K,MEL,NSW,PERTH), Mt Coolum, ca 3 km S of Coolum Beach, Sept 1981, Sharpe 2992 &

Batianoff (BRD, ditto, Nov 1981, Sharpe 3049 (BRI); Mt Coolum, SE portion of summit, Aug 1982, Guymer

1770 & Sharpe (BRILCANB.K.MEL,NSW), ditto, Guynrer 1771 & Sharpe (AD, BRI,CANB.K,MEL,PERTH); ditto,

Guynier 1772 & Sharpe (BRI): ditto, Gupmer 1773 & Sharpe (BRD; ditto, Nov 1987, Henderson H3109 (BRI);

AK facing ‘RD. Mt Coolum, Jul 1982, Sharpe 3213 (BRD. N Slopes of Mt Coolum, Aug 1982, Guyer 1776

L Sharpe

Distribution: This species is currently known only from Mt Coolum (26°34’S, 153°0S’E),

3km S of Coolum Beach, SE Queensland, at 60-200 m altitude.

Ecology: B. sharpeana has been recorded from a number of structural vegetation

formations on Mt Coolum, viz. heath (southern portion of summit), open forest and

woodland (morthern and western slopes) and the margins of rainforest (south-eastern

428

Heck

ll, ah ! d 4

Fig. 1. Bertya sharpeana. A. flowering branchlet (female) x 1.5. B. female flower X 8. C. male flower < 8. D.

flowering branchlet (male) x 1.5. E. fruit X 4. F. seed < 6. G. leaf gland xX 25. A,B,G Guymer 1768; C,D Guymer

1771; EF Henderson H3109.

429

base of the mountain). The description of these vegetation formations has been docu-

mented by Batianoff, Sharpe & Nelidner (1985) and the floristics for each formation have

been compiled by Sharpe & Batianoff (1984).

Flowermg period: July to September.

Fruiting period: October to November.

Affinities: The species is related to B. oleifolia but differs by its smaller, ovate to ovate-

lanceolate leaves, its longer suprabasal leaf glands (0.25-0.65 mm long) and its perianth

not enlarging in fruit.

Conservation status: Bertya sharpeana is an occasional plant on Mt Coolum and is so

far known from a relatively small area (ca 1 square kilometre). The species is assessed

as endangered (2E) using the criteria of Leigh ef a/. (1981).

Etymology: The species is named in honour of Mr Philip Ridley Sharpe who first brought

it to my notice and who provided expert field assistance on my visit to Mt Coolum.

This honour also acknowledges his contribution to the collections of the Queensland

Herbarium (over 4500 collecting numbers) and to Queensland botany.

In the preparation of the key to the species of Bertya it became evident that B.

oleifolia var. glabrescens C, White should be recognised at specific rank. The necessary

new combination 1s made below.

Bertya glabrescens (C. White) Guymer, comb. et stat. nov.

Bertya oleifolia var. glabrescens C. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 50: 86 (1939).

Type: Eidsvold, without date, 7.1. Bancroft (holo: BRI; iso: K).

Affinities: This species differs from 8. oleifolia by its pedunculate flowers, its glabrous

ovary and adaxial leaf surface, and its sessile stellate hairs on the branchlets and leaves.

B. glabrescens is most closely related to B. pedicellata but is distinguished from this

species by its glabrous ovary, its shortly pedicellate or subsessile flowers and its narrower

leaves.

Conservation status: 8. e/abrescens is known only from the type collection from Eidsvold

and Coveny 6842 & Hind from 6.8 km N of Eidsvold. It is therefore conservation coded

{K using the criteria of Leigh ef a/. (1981) until accurate field data are obtained.

Bertya brownii S. Moore, J. Bot. 43: 147 (1905). Type: without locality, without date,

R. Brown [Bennett No, 3590] (holo: BM).

Bertya astrotricha Blakely, Contrib. New South Wales Nat. Herb. 1: 120 (1941).

Type: Connelly’s Creek, 1.5 miles [2.4km] north-west of Mt Colah, June 1918,

WF, Blakely & D.W.C. Shiress (holo: NSW, photo BRD.

Moore described this species from a single Brown collection in BM and suggested

that the specimen came from Queensland. I have examined the holotype and find that

it is conspecific with the species known as B. astrotricha Blakely from the Sydney district

of New South Wales.

Key to Species of Bertya

{. Peduncles 825 mm long... .. 2. 2. ee ee ee ee een 2

Peduncles absent or to 4 mm lon Pe Rete tL ee eet ee Pes eae 9, ey 4

2. Stellate hairs mostly stipitate, stipes 0.1-0.5 mm long. Central subcoastal |

NSW 5 os eet cen ep lease ee cp Deyo ee ey ee REOWRIED, Moore

Stellate hairs mostly sessile, some on stipes to 0.2 mm long.. .. . F 38, 3

3. Leaves 1.3-4.2 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, lateral veins raised below,

sunken above. SE NSW .. .. 0... we wu ee B. pomaderroides F. Muelli.

Leaves 0.8-2 cm long, 3—5 mm wide, lateral veins inconspicuous. Central |

subcoastal NSW 1. wd 6d we ee B. oblongifolia J. Mucller

17.

18.

430

. Stellate hairs on branchlets and leaves ie stipitate (stipes 0.2—-0,5

mm long) .... aed >

Stellate hairs on branchlets and leaves sessile or - subsessile (stipes t to 0. 1

PUTO BE): ens id ces ee eee el gles a poe ee wwe oh oll we ld ee eT, co. y

. Floral bracts 4; leaves ovate or orbicular, 0.4~1.3 cm long and wide.

Kangaroo Is., SA . B. rotundifolia F. Muell.

Floral bracts 5- b2: leaves ovate to ‘lanceolate, 0.4-6 cm long . 6

. Basal leaf-glands stipitate, stipes 0.25-0.65 mm long; leaves ovate to

ovate-lanceolate, 0.4-2.2 cm ‘ong; cipal not enlarging in fruit. Mt

Coolum, SE Old pies nd 30 ete B. sharpeana Guymer

Basal leaf-glands sessile or on < Stipes to 0, 2 min n long; k leaves lanceolate,

tee OA TOME. co Sel ae gm OY pe ads Gee ace os er ee 2a 5 7

. Floral bracts 8-12; styles 3- or 4-lobed:; ealrame intend in fruit to

6-10 mm long. N NSW, SE Qld... . B. oleifolia Planchon

Fioral bracts 3-7; perianth not enlarging 1 in fruit eer se eg Rien “fiethenae eh 8

. styles 5-7-Iobed; capsules 4-7 mm long. NE Qld .__B. polystigma Gruening

Styles 3-lobed; capsule $-10 mm long. N Tablelands NSW B. ingramii T, James

. Leaves appressed to stem, 0.2-0.3 cm long, ca | mm wide. SW WA

Lee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ves... B, cupressoidea (Gruening) Airy Shaw

Leaves not appressed to stem, 1-9 cm long ...................... £10

. Leaves linear; margins revolute to midrib ......... Sy Mi

Leaves oblong, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate; margins flat or tecurved.

but net revolute to midrib. Fi. GF ORD Bison Sia RS EnA Bet Seen eS dale LU

. Ovary glabrous or with a few hairs .. 2... 0... ee ee ee ee ~~) «1

CIVATY DIIDGSCEDE, .c4 50 Sac dia ate Stee oe oe ce ee ee ee amore eee ce) | ES

. Branchlets and yours growth villous; perianth lobes fmbriate. Central

NSW . ao B. gaummifera Planchon

Branchiets and young growth sparsely pubescent, glabres escent or Pee

perianth glabrous ...... .. i? Soe da at» Rea th

. Leaves 0.3-1 cm long; styles 2-lobed. SW WA ... .. .. B. dimerostigma F. Muell.

Leaves 1~4.5 cm long; styles 3-lobed . . ad EE, SEIS a eee Ay

. FPOTIAAtH-Ch Aree ITE gc ccc eck ace SEN Sey ek aoe age. © 95

Perianth not-enlareine an vit 2. ep ee eee ew a be we te Ge gates 16

, Leaves 2.7~4,5 cm long; apices acute. SE Qld... B. pinifolia Planchon

Leaves 1.2~2.8 cm ataded 4 apt obtuse or rounded. S$ 5 Qld, N NSW

i B. glandulosa Gruening

. Hairs stipitate; adaxial leaf surface tuberculate with persistent hair stipes.

Warrumbungles, NSW a a eee ae > —o Dummer

Hairs sessile; adaxial leaf surface glabrous oie net! Myth acdc we eeloe ahaa edn ee

Peduncles 3-6 mim long; leaves 1.2~4.5 cm long. Central Qld

B. pedicellata F. Muell.

Peduncles 1-2.5 mm 1 long leaves 0.7-2 cm Tong S Central NSW

, .B. cunninghamii Planchon

Piswers sessile; leaves 1.5-3 cm long. Central NSW, Vic, SA

. B. mitchellii ‘acetate fag J. Mueller

Flowers pedunculate: peduncles i-4 mm long: leaves 0.6-2 cm long . 19

431

19. Leaf apices acute; midrib mostly flush above. Tas

. B. tasmanica Sane J. Mueller

Leaf F apices ‘obtuse or rounded: midrib sunken above. E NSW, 8S Qld

B. rosmarinifolia (Cunn.) Planchon

20. Leaves opposite, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 10-20 mm wide. Central Qld

B. opponens (F. Muell. ex asics mines

Leaves alternate. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate. 2~15 mm wide... ... . 21

Zt" Léaves 6-1. Scr Lome: ace eae bX ween 6h 5G a ke eR eee Stet |

BeAVES 2 =F CIE ONES ee gk givin we Meede G ee ee wa aha Bite Oh ea.

22. Leaves narrowly oblong, 0.5—1.5 cm long, 1-2 mm wide. Central W

slopes NSW. | B. oblonga Blakely

Leaves oblong, 1-1.8 cm long, 3-5 mm wide. NW slopes NSW _ B. mollissima Blakely

23. Ovary glabrous. Eidsvold, SE ae ... B. glabrescens (C. White) Guymer

Ovary pubescent. . Bete ed = fad FEN em wht RNS on pipe | PTE

24. Leaf apices rounded; margins flat or slightly recurved; fruits not pedi-

cellate. E Vic, SE NSW | Pipl, .... B. findlayi F. Muell.

Leaf apices acute; PURSUE revolute: pedicels elongating to 3-6 mm in

fruit. Central Old Lee ee ee ee ee we ee ee a... »©6©B, pedicellata F. Muell.

Excluded names

Bertya andrewsii W. Fitzg., J. Western Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 31 (1905) = Ricino-

carpos stylosus Diels

Bertya quadrisepala F. Muell., Fragm. 10: 52 (1876) = Ricinocarpos muricatus J. Mueller

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Philip Sharpe Esq. for bringing this new species to my attention,

for his companionship on several visits to Mount Coolum and for providing the English

translation of Gruening’s German paper. I wish to thank the Directors and staff of K,

PERTH and CGE for providing facilities for study and access to their collections, and

Dr B. Briggs (NSW) who kindly sent me photographs of several types. Mr Will Smith

provided the illustrations.

References

BATIANOFF, G.N., SHARPE, P.R. & NELDNER, V.J. (1985). Flora and vegetation of Mt Coolum, Queensland.

Queensland Naturalist 25: 28-56.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian plants. Australian National

Parks & Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 7. Canberra: Australian National Parks & Wildlife Service.

SHARPE, P.R. & BATIANOFF, G.N. (1985). Appendix 1. Mt Coolum checklist of ferns, conifers and flowering

plants. Queensland Naturalist 25: 57-74.

433

Austrobaileya 2(5): 433-449 (1988)

A REVISION OF GARDENIA ELLIS (RUBIACEAE)

FROM NORTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND

C.F. Puttock

University of New South Wales, Kensington, NSW 2033

Summary

Seven species of Gardenia are endemic to north-eastern Queensland. Five new species, G. actinocarpa, G. psidioides,

G. rupicola, G. scabrella and G. tessellaris are described and a key to all species is provided. Five taxa currently

included in Gardenia are excluded from the genus: G. jardinei F. Muell. ex Benth., G. kershawii Bailey, G.

macgilliyraei Benth., G. merikin Bailey and G. echreata F. Muell.

The genus Gardenia Ellis has approximately 120 species distributed throughout

the Old World tropics. Few Australian species occur in closed forests, the majority being

found in savannah woodlands. In north-eastern Queensland three species occur in dry

apne woodlands, two in semideciduous vine forest, and two in complex mesophyll vine

orests.

Mueller (1858) described a number of species of Gardenia using the generic

concept (Richard 1829) which encompassed species that had large flowers with stamens

included in the corolla tube, and large, many-seeded fruits with pulpy placentas. Sub-

sequently Bentham (1867) distinguished between Gardenia sens. strict., in which the

ovary 1s unilocular, and Randia Houst. ex L., in which it is bilocular.

The revision of the African members of the Gardenia—Randia assemblage by Keay

(1958) revealed that Gardenia sens. strict. was characterized by pollen in permanent

tetrads. However, some Gardenia-like species with unilocular ovaries were found to

possess monad pollen, while other bilocular species possessed pollen in tetrads. This

variation, together with differences in modes of branching, and seed coat and stipule

morphology, was used to split the group into many new genera.

This approach has been followed by recent workers on African and Asian Gar-

denieae (Robbrecht & Puff 1986, Tirvengadum 1983), but has yet to be applied in

Australia. Of the species currently referred to Gardenia in north-eastern Queensland,

only two remain as true members of the genus: G. vilhelmii (syn. G. edulis F. Muell.)

and G. ovularis. The following species do not possess permanent tetrads of pollen and

should be excluded: G. jardinei F. Muell. ex Benth., G. kershawii Bailey, G. macgillivraei

Benth., G. merikin Bailey and G. ochreata F. Muell. Gardenia merikin is also distinguished

by its bilocular ovary and all five are distinguished from Gardenia sens. strict. by

characters of the flower and fruit. These species will be dealt with in detail in subsequent

publications.

All species have been examined in the field. Descriptions and measurements are

based on living and dried material and are applicable to both. Leaf terminology follows

Hickey (1973), bark terminology follows Hyland (1982) and ecological terminology follows

Webb (1978). The conservation status has been coded using the ranks proposed by

Leigh, Briggs and Hartley (1981). The terminology used in describing the corolla. shape

has been inconsistent in the literature; the terms used here are defined as follows:

cylindrical: the tube does not expand to more than twice its basal diameter and the

expansion is uniform over the entire length of the tube. (The corolla shape

including the lobes is hypocrateriform).

tubiform (trumpet shaped): the tube is cylindrical in the lower part and convex in the

upper part, opening to more than twice the basal diameter. (Infundibular has not

been used here as it implies an obconical shape).

crateriform (goblet shaped): the tube is contracted in the lower part and concave in the

upper part, opening to more than twice the basal diameter.

434

Taxonomy

Notes on the genus in Australia

_ As many extra-Australian species are poorly known it is premature to propose a

revised generic description. The following description includes character states which are

common to the Australian species and to the type species, G. augusta (L.) Merr.

Thornless shrubs and small trees with sympodial branching. Leaves opposite or whorled,

often unequal, sessile or petiolate; lamina entire or repand; secondary venation camp-

todromous; tertiary venation usually strongly percurrent. Stipules connate, fused into an

intrapetiolar dome or cone which entirely encloses the apical bud, and which consists

of a coriaceous basal part that is continuous with the petioles, and a usually chartaceous

upper part which covers the bud. Numerous colleters in the basal part, between the

stipule and the stem, produce viscid resin which fills and eventually ruptures the upper

part of the stipule cone just prior to the rapid expansion of the new leaves. The upper

part generally persists for several nodes but then disintegrates. The basal part persists

until after leaf abscission. Flowers usually bisexual, pedicellate, always terminal, solitary

or rarely in cymes. Torus globular, sometimes with ridges which are continuous with

the calyx lobes. Calyx cylindrical with 5-10 linear more or less coriaceous lobes which

are sometimes adnate by a chartaceous sheath. Corolla tube cylindrical, tubiform or

crateriform, white; corolla lobes 5-9, imbricate in bud. Stamens 5-9, anthers sessile,

partially exserted or fully enclosed, inserted below sinuses of corolla lobes. Pollen prains

fused into permanent tetrads; exine smooth or ornamented, pale yellow. Style clavate;

stigmas 2-—4(-7), adnate and not reflexed at maturity, glabrous. Ovary inferior, unilocular

with parietal placentation; placentas 2-4(-7); ovules numerous and partially embedded

in the placenta. Fruit a drupe, spherical to elongate-ellipsoidal; exocarp usually green to

yellow when mature (red in G. augusta), mesocarp parenchymatous or variously struc-

tured; endocarp putaminaceous; seeds numerous, lenticular, embedded in a soft placental

mass,

Four species endemic to north-eastern Queensland (G. scabrella, G. psidioides, G

rupicoia and G. actinocarpa) form a natural group and do not have close affinity to any

other Australian or extra Australian species known to me. The character states of the

group are fruits hexagonal, flowers hexamerous turning brown with age, corolla tube

cylindrical, stigmas pale green, anthers affixed subapically and fully included in the

corolla tube, placental pulp cream, and tegmen fawn to light-tan. The species are spindly

shrubs or suffruticose undershrubs.

The other three species (G. vilhelmii, G. ovularis and G. tessellaris) are not closely

related to each other. All are distinguished from the above group by the possession of

fruits that are round in transverse section, flowers 5—8-merous turning yellow with age,

corolla tube tubiform or crateriform, stigmas white, anthers affixed medially and partially

exserted, placental pulp pink, and tegmen claret coloured. All three species are generally

siren trees. Gardenia ovularis has closer affinities to New Guinean species than to the

other two.

Key to north-eastern Queensland species of Gardenia

1. Leaves 10-35 mm long, secondary veins at 30-40° to the midvein; corolla

crateriform, fruit spherical, less than 16 mm diameter .. . .. G, vilhelmii

Leaves more than 35 mm long, secondary vein angles more than 40° to

the midvein; corolla tube tubiform or cylindrical; fruits distinctly

elongated or, if spherical, more than 25 mm diameter ................ 2

2. Trees to 25 m; petioles 7-25 mm long; corolla tube tubiform, white turning

yellow with age; stigma white; anthers partially exserted: fruit ovoid

or spherical; placental pulp pink: seeds claret coloured .... 2 eam SD

Shrubs (rarely small trees) and undershrubs; petioles 2-7(-9) mm long:

corolla tube cylindrical, white turning brown with age; stigma pale

green, anthers fully included in the corolla tube; fruit an ovoid or

elongate-ellipsoid drupe distinctly hexagonal in cross section; placental

pulp cream; seeds pale brown... .. .. ww wk ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 4

435

3. Bark tessellated; leaves obovate with 13-17 secondary veins on each side

of the midvein; mesocarp 4-5 mm thick, distinctly granular. Savannah

woodlands .... ... G. tessellaris

Bark smooth; leaves ‘narrowly ‘elliptical with 8-13 secondary veins on

each side of the midvein; mesocarp 2-3 mm thick. wisi all sain

vine forests .. 2. 0. 0. cc ee ce cc ce ce te ee ct te ee ees . G. ovularis

4. Single to several-stemmed shrubs 2—4(-—6) m tall; leaves lacking indumen-

tum other than scattered scabrous hairs; secondary vein angles more

than 60° to the midvein hee ee

Spreading suffruticose undershrubs to \(- 2) m tall; leaves with tomentum

along veins on the abaxial surface or covering the entire abaxial surface;

secondary vein angles less than 60(-65)° to the midvein .............. 6

5. Leaves with 13-16 secondary veins on each side of the midvein; stipules

less than 8 mm long; calyx lobes 16-25 mm long; corolla lobes 20-30

mm long; fruit star-shaped in transverse section. Complex mesophyll

vine forest, Cape Tribulation NP .. _G. actinocarpa

Leaves with 16-22 secondary veins on each side of the midvein; stipules

more than 8 mm long; calyx lobes 6-12 mm long; corolla lobes 28-40

mm long; fruit hexagonal in transverse section. Semideciduous meso-

phyll vine forests and deciduous vine thickets .............. G. scabrella

6. Leaves (35-)70-132 mm long, abaxial surface with tomentum on veins;

14-21 secondary veins on each side of the midvein; tertiary venation

not prominently raised; stipules (7-)12-—25 mm long. Deciduous vine

thickets and adjacent woodlands of Hann Ck area, south of Temple

Bay .. G. psidioides

Leaves 35- -70(-80) mm ‘long, ‘abaxial surface densely tomentose: ‘11-16

secondary veins on each side of the midvein; tertiary venation prom-

inently raised; sistas 5-10 mm bain Savannah woodland of Laura

sandstone area... .. oe ee ee ee ee ee ee . G. rupicola

Gardenia actinocarpa Puttock, sp. nov. Species distinctissima G. scabrellae affinis sed

fructu acutangulo, margine laminae subrepando, nervis lateralibus paucioribus,

lobis calycis longioribus atque bilateraliter compressis, lobis corollae brevioribus

differt et a G. ovulare foltis scabris, tubo corollae cylindrico, stigmate chlorotico,

antheris inclusis facile distinguenda. Tepus: Cook District: Oliver Creek, Cape

Tribulation, October 1973, Webb 10826 & Tracey (holo: BRI; iso: K,NSW QRS).

Spindly arbdrescent evergreen shrub to 5 m tall; trunk at breast height to 3 cm diameter.

Bark to 3 mm thick; periderm smooth, silver grey and mottled grey and olive, without

conchoidal decortications: lenticels scattered tangentially-elongated or round protrusions:

subrhytidome vivid light green; outer bark not layered, blaze cream; inner bark blaze

white. Wood hard and close grained, not brittle, cream. Leaves opposite, chartaceous,

glossy mid to yellowish green above, dull pale green below, with sparse scabrous hairs

on veins and margins; petioles 4-9 mm long; lamina oblanceolate to narrowly elliptical,

10-27 cm long, 3.5~7 cm wide with repand margins, attenuate apex and acute to cuneate

base; secondary veins 13-16 pairs, 60-80° to the midvein, raised slightly above and

strongly below; tertiary venation strongly percurrent, translucent; dense tufts of short

hyaline hairs in secondary midvein angles. Stipules conical, 3-7 mm long, inflated,

scabrous; colleters lanceolate, 0.4-0.8 mm iong, 0.1 mm wide, pale yellow. Flowers 6-

merous, solitary, terminal; pedicels 5-15 mm long, scabrous. Torus 5-10 mm long, pale

green, with ridges continuous with the calyx lobes. Calyx cylindrical, coriaceous; tube

3-9 mm long; lobes linear, 16-25 mm long, bilaterally compressed. Corolla pale green

in bud, white at anthesis, turning brown with age; tube cylindrical, 15-25 mm long, 2-3

mm diameter at the base increasing to 3-5 mm diameter in the upper part, glabrous

inside and out; lobes elliptical, 20-30 mm long, 10-12 mm wide, glabrous. Anthers

10-14 mm long, attached 2-3 mm from their apices, inserted 2-4 mm below the sinuses

of corolla lobes, fully included within the corolla tube. Style 20-30 mm long, as long as

the corolla tube, stigmatic lobes 3, 10-12 mm long. Ovary with 3 parietal placentas.

Fruit broadly ellipsoidal, 28-46 mm long, 22-32 mm diameter, smooth, with 6 acute

436

longitudinal ridges, crowned by the calyx remnants; epicarp pale green whilst developing,

yellow green when mature; mesocarp 3-6 mm thick, parenchymatous, spongy and white;

endocarp brittle, 0.5 mm thick; mature placenta pasty, cream coloured. Seeds 3.2-4.5

mm diameter, 1.4-1.6 mm thick; hilum occupying one-third of the perimeter; tegmen

light tan. Fig. 1A-I.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRIcT: Oliver Ck, 16°06’S, 145°27’E, Oct 1973, Webb 10826 & Tracey

(holo: BRI; iso: K,NSW,QRS); Oliver Ck, VCL Noah, 16°07’S, 145°26’E, Feb 1982, Gray 2430 (QRS,UNSW),

Oliver Ck, VCL Noah, 16°08’S, 145°22’E, Jun 1978, Sanderson 1538 (QRS); between Oliver Ck and Noahs Beach,

2.3 km E of Noah Ck crossing Cape Tribulation rd, 16°08’S 145°26’E, Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15950

(BR,BRLCANB,OQRS,UNSW), ditto, UNSWI5951 (BRI,K,L,MEL,UNSW); ditto, UNSW15954 (UNSW), ditto,

Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW16727 & King (UNSW).

} LLL ELLE

{

Fig. 1. Gardenia actinocarpa: A. branchlet bearing flower bud X 0.67, B. half flower < 1. C. style x 3. D. anther,

2 views X 3. E. mature fruit X 1. F. T.S. of mature fruit X |. G. stipule crowning branch tip X 5. H. embryo X

10, I. seed, 2 views X 3. A-D Gray 2430; E-! Puttock UNSW 15950.

437

Distribution: The species 1s endemic in eastern Cape York Peninsula, being only known

from the type locality (16°06-08’S, 145°22-26’E), a particularly vulnerable tract of

rainforest on the north side of Noah Ck, east of Oliver Ck to Noah Beach, near Cape

Tribulation. Map 1A.

Habitat: This species grows in coastal complex mesophyll vine forests on quaternary

alluvium derived from acidic and basic rocks. The annual rainfall is more than 3000

mim.

Phenology: This species flowers in January and February, and 1s not strongly perfumed;

fruits mature between August and October.

Affinities: Gardenia actinocarpa is a very distinctive species that has affinities with G.

scabrella, but differs in its acutely ridged fruits, opposite leaves with fewer secondary

veins and slightly repand margins, and flowers with longer, bilaterally compressed calyx

lobes and shorter corolla lobes. It occurs in complex mesophyll vine forests, whereas G.

scabrella occurs in semideciduous vine forests and deciduous vine thickets.

Conservation status: This rare and possibly endangered species is currently known from

only some twenty plants within 50 metres of the Daintree to Cape Tribulation road

(Conservation status 2E). The locality, in the Noah section of Cape Tribulation National

Park, is known for its local endemism (J.G. Tracey, pers. comm.).

Vernacular name: not known.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from actinos (ray) and carpos (fruit), referring

to the star-shaped fruit.

Gardenia ovularis Bailey, Queensland Dept Agric. Bull. No. 21. Bot. Bull. No. 7: 64

(1893), Queensland woods. Centennial international exhibition 2nd ed. 88 (1899),

Queensl. fl. 3: 757 & fig. opposite (1900), Compr. cat. Queensland pi. 241 (1913);

C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 98 (1933); B.P.M. Hyland, A revised card

key to rainforest trees of north Queensl. 2nd ed. 49 (1982). Typus: CooK DISTRICT:

Johnstone River, without date, Bancroft s.n., (lecto (here designated): AQ317839!:

iso: Centennial International Exhibition wood collection number 242A, and

BRIK!,MEL!).

G. macgillivraei Benth. var. [-], F.M. Bailey, Queensland woods. Colonial and

Indian exhibition 52 (1886), Queensland woods. Centennial international exhi-

bition 77 (1888).

Evergreen (or ?facultatively deciduous) columnar tree to 25 m tall; trunk at breast height

to 35 cm diameter. Bark to 20 mm thick; periderm smooth, minutely tessellated or

scaly, mottled silver grey; older stems without conchoidal decortications; lenticels scattered

irregular to circular protrusions; subrhytidome vivid light green; outer bark layered,

granular with fawn to cream blaze; inner bark blaze cream. Wood hard and close grained,

not brittle, cream. Leaves opposite; chartaceous, glossy mid to yellowish green above,

glossy pale green below; petioles 8-15 mm long, minutely hairy or glabrous; lamina

elliptical, glabrous, 8-24 cm long, 3-8 cm wide with acuminate apex and attenuate base;

secondary veins 8-15 pairs, 55-65° to the midvein, raised slightly above and strongly

below, brown when dry; tertiary venation weakly percurrent, opaque; shallow depressions

in secondary/midvein angles with dense tufts of short hyaline hairs. Stipules conical,

6-10 mm long, inflated, minutely hairy; colleters lanceolate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.1 mm

wide. Flowers 5—7-merous, solitary (?rarely in 3-flowered cymes), terminal. Pedicels 5-10

mm long, minutely hairy. Torus 4-5 mm long, without ridges, pale green, minutely

hairy. Calyx coriaceous; tube cylindrical, 4-5 mm long; lobes linear, 5-15 mm long,

spreading. Corolla pale green in bud, white at anthesis, turning yellow with age; tube

tubiform, 15-32 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter at the base i increasing to 7-10 mm diameter

in the upper part, sparsely pubescent outside, glabrous inside; lobes elliptical, 1226 mm

long, 5-8 mm wide, glabrous. Anthers 10-18 mm long, attached 4-8 mm from their

apices, inserted 2-3 mm below sinuses of corolla lobes, the apices exceeding the corolla

tube by 4-5 mm. Style 20-35 mm long, exceeding the tube by several millimetres;

stigmatic lobes 2-4, 4-8 mm long. Ovary with 2-4 parietal placentas. Fruit ovoid, 30-40

mm long, 20-38 mm diameter, smooth with 8 or 9 minute longitudinal ridges and

sometimes crowned by the calyx remnants; pedicel 10-15 mm long; epicarp pale green

438

whilst developing, yellow when mature; mesocarp granular, 2-3 mm _ thick, endocarp

brittle, 1-2 mm thick; placental mass pasty, pink. Seeds 1.6-2.5 mm diameter, 0.5-0.8

mm thick; hilum occupying one-third to one-half of the perimeter; tegmen claret coloured.

Fig. 2A-H.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Granite Ck, lower Bloomfteld R., [3°55/S, 145°21’E, Sep 1960,

Smith {1079 (BRI); Oliver Ck, a tributary of Noah Ck, 16°06’S, L45°27°E, Aug 1972, Webb 10887 & Tracey

(BRI; Daintree R., Sep 1937, Brass 189 & White (BRI); S.F. 143, Little Mossman LA. 16°32’S, 145°22’E, Sep

1978, Gray 1025 (ORS): T.R. 66, Mt Lewis, 16°36’S, 145°18’E, Sep 1978, Moriarty 2452 (QRS): Mt Formantine,

16°46’S, [45°35’E, Sep 1959, Smith 10844 (BRI); Forgan Smith’s Lookout track, Oct 1949, Flecker 13302

(NSW,QRS): Barron R., 1891], [Cowley 71] (BRI 22481); S.F. 607, Shoteel L.A., 16°55’S, 145°36’E, Feb 1982,

Gray 2453 (QRS); S.F. 185, Buckley L.A., 17°08’S, 145°38’E, Apr 1978, Risley 388 (QRS): Danbulla, 23 Oct 1958

Jones 1115 (BRI,CANB); S.F. 310, E of Lake Barrine, 17°15'S 145°40’E, Apr 1971, Stocker 689 (BRI, ORS); 8S. FE,

99, Herberton Ra., Oct 1964, Schodde 4180 {(AD,BRI, CANB ,L)}; Boonjie, Oct [929, Kajewski 1259 (BRILMEL,NSW);

ditto (BRI,MEL); ‘Johnstone R., Dec 1915, Michael 71 (BRI): Johnstone R., without date [1883] (Bancroft $.n.

(lecto: AQ317839, BRI; iso: K. ,MEL); Qld, Dec 1883, [Bancroft] s.n. (MEL): S.F. 755, Barong L.A., L’S,

145°50’E, Sep 1976, Fitzsimon 87, (QRS); Etty Bay, Jul 1950, Webb 2397 (CANB); Gregory Falls, 1962, "Webs

6634 & Tracey (BRD: Stewarts R. [Stewart Ck], 1981, Handsam s.n. (K). (45 specimens examined).

Distribution: This species 1s endemic to the coastal ranges from Yorkes Range (latitude

15°55’S) to Walter Hill Range (latitude 17°40’S) from sea level to 1600 metres. Map 1B.

Habitat: The species is locally common in simple notophyll evergreen and complex

mesophyll vine forests on basaltic kraznozem, xanthozem and alluvial soils derived from

acidic and basic rocks, in areas of rainfall in excess of 1600 mm.

Phenology: Flowering occurs in the dry season, between July and November (but

prolifically in September and October). The flowers have a very strong sweet perfume.

Fruits mature between December and March.

Affinities: The species is distantly related to G. tessellaris and differs in its predominantly

smooth bark, elliptical leaves with fewer veins, fruits with a thinner mesocarp which

does not possess an inner sclereid layer. This species occurs in vine forests, whereas G.

tessellaris occurs in open savannah woodlands.

Conservation status: This species appears to be reasonably well preserved in several

national parks, at low and high altitudes; 1t 1s also currently well represented in logging

areas and timber reserves.

Vernacular name: not known.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the fruit as it in “size and shape resembles a

pigeons egg” (Bailey 1893).

Typification: Bailey used three collections to circumscribe this species. The most sub-

stantial was gathered by Dr T.L. Bancroft from the Johnstone River, prior to 1886. This

collection was commissioned by Bailey as part of the log collections made for the Colonial

Exhibition of 1886 and the Centennial International Exhibition of 1888; a specimen of

this collection is here chosen as the lectotype. There seems to be at least three extant

specimens from this collection; one at BRI (AQ317839) annotated “242A No. in Wood

Col. Gardenia macgillivraei var. J ohnstone River Bancroft’, one at MEL annotated “M

M second series Gardenia new” and, almost certainly, another at Kew lacking any

collecting details. The exhibition specimens, a book-block, plank and veneer, also part

of the type collection, have not been found even though Bailey stated that all the

specimens in the exhibiton be “prepared in duplicate, with the view to keeping within

the colony, as an adjunct to our rich herbarium, so valuable a collection of the indigenous

woods” (Bailey 1886: 111).

The other two syntype collections were made by Cowley. The first was a single

fruit sent to Bailey in 1890 and was the only fruit available for the protologue; this has

not been found. Cowley later sent a better specimen to Bailey with the annotation “No71

the fruit only of this Gardenia was sent last year, you thought it new” (BRI 22481) and

‘‘No71 small tree fruit sent separate” (BRI s.n.).

439

+ hele oe whee ;

i "" Ere Tr Teen dak ees rae ry tet * * » +h my ee di a:

bh Le

in Ll A MMi Malena Boel an) . » F BT tik be daa li ee iou ri 2

: “ ‘ " ¥ yebte *

jp o> ™ ‘ ” Me

ote a "? 4

Ne i)

"7 ee al “wi w

~~ * » we oo

d ae ee beet et

R * to - “

ates Jat r "ett te tee eae

® 4

bad A a vt he

o PP ee mom Lae | ft ie ) re Fs

,rae Fee am wt +> oer , * : we De bet?

eee >: nn antic hp Pee eee * woe

a? *

a ee i ee J ALL el 1 Tare ee ’ me

teh ree Oe he tse

rather cone

botha h + nt k ri + oo

eee f Fre F _ =

_ ee or a a oe 4 RIT set 7 bet

opelatws we i fre en ae na 1 -— not

tt tn a4

+t", . eee Tey seal

ie eg tat Fy " ” .

a’ are ae 4 -* Tal + ty a 7 ok

Lae 4h , r 3 .

ot 5 Foal —_, i oo et 4

iad Lal ‘ a ee ae “0

{o- ‘ Uae pe we te tet hy

paul *

a ie

LJ # pa

r ee ee tend

- Cathe oT :

, ee * 4

oa dates, ~~ *,

rtm em _ *

a '

Pane rt 4 ,

+ * ot a

* » yy

ar oh’ ba

= 44% ge es o f

a 4 *

J 4

uta

eats! 4

i 4

ram 3 + “ an i

* Ps bk a 4 4 _ + * + (ee ‘

ad Med 2 ee Pa soa, "3 aoe 2 roy ane

oe ee re ry oo a | t aa

= Sey ‘ta | we * d : of) a

Fide I dom

pate PEM eS: Pel CO ‘ yee

F a7 a - rod ,

* is 7 *

aay

ied

Co SEED

C5 ’

ie eh

a) ” 4 bey

er ee ke ee Lae eee A

"ow tt a ee ae Bae

wt 285% e a 4 Pr

‘ * * * ooh wn

a ee * * » om *

(4 ry » " + yo”

i, ow * ‘4 a “

oo” ” ip aw y ”

Le) + on ” * a”

- . vmom -" we ry ry rar wa

ah » * ) + “om o a Lis My Vth th

ow ooh oe * * ae a a]

Pie "i LJ “a

a) » oo.

M) ate ail . * " ” . ay

” Ua

ar ur » ’ t] ‘s *

ne te f) *

~ > Ow ’ »

ay Na

ow i

oo % s + x * , te

¥ »

we! P + ; = \

ae m <# » » * ” .

» i » ‘i ” Ll ~ i:

ha Pm ”

by 4 r] »

aL ry ” » ‘. a: ta ‘ » we

» ” ”

ai) 4 ~ | Y a1)

a a » ’ ” * » care ey

lt ' 4 ” a Sore

Ne » ” a) . ”

» » may

oe thm vy » / a ” ” » ov"

rr a % poe ype yom de

» tS | . a) ty *

wo» a) 4 » ow Lh

1a he he neh yr *

4 ye es a ” eo. rey

Ce, hn rl ” -

st hed tin

poeaerm i ne - a en oo”

re bag hop ea Ry

»* i el 7

” i ee ey Pek

» aoe = ye | t ak

* ae Se ee nh em valnee aay ee aoe

”

“"

» *, ie

me fi

“ 4 4

a " 4, ;"

ri ”

”

3 r

’

re Wa ee "

Eat as ern ee oe eg ee = — ms _— " : " . - -

wry? PO Ee eg "a we Te a voor Li a ae ee rk gp Le i a wel ry Celt * a any me 14 ry he !

“ rota, by ae er ee ere ree eee er es r m rT ve bed *

E a ee ee ee af + . M

4 4 0 4 4 ” " vie iy Md Le “

14 .. re oa Evert kets x #4 tery bd ah re cone dh Paki tet bath ney me ath bea hy ee Lae .

+; a r) ™

y ~ h

a®

oo Fae es eeeememmmmee Sette eeeeemerems Fpseemee Peete TEE ee Pee

“dag {taeda #

"thay, 1 ta.

VARY E Tsay

ing

. G. psidioides

x 3. C. T.S. of anther X 6. D. mature fruit X 1. E.

T.S. of mature fruit X 1. F. seed, 2 views X 3. G. embryo X 10. H. stipule crowning branch tip X 5

ICws

x 3. K. T.S. of anther X 6. L. style * 3. M. stipule crown

igws

fruit x i. 0. T.S. of mature fruit x 1. P. embryo X 10. Q. seed, 2 views X 3, A-C

Webb 10887 & Tracey, D-H Gray 2453, I Puttock UNSW 16945, J~L Puttock UNSW 16953, P,Q Wallace NSW

83213.

A. style X 3. B. anther, 2 v

ovular

I. flowering branchlet X 0.67. J. anther, 2 v

branch tip X 5. N. mature

Fig 2. Garden

PER AE RCI EERE EEE ete oe RO er tn ee

fipttttieainsy eebiey, Seneedes : tuyteenieeeentoeiees BEET SD rn oye arrange

TIES ine MSA PES an robe iui AP ee TEER EA

ee ete

PUP

Sen

440

Gardenia psidioides Puttock, sp. noy. G. rupicolae affinis sed foliis majoribus, nervis

lateralibus plus numerosis, antheris longioribus et fructibus majoribus differt et

a G. ovulare folus subter tomentoses, tubo corollae cylindrico, stigmate chlorotico,

antheris inclusis, fructu anguste ellipsoideo facile distinguenda. Typus: ‘COOK

District: 36.4 km E of Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°27’S, 142°54’E, 21 July

1984, Puttock UNSW16953 & King (fl. & fr.) (holo: BRI: 180: K, MEL, NSW ,QRS).

Spreading evergreen suffruticose undershrub to | m tall; branches to 10 mm thick. Bark

to 2 mm thick; periderm smooth, fawn; lenticels absent; subrhytidome vivid light green;

bark blaze cream. Wood hard and close grained, not brittle, cream. Leaves opposite or

ternate, chartaceous, glossy dark green above, dull pale green below, sparsely scabrous

above, tomentose below; petioles 2~9 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptical to oblanceolate,

3,5-13.2 cm long, 1.6-5.2 mm wide; apex acute, base cuneate to acute; secondary veins

16-21 pairs, 50-60° to the midvein, raised slightly above and strongly below; tertiary

venation strongly percurrent, translucent: tufts of long hyaline hairs in secondary/midvein

angles, somewhat obscured by the tomentum of the leaf. Stipules conical, (7-)12-25 mm

long, inflated, rusty coloured, tomentose; colleters columnar, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 0.1 mm

wide, sessile, light brown, accompanied by few hyaline hairs. Flowers 6-merous, solitary,

terminal; pedicels 6-12 mm long, sparsely hairy. Torus 3-5 mm long, pale green, minutely

ridged. Calyx cylindrical, chartaceous; tube 3-5 mm long, lobes linear, 2-15 mm long.

Corolla pale green in bud, white at anthesis, turning brown with age; tube cylindrical,

15-17 mm long, 2 mm diameter at the base increasing to 3-4 mm diameter in the upper

part, sparsely hairy outside, glabrous inside; lobes elliptical, 17-30 mm long, 8-11 mm

wide, glabrous. Anthers 7-8 mm long, attached 1-2 mm from their apices, inserted 3-4

mm below the sinuses of the corolla lobes, fully included within the tube. Style 15-17

mm long, as long as the corolla tube; stigmatic lobes 3, 5~7 mm long. Ovary with 3

parietal placentas. Fruit elongate-ellipsoid, 40-50 mm long, 14-20 mm diameter, smooth,

hexagonal in transverse section; calyx remnants brittle and not always persistent; pedicel

(7-)11-17 mm long; epicarp pale green whilst developing, yellow green to light brown

when mature; mesocarp 2-4 mm thick, not fibrous and possessing few longitudinal

sclereid bands; endocarp brittle, 1-2 mm thick; mature placenta pasty, cream coloured.

Seeds 2.1-3.8 mm diameter, 1.1-1.4 mm thick; hilum occupying one-third to one-half

of the perimeter; tegmen light tan. Fig. 2I-Q.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 36.4 km E of Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°27’S, 142°54’E,

Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW16943 & King (UNSW); ditto, UNSW16944 (UNSW); ditto, UNSW16945 (UNSW):

36.4 km E of Moreton Telegraph Station, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSWI16951 & King (BR, BRL CANB,K,L,UNSW);

ditto, UNSW16953 (holo: BRI; iso: K, MEL, NSW ORS): ditto, Puttock UNSW 16964 (AD, NSW UNSW): 47.9 km

E of Moreton Telegraph Station, 12° 28'S, 142°59'E, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW16957 & King (BRI, CANB, NSW,UNSW);

50.5 km E of Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°28'S, 143°00E, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW 16954 & King (AD, BRILUNSW);

Hann Ck, Aug 1983, Wallace 8328 (NSW).

Distribution: G. psidioides is endemic to northern Cape York Peninsula, being known

from three localities in the vicinity of Hann Creek (12°27-28’S, 142°54’S-143°00’S),

altitude 40-80 m. Map IB.

Habitat: Gardenia psidioides is locally common on the slopes of an unnamed range

between Temple Bay and the Pascoe River in pockets of deciduous vine thickets and

rarely in adjacent open woodland, on deep silicious sand, in an area with 1300-1600

mm rainfall per annum.

Phenology: This species flowers in July and August, and is not strongly perfumed. Its

fruits mature between July and September.

Affinities: G. psidioides is closely related to G. rupicola but differs in its usually larger

leaves with greater number of secondary veins and tertiary venation on the abaxial

surface weakly raised, longer anthers and larger, elongated fruits. This species occurs in

open woodland and deciduous vine thickets on deep sand, whereas G. rupicola occurs

in savannah woodland amongst sandstone outcrops.

Conservation status: The track from Moreton Telegraph Station to Bromley Station and

the Pascoe River crossing, currently bisects the only known patch of this species in open

woodland. Although it is only known from several localities within an eight kilometre

radius, it may occur in similar habitats in the botanically unexplored area behind Temple

Bay (Conservation status 2K).

Vernacular name: not known.

44)

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the resemblance of the foliage to that of Psidium

guajava L. (Guava).

Typification: This species exhibits two growth forms. Inside the thickets it is an open,

spreading shrub to between 0.5 and | metre high. In the adjacent open woodlands it is

prostrate (0.2—0.4 metres high) and produces adventitious roots near the nodes. When

plants in the open woodland were observed to be flowering and fruiting prolifically,

plants in the thickets were almost invariably only vegetative (pers. obs. July 1984). The

type specimen is the open woodland form.

Gardenia rupicola Puttock, sp. nov. G. psidioidi affinis sed foltis minoribus densissime

tomentosis nervis lateralibus paucioribus, antheris fructibusque minoribus differt

et a G. ovulare folus subter dense tomentoses, tubo corollae cylindrico, stigmate

chlorotico, antheris inclusis, fructu anguste ellipsoideo facile distinguenda. Typus:

Cook District: Split Rock, 13 km S of Laura, 15°39’S, 144°30’E, 15 December

1983, Puttock UNSW15926 (fl.) Cholo: BRI; iso: K,NSW).

Gardenia sp. K. Williams, Native pl. Queensland 2: 142 (1984).

Spreading facultatively deciduous, suffruticose undershrub to 1.5(-—2) m tall; branches to

10 mm thick. Bark to 3 mm thick; periderm smooth, silver grey; lenticels scattered

irregular to round protrusions; subrhytidome vivid light green; bark blaze cream. Wood

hard and close grained, not brittle, cream. Leaves opposite, chartaceous, glossy mid to

yellowish green above, pale green below, sparsely hairy above, densely tomentose below;

petioles 1-3 mm long: lamina narrowly elliptical to oblanceolate, 3.5-8 cm long, 1.5-4. 5

cm wide; apex and base acute; secondary veins 11-16 pairs, 40-65° to the midvein,

raised slightly above and strongly below; tertiary venation strongly percurrent, opaque;

domatia absent. Stipules conical, 5-10 mm long, inflated, rusty coloured, shaggy hairy;

colleters lanceolate, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.1 mm wide, light brown, mixed with a few

hyaline hairs. Flowers 6-merous, solitary, terminal; pedicels 2-4 mm long, sparsely hairy.

Torus 3-4 mm long, pale green, minutely ridged. Calyx cylindrical, chartaceous; tube

3-5 mm long; lobes linear, 4-6 mm long. Corolla pale green in bud, white at anthesis.

turning brown with age; tube cylindrical, 13-16 mm long, 2 mm diameter at the base

increasing to 3-4 mm diameter in the upper part, with scattered hairs outside, glabrous

inside; lobes elliptical, 18-27 mm long, 10-12 mm wide, glabrous. Anthers 9-13 mm

long, attached 3-4 mm from their bases, inserted 4-5 mm below the sinuses of the

corolla lobes, fully included within the corolla tube. Style 13-16 mm long, as long as

the corolla tube; stigmatic lobes 3-4, 5-6 mm long. Ovary with 3-4 parietal placentas.

Fruit elongate-ellipsoid, 25-35 mm long, 11-15 mm diameter, smooth, hexagonal in

transverse section; calyx rarely persistent; epicarp pale green whilst developing, yellow

green when mature; mesocarp 2 mm thick, fawn; endocarp brittle, 1 mm thick; mature

placenta pasty, cream coloured. Seeds 2.2-2.8 mm diameter, 1.2 mm thick; hilum

occupying one-third to one-half of the perimeter; tegmen fawn. Fig. 3A-H.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Palmerville rd, 27.2 km W of Cape York rd turnoff, 15°35’S,

144°O9’E, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW17102 & King (BR,BRI,LMEL,UNSW); 3.3 km S of Fairview to Kimba rd

from the eastern bank of the Kennedy R., 15°39’S, 143°56’E, Jun 1980, Clarkson 3210 (BRI.K,NSW,QRS); Split

Rock, 13 km S$ of Laura, 15°39’S, 144°30°E, Dec 1983, UNSW 15926 (holo: BRI; iso: K,NSW); ditto UNSW15927

(UNSW); near Split Rock 13.6 km SE of Laura, 15°39S, [44°30’E, Jul 1984. Puttock UNSW16991 & King

(UNSW), “Jowalbinna’”’, c. 20 miles [32 km] SW of Laura, Feb 1978, Hinton 93 (BRI). (13 specimens examined).

Distribution: Gardenia rupicola is endemic to central Cape York Peninsula, in the

sandstone area to the west of Laura (15°35-40’S, 143°55’-144°30’E). Map 1A

Habitat: Gardenia rupicola is locally common in open woodland and savannah amongst

boulders on scree slopes of the sandstone outcrops and in rock crevices. The average

rainfall of the area is 1000-1300 mm per annum.

Phenology: This species flowers between December and April, and is not strongly

perfumed. The fruits mature between April and August.

Affinities: Gardenia rupicola is closely related to the more northern species, G. psidioides,

but differs in having smaller, densely tomentose leaves with fewer secondary veins and

tertiary venation strongly raised on the abaxial surface, and smaller anthers and fruit,

as well as in its habitat.

442

so. oe

J +

tm aN

re. i,

c | Ly

ih Shela

r * . pa

VTS tyke, ad td ak

" f

Ay “

, *’,)"s

Fig. 3. Gardenia rupicola: A. flowering branchlet < 0.67. B. stipule crowning branch tip X 5. C. anther, 2 views

x 3. D. style X 3. E. mature fruit x 1. F. T.S. of mature fruit x 1. G. embryo X 10, H. seed, 2 views X 3. G.

scabrelia: 1. flowering branchlet < 0.67. J. style x 3. K. anther, 2 views < 3. L. stipule crowning branch tip x 5.

M. mature fruit X 1. N. T.S. of mature fruit X 1. 0. embryo X 10. P. seed, 2 views X 3. A Puttock UNSW

15927: B-D Puttock UNSW 16991; E-H Puttock UNSW 17102 & King; I Puttock UNSW 16972 & King; J,K

Puttock UNSW 16794; M-P Puttock UNSW 15891.

443

Conservation status: The species is poorly known and has a restricted distribution

(Conservation status 3K).

Vernacular name: not known.

Etymology: The specific epithet 1s derived from rupes (rock) and cola (dweller).

Gardenia scabrella Puttock, sp. nov. G. actinocarpae affinis sed fructu hexagono angus-

tioreque, folius plerumque ternatis, marginibus laminarum non repandis, nervis

lateralibus plus numerosis, lobis calycis non compressis differt et a G. ovulare

foliis scabris, tubo corollae cylindrico, stigmate chlorotico, antheris inclusis, fructu

anguste ellipsoideo facile distinguenda. Typus: Cook District: c. 5 km § of

Portland Roads, 28 February 1980, Clarkson 2939 ABOKy BRI; iso: K,NSW,

PERTH,QRS, UNSW).

Small evergreen tree to 6 m tall; trunk at breast height to 17 cm diameter. Bark to 10

mm thick; periderm smooth silver grey with pale brown mottling; older stems without

conchoidal decortications; lenticels scattered round or tangentially elongated protrusions;

subrhytidome vivid light green; outer bark not layered, blaze cream; inner bark blaze

cream. Wood hard and close grained, not brittle, cream. Leaves ternate or occasionally

opposite; chartaceous, glossy mid to yellowish green above, dull pale green below,

scabrous; petioles 2-7 mm long; lamina oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, 5.4-15 cm

long, 2- 4.5 cm wide, with acute apex and base; secondary veins 16-22 pairs, (60-)70- 80°

to the midvein, raised slightly above and strongly below; tertiary venation strongly

percurrent, opaque; tufts of short hyaline hairs in secondary/midvein angles. Stipules

conical, 8-12 mm long, inflated, scabrous; colleters lanceolate, 0.6-0.9 mm long, 0.1 mm

wide, dense, pale yellow. Flowers 6-merous, solitary, terminal: pedicels 5-10 mm long,

scabrous. Torus 5-10 mm long, pale green, minutely ridged. Calyx cylindrical, chartaceous;

tube 4-6 mm long; lobes linear, 6-12 mm long. Corolla pale green in bud, white at

anthesis, turning brown with age; tube cylindrical, 12-20 mm long, 2 mm diameter at

the base increasing to 3-4 mm diameter in the upper part, sparsely scabrous outside,

glabrous inside; lobes elliptical, 28-40 mm long, 9-15 mm wide, glabrous. Anthers 8-11

mm long, attached 2-3 mm from their apices, inserted 5-7 mm below the sinuses of

the corolla lobes, fully included within the tube. Style 13-21 mm long, scarcely longer

than the corolla tube; stigmatic lobes 3-4, 6-7 mm long. Ovary with 3-4 parietal

placentas. Fruit elongate- ellipsoid, 30-50 mm long, 12-18 mm diameter, smooth, hex-

agonal in transverse section; calyx remnants brittle and not always persistent: epicarp

pale green whilst developing, yellow green when mature; mesocarp 2-3 mm. thick,

parenchymatous, cream; endocarp brittle, | mm thick; mature placenta pasty, cream

coloured. Seeds 1.8-2.8 mm diameter, 1.2-1.6 mm thick; hilum occupying one-third to

one-half of the perimeter; tegmen light tan. Fig. 3I-P.

Selected specimens: Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: upper reaches of an unnamed ck between Glennie and Hunter

Inlets, 12°24’S, 143°07’E, Jun 1978, Clarkson 2185 (BRI); Possum Scrub, Weipa, 12°27’S, 142°00’E, Oct 1980,

Hyland 10746 (QRS), track to Hann Ck, 30.2 km E of Moreton Telegraph Station, [2° 27'S, 142°54'E, Jul £984,

Puttock UNSW16963 & King (UNSW), 14.7 km S of Wenlock R. crossing Cape York rd, 12°34’S. 142°40’E, Jul

1984, Puttock UNSW16965 & King (BRI,;CANB,K,UNSW); NP Res. 8, Weymouth, 12°37'S, 143°2 VE, Jan 1982.

Gray 2408 (QRS,UNSW); c. 5 km S of Portland Roads, Feb 1980, Clarkson 2939, (holo: BRI; itso:

NSW,PERTH,QORS,UNSW); 5 km SSW of Portiand Roads near Chilly Ck, 12°38’S, 143°22’E, Dec 1983, Puttock

UNSW15891 (BR,K,UNSW); 6.1 km SW of Portland Roads towards Lockhart River, 12°38’S, 143°22’E, Jul 1984,

Puttock UNSW16794 & King (UNSW); Embley Ra., 13 km SW of ‘Batavia Downs’, 12°42’S, 142°35’E, Jul 1984,

Puttock UNSW 16968 & King (BRILQRS,UNSW), Iron Ra. rd at middle Claudie R. rosette 12°44’S, 143°17’E,

Sep 1976, Wrigley 404 (CBG); Claudie R., Nov 1913—Jan 1914, Kershaw s.n. (MEL); Iron Ra., Jun 1948, Brass

19321 (BRI ,;CANB); 9.4 km S of ‘Batavia Downs’, Cape York rd, {2° 44’S, 142°42’E, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW16908

& King (BR,BRI,CANB,MEL,QRS, UNSW); Weipa rd, 8.3 km W of Cape York rd, 13°14’S, 142°41’E, Jul 1984,

Puttock UNSW16970 & King (BRI,NSW,UNSW); ditto, UNSW 16972 (CANB, UNSW). (30 specimens examined).

Distribution: An endemic of northern Cape York Peninsula, from Temple Bay (latitude

12°24’S) on the east coast and Weipa on the west coast south to the junction of the

Weipa and Cape York roads (latitude 13°14’S) between 20 and 150 m altitude. Map 1A.

Habitat: It is locally common in the Iron Range-Claudie River area where it grows in

pockets of semideciduous mesophyll vine forest on quaternary alluvium derived from

acidic and basic rocks; elsewhere it grows along water courses and in isolated pockets

of deciduous vine thicket on sandy alluvial soils. These areas have an average annual

rainfall of 1300-1600 mm.

444

Phenology: The species has been collected in flower in most months of the year, but

particularly from February to June. The flower is not strongly perfumed. The fruits

mature between June and September.

Affinities: G. scabrella has affinities with G. actinocarpa but differs in its hexagonal,

more or less flat-sided, elongated fruits, ternate leaves without repand margins, greater

number of secondary veins, and linear calyx lobes.

Conservation status: Some coastal populations occur within proposed reserves. The future

of the inland populations will depend on the survival of the isolated vine thickets

(Conservation status 3K).

Vernacular name: not known.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the minute persistent scabrous hairs on the

leaves and stems.

When Bailey (1914) named a new species of Gardenia after its collector, J.S.

Kershaw, he apparently did not realize that Kershaw’s collection included two different

species from the Claudie River area. The specimen which Bailey kept at BRI and

illustrated in the protologue is referable to G. macgillivraei, the other, which was sent

as a duplicate to Prescott at MEL early in 1914, is identical to G. scabrella. The latter

specimen was accompanied by a rough outline sketch and manuscript of the G. kershawii

description, as well as the annotations of the collector, date and locality. This specimen

Bailey presumably had intended to be an isotype for MEL. As the BRI specimen must

be regarded as the holotype of G. kershawii, the taxon represented by the MEL specimen

requires a new name.

Gardenia tessellaris Puttock, sp. nov. G. ovulare et G. vilhelmii proxima sed ab illis

cortice valde tessellato, lamina basi decurrenti et nervis lateralibus plus numerosis

differt. Typus: Cook DISTRICT: 12.4 km S of Laura R. crossing on Cape York

rd, 15°38’S, 144°30’E, 9 Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15849 (holo: BRI; iso: K,NSW).

G. megasperma auct. non F. Muell.; F.M. Bailey, Queensland Dept Agric. Bull. No.

6 Bot. Bull. No. 1: 5 (1890).

Facultatively deciduous, columnar tree to 13 m tall, with an open globose crown; trunk

diameter at breast height to 20 cm. Bark on trunk to 30 mm thick, tessellated, dark

brown; subrhytidome orange; outer bark multilayered with blaze alternating pale yellow

and pale orange; inner bark blaze white. Bark on branchlet smooth, glaucous; lenticels

small irregular to round protrusions, subrhytidome vivid light green. Wood hard and

close grained, brittle, cream. Leaves opposite or ternate, chartaceous, glabrous, glossy

mid to yellowish green above, dull paie green below; petioles 7-25 mm long; lamina

narrowly obovate, 5.5-12.5 cm long, 2.5-7 cm wide with obtuse apex and decurrent

base; secondary veins 13-17 pairs, (40-)50-60° to the midvein, scarcely raised above or

below; tertiary venation strongly percurrent, translucent; shallow depressions in second-

ary/midvein angles covered with a dense tuft of hyaline hairs. Stipules conical, 4-8 mm

long, inflated, glabrous; colleters lanceolate, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 0.1 mm wide, brown.

Flowers 6-8-merous, solitary, terminal; pedicels 6-11 mm long, glabrous. Torus 9-14

mm long, pale green, not ridged. Calyx coriaceous; tube cylindrical, 2-5 mm long; lobes

linear, 12-22 mm long, spreading. Corolla pale green in bud, white at anthesis, turning

yellow with age; tube tubiform, 15-30 mm long, 2 mm diameter at the base increasing

to 4-6 mm diameter in the upper part, glabrous inside and out; lobes ovate-elliptical,

25-40 mm long, 10-15 mm broad, glabrous. Anthers 7-10 mm long, attached 3-5 mm

from their apices, 2-3 mm below the sinuses of the corolla lobes, partially included with

tips exceeding the corolla tube by 1-2 mm. Style 16-33 mm long; stigmatic lobes 3-4,

12-14 mm long. Ovary with 3-4 parietal placentas. Fruit globular, 35-55 mm long,

25-42 mm diameter, smooth, sometimes crowned by calyx remnants; epicarp pale green

whilst developing, yellow green when mature; mesocarp 4-5 mm thick, granular with

an inner sclereid layer, cream coloured; endocarp brittle, 0.5 mm thick; mature placenta

pasty, pink. Seeds 2.0-3.0 mm diameter, 1.0-1.2 mm thick: hilum occupying one-third

of the perimeter; tegmen pale claret coloured. Fig. 4A-I.

Selected specimens: Queensland, Cook District: Archer R., Wenlock-Coen rd, Jul 1948, Brass 19728 (BRI,CANB);

39 miles [62.4 km] N of Coen, Jun 1972, Wrigley 1721 & Telford (CGB); 35 km N of Coen on Cape York rd,

13°31’S, 142°59’E, Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15873 (BR,BRI,CANB,K,MEL,NSW, UNSW), 2.2 km S of Stewarts

445

at Ll a dee aha dane, ot TRL A ok ol dete

+ See ee ee eee hee

ia rrr TOE TRL LL ale

ee ee

™ ny :

+ ee

ni “ ~ iad |

* 4 bl |

be ake te beng wer eee ae Ve er a

issecte

™ “ Le ™ ” CI ” "

y ot + pt a the eee re er ee oe ee =

ony ht * a Cdl Lee T ee |

. oe Se ae a a .

fn re a taut

Perea he ee pe eR RS ve

™

ae PrP?

oo,

ee ee re

pad tena ent 1

ee ee a ee ee

x 5. L. partially d

; E Puttock UNSW 15920; F-I

N-Q Puttock UNSW 13445 &

X 3. C. T.S. of anther X 6. D. style

icws

B-D Puttock UNSW 15873

Bisied

L-N Puttock UNSW 15836

Say .

vering

: J. branchlet X 0.67. K. stipule crowning branch t

A. flov

ris

J,K Puttock UNSW £7957

flower X 2. M. style X 3. N. anther, 2 views X 3. O. mature fruit X 2. P. T.S. of mature fruit X 2. Q. embryo

x 10. R. seed, 2 views X 3. A Puttock UNSW 15849

seed, 2 views X 3. G. vilhelm

Fig. 4. Gardenia tessella branchlet X 0.67. B. anther, 2 v

x 3. E. stipule crowning branch tip X 5. F. T.S. of mature fruit x 1. G. mature fruit x 1. H. embryo X 10. [.

Puttock UNSW 15918

Wilson.

robe tte teten te? prannneeremnk niente me Sa trhattate abies soph

qiayibg oa ng behbeak phonies fp aetp dete tat athe toca rrrrra eae reen b BE APL REL EEA Duran Bren RUNES TE, Hy SPEED REE EEE Ley ae EN Ea Lea a EEE

neste ent SSRRTTEETAUEE AES PU SR EEC A Ero DENISE RE RSA Tee Soo ae Oe ty 4 Heh ibe tat

446

R. crossing Cape York rd, 14°07’S, 143°16’E, Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15918 (AD,BRI,L,PERTH,UNSW); 6.7

km S of Stewarts R. crossing Cape York rd, 14°10’S, 143°16’E, Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15920 (BRLQRS,UNSW),;

c, IL miles [17.6 km] 8 by E of Coen, Oct 1962, Smith 12000 (BRI); 19.8 km from ‘Oroners’, on track to New

Dixie, 15°21’S, 143°09’E, Jun 1981, Clarkson 3761 (NT,PERTH,ORS); Laura sandstone area, N of Laura R. near

Early Man site, 15°3-’S, 144°3-’E, May 1975, Byrnes 3351 (QRS); 7 km from Fairview to Kimba rd, 15°38’S,

143°54’E, Apr 1980, Clarkson 3222 (BRI,K,QRS); 12.4 km S of Laura R. crossing on Cape York rd, 15°38’S,

144°30’E, Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15849 (holo: BRI; iso: K,NSW); 9.1 km N of St Georges R. crossing on

Palmerville rd, 15°39’S, 144°O1’E, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW16993 & King (BR,BRILUNSW); 9 miles [14.4 km] S

of Laura, 15°41’S, 144°34’E, Oct 1969, Webb 9920 & Tracey (BRD; Palmer R., without date, Wycliffe 79 (MEL);

[3 miles [20.8 km] from Telegraph Line, Jul 1968, Gittins sin. (NSW); McLeod R., Oct 1967, Nicolson 4040

(BRI); Endeavour R., 1882, Persich s.n. (MEL). (24 specimens examined).

Distribution: An endemic of central Cape York Peninsula, from the Archer River (latitude

13°25’S), 40 km north of Coen, to the McLeod River (latitude 16°25’S), west of Mount

Carbine, at altitudes of 100 to 200 metres above sea level. Map 1B.

Habitat: This species occurs sporadically in open woodlands on the sandy slopes of the

Great Dividing Range south and west of Laura and Coen where the average rainfall is

1000-1300 mm per annum.

Phenology: The species flowers from October to December. The flowers have a strong,

sweet perfume. The fruits mature between April and October and, when ripe, taste like

dried apricots.

Affinities: G. tessellaris has distant affinities with G. ovularis and G. vilhelmii, from

which it differs in its dark brown, strongly tessellated bark, obovate leaves with laminae

decurrent to the petiole, and larger number of secondary veins. Although G. ovularis

may possess minutely tessellated or scaly bark, this 1s only developed on mature trees;

the younger trees have smooth bark. The fruit structure with a sclereid layer in the

mesocarp, readily separates G. tessellaris from G. ovularis and the leaves, flowers and

fruits are considerably larger than those of G. vilhelmii.

Conservation status: This species has a reasonably wide distribution and although it is

not currently found in any parks or reserves it does not appear to be threatened.

Vernacular name: not known.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the tessellated nature of the bark which is

unique among Australian species.

In 1890, Bailey identified a collection as G. megasperma: “Hab. Cape York

Peninsula, T. Barklay-Millar”’. The single specimen of G. tesse//laris annotated by Bailey

as G. megasperma at BRI is likely to be the one he cited. Gardenia megasperma is an

pee species of the Northern Territory and the eastern Kimberley region of Western

ustralia.

Gardenia vilhelmii Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 621 (1929). Typus: Cook DISTRICT:

Savannah woods between Chillagoe and the Walsh River, February 1910, Domin

s.n. (holo: PR 531160!). oten

G. edulis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 54 (1858); mon Poiret in Lamarck, Encycl. Suppl. 2:

708 (1812); nec Montrouzier, Mem. Acad. Roy. Sci. Lyon, Sect. Sci. 10: 216

(1860); G. Bentham, Fl. austral. 3: 408 (1867); F. Mueller, Fragm. 7: 48 (1869);

F.M. Bailey, Syn. Queensl. fl. 222 (1883), Cat. pl. Queensland 22 (1890), Queensl.

fl. 3: 755 (1900), Compr. cat. Queensland pl. 241 (1913). Typus: Cook DISTRICT:

Gilbert River, [Sept-Oct 1856], Mueller s.n., (lecto (here designated): K! — flower-

bearing twig on right hand side of sheet; iso: MEL 598388!, 598389!).

Small deciduous, single or multistemmed tree to 7 m tall with a turbinate, truncate or

tiered crown; trunk at breast height 4-20 cm diameter; lower branches almost vertical,

with lateral short branchlets borne in the horizontal plane. Bark to 40 mm thick; periderm

smooth, with powdery chartaceous flakes, grey and mustard yellow to ochre; older stems

with conchoidal depressions caused by concave decortications sometimes in excess of

10 cm across; lenticels irregular to tangentially elongated protrusions; subrhytidome light

green; outer bark layered, the blaze reddish brown; inner bark blaze fawn to cream.

Wood very brittle, cream. Leaves ternate, 4-nate, or occasionally opposite, chartaceous,

rigid when dry, glossy vivid green to yellowish green above, greyish green below, minutely

hairy; petioles 1-3 cm long; lamina oblanceolate to obovate, 1~3.5 cm long, 0.6-2 cm

447

wide, with an obtuse apex and cuneate base; secondary veins 5-11 pairs, 30-—40° to the

midvein, raised above and not below, tertiary venation weakly percurrent, opaque;

conspicuous depressions in secondary midvein angles with tufts of hyaline hairs. Stipules

conical, 2-9 mm long, inflated, minutely hairy; colleters lanceolate, 0.2-0.3 mm long,

0.1 mm wide. Flowers 5—6-merous, solitary, terminal, sessile or on pedicels to 2 mm

long, minutely hairy, hermaphrodite or male by abortion of the ovary, both types on

the one plant. Torus 2 mm long, pale green, minutely longitudinally ridged on the upper

part, minutely hairy. Calyx cylindrical, chartaceous, 1-3 mm long, minutely hairy; lobes

several—6, 1 mm long, irregular. Corolla crateriform, pale green in bud, white at anthesis,

turning yellow with age; tube 6-17 mm long, 2 mm diameter at the base, increasing to

6-8 mm diameter in the upper part, sparsely pubescent outside, glabrous inside; lobes

ovate, 5-9 mm long, 6-7 mm broad, glabrous. Anthers 4-8 mm long, attached 2-4 mm

from their apices, inserted 3-5 mm below the sinuses of the corolla lobes, partially

included, the tips scarcely exceeding the corolla tube. Style 8-20 mm long, exceeding

the corolla tube by several millimetres; stigmatic lobes 3-4, 4-8 mm long. Ovary with

3-4 parietal placentas. Fruit spherical, 9-16 mm long, 9~14 mm diameter, smooth,

occasionally with 5-6 longitudinal ridges in the upper hemisphere; pedicels 1-2 mm

long: calyx not persistent; epicarp pale green whilst developing, yellow when mature;

mesocarp stony, 2-3 mm thick; endocarp brittle, 0.5 mm thick; placental mass pasty,

pink. Seeds 2.0-3.2 mm diameter, 1.1-1.3 mm thick; hilum occupying one-third to one-

half of the perimeter; tegmen claret coloured. Fig. 4J—R.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: 13.6 km S of ‘Dunbar’, 16°08’S, 142°17’E, Jul 1984, Puttock

UNSWi17112 & King (UNSW); 9.2 km N of Little Mitchell R. crossing Palmerville rd, 16°13’S, 144°02’E, Jul

1984, Puttock UNSWI17115 & King (UNSW); 6 km S of Kelly St George R. crossing Cape York rd, 16°28’S,

144°49’E, Dec 1983, Puttock UNSW15848 (AD,BRI,MEL,NSW,PERTH,UNSW); 2.4 km E of Bull Ck crossing

Burke Dev. rd, 16°30’S, 143°20’S, Jul 1984, Puttock UNSW17117 & King (UNSW), Bellevue Holding, 16°33/S,

144°12’E, Jan 1980, Hyland 10200 (QRS), 17.7 km W of Wyaaba Ck crossing Burke Dev. rd, 16°55’S, 141°5S6’E,

Jul 1984, Puttock UNSWI17118 & King (UNSW); Hodgkinson R. (Mt Mulligan), 16°55’S, 144°5S’E, Mar 1975,

Hyland 8140 (QRS,BRLCANB),; Gilbert R., [Sep-Oct 1856], Afueller (G. edulis lecto: K; syn: MEL); Gilbert R.,

Forsayth, Feb 1922, White 1404 (BRI,K); between Chillagoe & Walsh River, Feb 1910, Domtin s.n. (holo: PR

531160); 48 mile [76.8 km] W of Dimbulah, Jun 1955, Tracey 5374 & White (BRI), between the Flinders and

the Lynd Rivers, [May-Jun 1845], Leichhardt (G. edulis syn: K, MEL 598338); Bullock Ck, Etheridge Railway,

Feb 1922, White 1403 (BRI,NSW):; E slope of Mt Surprise, Dec [983, Puttock UNSW15836

(BRI,CANB,DNA,K,MEL,UNSW), Junction Ck, 18°10’S, 144°14E, Apr 1982, Putteck UNSW13443 (UNSW);

Newcastle Ra., 120 miles [192 km] SW of Atherton, May 1967, Dansie 3713 (L). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

‘Jervoise’ Holding, 18°54’S, 144°43’E, May 1974, Hyland 9943 (QRS); Eight Mile Ck, 30.5 km N of The Lynd,

18°41’S, 144°43’E, Apr 1982, Puttock UNSW13445 & Wilson (BRI,CANB,DNA,UNSW). BURKE DISTRICT: between

Normanton and Maggieville, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2696A (BRI,K,NT,PERTH,QRS); Normanton, 17° 40’S, 141°04’E,

Jan 1987, Puttock UNSW17957 (UNSW); 18.1 km S of Normanton on Cloncurry Rd, 17°46’S, 140°55’E, Sep

1982, Puttock UNSW14488 (BR,K,P,UNSW); 5 miles [8 km] NW of Croydon, Jul 1954, Speck 4757

(BRLCANB,MEL,NSW),; 51 miles [81.6 km] W of Croydon, 18°14’S, 41°27’E, Nov 1969, Barret s.n. (BRD; SW

of junction of Esmeralda Ck with Yappa R., Jul 1954, Blake 19662 (BRI). (55 specimens examined).

Distribution: Endemic species to the eastern Gulf country between the Flinders River

(140°50’E) and the Great Dividing Range (145°00’E), and Mount Mulgrave (16°15’S)

and ‘Jervoise’ (19°00’S) near The Lynd, at altitudes of 20 to 150 metres. Map 1A.

Habitat: A common tree in Melaleuca woodlands to the west of Georgetown on red,

yellow and brown earths. It is less frequent in the ironbark, bloodwood/stringybark and

lancewood woodlands on rocky skeletal soils in the east. It is absent from the cracking

clays of the floodplains of the region.

Phenology: Flowering begins immediately after the first rains of the wet season, (October)

November to January. The flowers are mildly and pleasantly perfumed. Fruits mature

from March until September, and when ripe fall to the ground. Leichhardt stated that

these fruits tasted like German rye bread.

Affinites: Gardenia vilhelmii is distantly related to G. tessellaris but differs in its small

oblanceolate to obovate leaves, flowers with a very short calyx and a crateriform corolla,

and small, spherical fruits.

Vernacular names: ‘Bread tree of the Lynd’, (Leichhardt 1847); ‘Candletree’, White (herb).

It has been called the ‘Breadfruit-tree’ (Mueller 1858) and ‘the Breadfruit tree of

Leichhardt’ (Bentham 1867, Bailey 190Q) but the latter name is widely applied to Nauclea

orientalis (L.) L., a common tree of water courses in North Australia.

Etymology: Domin named this species in honour of Prof. Dr Jan Vilhelm, a cryptogamic

botanist from Brno, Czechoslovakia.

448

Typification: The type specimen of G. vilhe/mii recerved on loan from Prague (PR), was

fragmented and hardly resembled the photograph in Domin (1929) although matching

in size and branching pattern; its deterioration was undoubtably due to the brittleness

of the wood and leaves.

Mueller described Gardenia edulis in 1858, however, his binomial is a later

homonym of G. edulis (A. Rich.) Poiret, a South American species. There is also a later

homonym, a New Caledonian species, which is not conspecific with the Australian taxon.

Domin (1929) was apparently unaware of Mueller’s species and described G. vilhelmii

aS a new Specics.

As the type material of Gardenia edulis F. Muell. is a mixed collection, including

an undescribed species, it requires lectotypification. The material at K and MEL is the

product of at least three gatherings, two of G. vi/helmii and one of an undescribed species

(G. sp. aff. G. fucata) from western Queensland/Northern Territory. The first of these

gatherings was made by Leichhardt probably during the time his party was camped on

the banks of the Lynd River (Leichhardt 1847: 273). The second specimen was collected

by Mueller in late September or early October 1856, on Gregory’s North Australian

Expedition; this collection is almost certainly represented by the flower-bearing twigs on

the specimen at K and the loose flowers in the collection at MEL, since Mueller collected

during the flowering season. It 1s likely that Leichhardt’s collection 1s represented by the

leafy twig to the left on the K sheet, and Mueller’s by the young-leaved, flower-bearing

twigs on the right and above. The remaining fruits and the twig with elliptical leaves

belong to the unnamed taxon that Mueller collected on the North Australian Expedition

in the vicinity of the present Queensland/Northern Territory border.

The protologue of G. edulis (Mueller 1858) appears to be based on both taxa,

using the flowers of G. vilhelmii and the fruits of Gardenia sp. aff. fucata; the fruits of

G. vilhelmii referred to by Leichhardt (1847: 273) have not been located. Analysis of

the description reveals a strong bias in content to G. vilhelmii. The flowers of G. vilhelmii

are very distinctive, being readily separable from all other Australian Gardenia species;

the description of the fruit, however, could apply to either species or to other north-

western Australian species. The flower-bearing Y-forked twig on the right of the sheet

at K is chosen as lectotype.

Specimens of several undescribed species of Gardenia from the Northern Territory

and Western Australia, as well as G. fucata R. Br. ex Benth. and G. pyriformis R. Br.

ex Benth., have been incorrectly determined as G. edulis and thus this name appears on

most checklists from these states.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the directors of BR, BRI, CANB, CBG, E, K, L, MEL,

NSW, PR, QRS for making material available for study; B. Hyland for use of facilities

at QRS; P.G. Wilson (NSW) for assistance with the latin diagnoses; C.J. Quinn for

comments on the manuscript; R.J. King, S. Paterson, S.J. St George and P.G. Wilson

for field assistance on collecting trips to Cape York, and a travel grant from the Joyce

W. Vickery Research Fund, Linnean Society of NSW.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1886). Queensland woods. Catalogue of the indigenous woods contained in the Queensland court,

Colonial and Indian exhibition of [886. Brisbane. &6p.

BAILEY, F.M. (1893). Contributions to the Queensland flora. Queensland Department of Agriculture, Bulletin

No. 21. Botany Bulletin No. 7: 64.

BAILEY, F.M. (1900). The Queensland flora (part 3}. Brisbane: Queensland Government.

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Flora australiensis vol. 3. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

DOMIN, K. (1929). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca botanica 22(89). 621.

eos Hae (1973). Classification of the architecture of Dicotyledonous leaves. American Journal of Botany

HYLAND, B.P.M. (1982). A revised card key to the rainforest trees of north Queensland, based on leaf and bark

features. Melbourne: CSIRO.

449

KEAY, R.W, (1958). Randia and Gardenia in West Africa. Bulletin du Jardin botanique de l'Etat a Bruxelles 28:

LEICHHARDT, L. (1847). Journal of an overland expedition in Australia from Moreton Bay to Port Essington,

a distance of upward of 3000 miles, during the years [844-45, London: T. & W. Boone.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Sucka and Wildlife Service Snecial Publication No. 7. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service.

MUELLER, F. (1858). Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae. Vol. 1. Melbourne: Government Printer.

MUELLER, F. (1882). Systematic census of Australian plants. Melbourne: Government Printer.

RICHARD, A. (1829). Memoir sur la famille des Rubiacees. Paris: J. Tastu.

ROBBRECHT, E. & PUFF, C. (1986), A survey of the Gardenieae and related tribes (Rubiaceae). Botanische

dahrbucher 108: 63-137,

TIRVENGADUM, D.D. (1983). New taxa and name changes in tropical Asiatic Rubiaceae. Nordic Journal of

Botany 3: 455-469.

WEBB, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian rainforests. Australian plants 9: 349-363.

Map 1. Distribution of north-eastern Queensland Gardenia species.

A. mG. actinecarpa, & G. scabreila, @ G. vilhelmii, % G. rupicola.

B. @ G. psidioides, & G. tessellaris, @ G. ovularis.

451

Austrobatleya 2(5): 451-457 (1988)

STUDIES ON THE AUSTRALASIAN ASCLEPIADACEAE, III*

A NEW SPECIES OF CYNANCHUM L.

AND A NEW NAME IN MARSDENIA R. BR.

P.I. Forster and A. Thongpukdee

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, QIid 4067

Summary

Cynanchum brachystelmoides P. Forster, a new species from northern Australia and southern Papua New Guinea,

is described and figured. The name Marsdenia suberosa S.Y. Blake, a later homonym of ©. suderosa (Fourn.)

Maime, is replaced by M. loydti P. Forster and an amplified description is given together with illustrations. Notes

on habitat, distribution and conservation status of both taxa are given.

Revisions of the genera Cynanchum L. and Marsdenia R. Br. in the Australasian

region (defined as mainland Australia, the western Pacific Island groups and Papua New

Guinea) are being undertaken by the senior author. Prior to their completion it is felt

opportune to provide names for several taxa that are either undescribed or require a

change of specific epithet.

CYNANCHUM L.,

During a revision of Brachystelma Sims (Asclepiadaceae) (syn. Microstemma R.

Br.) in Australia (Forster in press), several specimens that were not referable to Bra-

chystelma, and that had been placed in Microstemma folders at BRI and DNA, were

examined. A closer study of these collections revealed a floral structure quite dissimilar

to Brachystelma in that the pollinia are pendulous and attached to the base of the

translator. These pollinaria do not appear to differ significantly in form and placement

from those of taxa placed in Cynanchum L. and S.T. Blake commented in an unsigned

note on Brass 8396 that the specimen keyed to this genus using Engler & Prantl

(Schumann 1897).

The circumscription of Cynanchum is open to some debate, but the present trend

appears to be the recognition of a broadly defined genus with several infrageneric

divisions (Woodson 1941, Descoings 1961, Sundell 1981). Pollinaria form is quite variable

within Cynanchum sens. lat. (Schill & Jakel 1978) although the basic arrangement of

components remains much the same. The form of the gynostegium and the insertion of

the corona near the fusion of the corolla and androecium, together with the form of the

pollinaria indicate that this material would be best accommodated within Cynanchum

section Vincetoxicum (Wolf) Tsiang & Li.

Cynanchum brachystelmoides P. Forster sp. nov.

Herbacea perennis. Radices tenuiter fusiformes usque 40 mm longae. Caules usque ad

35 cm longi, 0.5-—4 mm diametro, erecti, nodis usque ad 10, 3~5 ramis, internodis usque

ad 5 cm longis. Folia linearia, acuminata, coriacea glabra, 5-20 mm longa, 0.25 mm

lata. Inflorescentiae 4-7 florae subsessiles cymae in summis 1-6 nodis inter petiolos

foliorum binatorum; pedicelli 1.5-2.5 mm longi, filiformes penduli per anthesin. Calyx

sine glande basali, 5-partitus, segmentis late triangularibus, 1-1.25 mm longis, 0.1-—0.2

mm latis, glabris. Corolla profunde 5-partita, segmentis valvatis in alabastro ovati-

oblongis, 1.5-1.7 mm longis, basi ca 0.4 mm latis, apice ovato, apice ovatiobtusa, 0.75

mm longa, basi ca 0.4 mm lata. Stamina in ca 0. 3 mm longa parte superna columnae

staminalis 0.75 mm longae inserta, connectivis incurvis, membrana apicali ovata, apice

acuto. Pollinium solitarium in quoque cellula antherae, pendulum, oblongi-ovoideum ca

100 um longum, 25 um latum. Caudicula flavida ca 15 tum longa. Apparatus translatus

brunneus ca 100 um longus. Stigma conicum. Folliculi seminaque non visa. Typus:

Clarkson 4053 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,K,L,MO,NSW,NT,PERTH,QRS).

*Continued from Austrobaileya 2(4): 401-404 (1987)

452

Fig. 1. Cynanchum brachystelmoides. A. habit X 0.5. Afarsdenia Hoydii. B. leaf with truncate base X 0.5. C. leaf

with cordate base X 0.5. D. habit of flowering twig <X 0.5. A Clarkson 4053; B,D Forster 2750. C. Bird AQ451406.

453

Herbaceous perennial. Roots thinly fusiform to 40 mm long. Stems to 35 cm long,

0.5-4.0 mm thick, upright, 3~S branches, up to 10 nodes; internode length variable to

5 cm. Leaves linear, firmly coriaceous, glabrous; 5-20 mm long, 0.25-1.0 mm wide.

Flowers borne on top 1-6 nodes, between petioles of leaf pairs, in 4~7-flowered subsessile

cymes. Flower pedicels 1.5-2.5 mm long, filiform, pendulous during anthesis. Calyx

without basal glands, 5-parted, segments broadly triangular, acute, 1-1.25 mm _ long,

Q.10-0.20 mm wide, glabrous. Corolla deeply 5-parted; segments valvate in bud, ovate-

oblong, 1.5-1.7 mm long, ca 0.4 mm wide at base, glabrous, white, brown or pink.

Corona petaloid, broadly ovate, tip ovate-obtuse; 0. 75 mm long, 0.37 mm wide at base.

Stamens inserted on upper ca 0.3 mm of staminal column, 0.75 mm long; connectives

incurved, apical membrane ovate, tip acute. Pollinium solitary in each anther-cell,

pendulous, oblong-ovoid, ca 100 um long, 25 um wide. Caudicle yellowish ca 15 um

long. Translator brown, ca 100 um long. Stigma conical. Follicles and seed not seen.

Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. Tarara, Wassi Kussa River, Western Division, Dec 1936, Brass 8396

(BRI). Australia. Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: 14 miles [22.4 km] from Darwin on Stuart

Hwy, Dec 1970, Aforgan 15 (DNA); near Q215, ca 26 miles [41.6 km] NNE of Oenpelli Mission, Feb 1973,

Lazarides 7728 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Cooktown, Feb 1945, Flecker 9106 (BRI); ditto, Feb 1945,

Flecker 9107 (BRI); 5 km W of the Watson River crossing on the Aurukun—Merluna road, ca 40 km NE of

Aurukun, Dec 1981, Clarkson 4053 (BRI,CANB,K,L,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS). Map 1.

Habitat: C. brachystelmoides has been recorded from low lying areas, such as swamps

or flats — “common on fringe and bed of Melaleuca lagoon in black alluvial soil with

Erythrophleum chlorostachys, Eucalyptus polycarpa, mixed herbs, shrubs and vines.’

(Lazarides 7728) and “Undulating to low hilly area with Eucalyptus tetrodonta~E.

dichromophioia open forest.” (Clarkson 4053).

Notes and Observations: Of the herbarium specimens studied, Brass 8396 and Clarkson

4053 possess rootstocks and these appear to consist of several fusiform roots similar to

certain species of Brachystelma and Ceropegia L. Superficially the plants do resemble

Brachystelma microstemma Schltr. (hence the specific epithet) as the leaves are small

and scale-like and the flowers arranged similarly at the nodes. The plants are said to be

“erect, dark-green, sparsely leaved” (cf. Lazarides 7728) and are therefore similar vege-

tatively to species of Brachystelma.

A little size variation in some floral characters 1s evident between Clarkson 4053

and Brass 8396. These are corona segment length, staminal column width and anther

wing diameter (Fig. 2). Flower colour 1s apparently variable with white (Lazarides 7728,

Flecker 9106, Clarkson 4053), brown (Flecker 9107) or pink (Brass 8396) recorded.

The collection of good flowering material in spirit would facilitate the taxonomic

study of this plant which appears to be most closely allied to other fusiform rooted taxa

within the section Vincetoxicum such as C. ripartum Tsiang & Zhang and C. hydrophilum

Tsiang & Zhang (Tsiang & Li 1974).

Conservation status: The distribution (Map 1) of C. brachystelmoides seems to parallel

that of Brachystelma microstemma, with both species being collected either together or

in close proximity in the same vegetation association. While both species are inconspi-

cuous, C. brachystelmoides 1s perhaps more so, hence the paucity of collections. Using

the coding system of Leigh ef a/, (1981) a conservation coding of 3K 1s allocated to C.

brachystelmoides.

MARSDENIA R. Br.

When Blake (1948) described the new species Marsdenia suberosa, he was obviously

unaware of the prior use of this name for a Brasilian species. A new epithet 1s provided

here for the eastern Australian species. While Blake’s original latin description 1s thorough,

the collection of material 1n spirit now enables details of the pollinarium and its

components to be given, aS well as slight additions to the general morphological

description.

ee es a

wa fen ge oo

ween at

nat

a he te

Huta

-np.

ead

wa Ma

Fig. 2. Cynanchum brachystelmoides: A. side view of flower with corona X 29. B. top view of stamina] column

with corona X 29. C-D. top view of staminal column with corona removed X 29. E. side view of staminal

column with corona removed X 29. F-G. abaxial view of corona segment X 29. H-I. pollinaria x 200, A,B,E,F,H

Clarkson 4053; C,D,G,I Brass 8396.

455

Marsdenia lloydii P. Forster nom. nov.

Marsdenia suberosa S.T. Blake, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 59: 167-168 (1948),

Stanley & Ross, Fl. S.E. Queensland 2: 314 (1986). Type: Mt Roberts, McPherson

Range, Dec 1946, S.T. Blake 17375 (BRI).

non (Fourn.)Malme, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 34(7): 94 (1900); Rothe,

Bot. ft Syst. 52: 430 (1915); based on Verlotia suberosa Fourn., Fl. bras. 6(4):

324 (1884

Woody vine. Stems sparsely puberulent, twining, 0.3-1.0 cm thick; with thick layers of

fissured, cream, corky bark; with white latex. Leaves oblong to triangular-oblong, 4-11

cm long, 1.5-6 cm wide; apex obtuse-acuminate to abruptly acuminate; base cordate to

truncate; glabrous to very sparsely pubescent near base with lateral and reticulate venation

more prominent on abaxial surface; lateral veins 5-8; 4-12 extra-floral nectaries present

at midrib base of lamina; dark-green above; paler beneath, light-green to whitish-green;

petioles 1-2.5 cm long, i mm diameter: small vestigial stipules at either side of petiole

base. Inflorescence comprising 1-4 fascicles on a rachis up to 1.5 cm long, with up to

4 flowers per fascicle; peduncles 0.1-1 cm long, 0.5 mm diameter. Pedicels filiform, very

finely pubescent, 2-9 mm long, 0.5 mm diameter. Calyx lobes suborbicular, very sparsely

pubescent on margins, 1.9—2.5 mm long, 2 mm wide, light green. Corolla globose-

campanulate, white, 4-5 mm long, 6-6.5 mm diameter; lobes suberect, semi-ovate,

reflexed at anthesis, 2-2.5 mm long, 2 mm wide, glabrous externally, internally with

dense antrorse white hairs to 1.5 mm long at base continuing into tube; tube densely

pubescent inside with antrorse hairs in upper third opposite lobes, 2—2.5 mm long;

corolline corona absent. Staminal column 2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm diameter; anther

connectives incurved, cream; corona consisting of 5 acute lobes adnate at base of column,

i mm long, | mm wide at base; anther wings 0.5 mm long; anthers 0.75 mm long with

acute membranous tip. Ovaries glabrous, cream. Stigma globose, bilobed, not extending

above anther membranes, cream. Pollinia ascending, without pellucid margins, oblong

compressed, golden, 0.3-0.4 mm long, 0.14-0.17 mm wide. Translators oblong, reddish

brown, 0.18-0.2 mm long, 0.08—0.1 mm wide. Caudicles translucent, 0.28-0.37 mm long,

0.09-0.13 mm wide at point of attachment to pollinium. Follicles ovoid, 4-5 cm long.

Seeds not seen. Fig. 3.

In addition to the twelve collections cited by Blake (1948), the following have been

examined.

Queensland. Cook District: Tamaree, Aug 1919, Smith AQ424923 (BRI). WIDE Bay District: Imbil, May

1979, Rogers (BRIU5050), Mt. Woowonga, Jul 1983, Forster 1602 (BRI); ditto, Nov 1986, Forster 2750 (BRI).

MOoRETON District: Moss Gardens, The Head, Dec 1984, Bird AQ396464 (BRI); ditto, Dec 1986, Bird AQ451406

(BRI); Fig Tree Pocket, Oct [951], Oakman AQ216787 (BRI); S.F. Enoggera 309, Nov 1970, Moriarty 565 (BRD);

near Boombana National Park, Mar 1982, Forster 1252 (BRIU); Stable Camp, Yarraman SF. 26°51’S, 151°56’E,

Nov 1987, Forster 3199, Bird & Tucker (BRI).

Habitat: M. lloydii occurs on the margins of complex notophyll vine forest, araucarian

microphyll vine forest or in brushbox dominated, open eucalypt forests subject to regular

burning.

Conservation Status: This species is widespread along the eastern Australian coast, but

relatively rarely collected. Sterile plants are sometimes mistaken for the naturalised

Araujia hortorum Fourn., from which they may be distinguished by the presence of the

corky stem. The species is adequately represented 1n a number of conservation reserves

and should not be considered as endangered or threatened at this stage.

Etymology: Named for Mr Lloyd Bird of Bundamba, in recognition of the significant

contribution he has made to our knowledge of rainforest floristics and distribution in

south-eastern Queensland, and for assistance given to the senior author with respect to

field trips and provision of material.

Acknowledgments

We would like to thank Mr Les Pedley (BRI) for the latin diagnosis, comments

on the manuscript and for arranging specimen loans and the Directors of BRI and DNA

for access to material either at their institutions or on loan. Mr Lloyd Bird provided

spirit collections of M. Hoydii.

456

Fig. 3. Afarsdenia llovdii: A. dissected corolla showing distribution of hairs * 5. B. single fascicle X 5. C. top

view of flower X 5. D. side view of staminal column X 10. E. top view of staminal column X 10, F. single anther

connective with corona lobe attached X 10. G. single anther connective with corona lobe removed, showing

position of pollinia from two adjacent pollinaria X 10. H. pollinarium xX 35. A-H Forster 2750.

457

References

BLAKE, S.T. (1948). Studies in Australian Apocynaceae and Asclepiadaceae, I. Proceedings of the Royal Society

of Oueensland 59: 161-168.

DESCOINGS, B. (1961). Notes taxonomiques et descriptives sur quelques Asclépiadées Cynanchées (Asclépia-

dacées) aphylles de Madagascar. Adansonia 1: 299-342.

FORSTER, P.I. (in press). Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. I. Brachystelima Sims in Australia. Nuytsia

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Parks & Wildlife Service, Special Publication No. 7. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service.

SCHILL, R. & JAKEL, U. (1978). Beitrag zur kenntnis der Asclepiadaceen-pollinarien. Tropische und subtropische

Pflanzenwelt 22: {-122.

SCHUMANN, K. (1897). Asclepiadaceae. In A. Engler, & K. Prantl (eds): Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien IV:

189-306. Leipzig: Engefmann.

SUNDELL, E. (1981). The New World species of Cynanchum L. subgenus Mellichampia (A. Gray ex S. Wats.)

Woods. (Asclepiadaceae). Evolutionary Monographs 5: 1-63.

TSIANG, Y. & LI, P-T. (1974). Praecursores Florae Asciepiadacearum Sinensium. Acta Phytotaxonomic Sinica

12: 79-149.

WOODSON, R.E. JR. (1941). The North American Asclepiadaceae. I. Perspective of the genera. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 28: 193-244.

ennai

‘alice km, laniogny,

—— i | mw meen

Map 1. Distribution of Cynanchum brachystelmoides.

459

Austrobaileya 2(5): 459-468 (1988)

FIVE NEW SPECIES OF SIDA L. (MALVACEAE) FROM

AUSTRALIA

A.E. Holiand and $.T. Reynoids

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Five new species of Sida L., S. arentcala, S. argiliacea, S. asteracalyx, S. brachypeda and S. everistiana are

described, with nofes on their distribution and relationship te other species that occur in Australia.

The Australian species of Sida L. have been studied at the Queensland Herbarium

over many years because there has always been some confusion in the identity of the

species. The iate Doctors, $.L. Everist and S.T. Blake, and Mr Les Pedley have collected

specimens, made notes and constructed keys (unpublished) in an attempt to clarify the

taxa. Studies undertaken by the authors over the past fifteen years have revealed the

presence of undescribed taxa based around S. corrugata Lindley, S. fAbulifera Lindley,

S. filiformis Cann. ex Hook., S. trichopoda F. Muell. and 8. talvchunade Gay ex DC.-S.

petrophila F. Muell. group. The acquisition of recent collections and further investigation

by us have confirmed the specific status of some of these taxa.

Fryxell (1987) assigns eight of the Australian species of Sida L. to Sida sens. str.

and the remainder to other genera. Most of the remaining species are said to pertain to

Sidastrum E.G, Baker and a few that remained could not be placed either in Sida or

Sidastrum e.g. S. platycalyx F. Muell. ex Benth.

The new species except S. asterocalyx are assignable to Sidastrum, although like

most of the Australian species assignable to this genus, they differ from the American

species (ex description, Baker 1892, Fryxell 1987) as follows: bracteoles or pseudo-

involucre absent; flowers and stamens not reduced (some species, e.g. S. corrugata and

forms of S. trichopoda, have large flowers with petals much longer than calyx); inflo-

rescence axillary and not terminal, flowers in cymes or racemes or solitary, and not

paniculate; mericarps strongly reticulate on the lateral sides; plants decumbent, procum-

bent or erect, instead of usually erect and shrubby.

S. asterocalyx on the other hand, although closely related to the new species,

differs in having an enlarged calyx and belongs to a group of species with accrescent

calyces which cannot be satisfactorily placed in the genera segregated from Sida L.

(Fryxell 1978), e.g. S. calyxhymenia, S. clementit Domin and S. physocalyx F. Muell.

Because of the difficulty encountered in assigning some of the Australian species

to genera allied to Sida and also because the species closely resemble each other despite

variation in the morphology of the calyx and mericarp, leaves, habit and type of

inflorescence, we hesitate to split the genus and have kept to the extended use of Sida

until major revisionary work 1s undertaken in the Australian species.

_ This work is based on morphological study of herbarium specimens at Brisbane

and Melbourne.

Sida brachypoda Holland & 8. Reyn. sp. nev. Sida corrugatae Lindley affinis praecipue

differt fructibus pubescentibus, foluis serrulatis, petiolatis et pedicellis quoque

brevioribus. Typus: Queensland. MARANOA District: Boatman Station, 23 March

1947, SL. Everist 2836 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Subshrubs with several spreading decumbent stems to 75 cm, sparsely or densely stellate

hairy all over. Leaves ovate to oblong ovate, apex obtuse or truncate, margins including

apex serrulate-crenulate, base cordate or subcordate, 0.9-3.3 cm xX 0.6-2.5 cm, both

surfaces hairy, denser below, yellowish green, paler below, nerves prominent below;

petioles slender, 2~20 mm long; stipules subulate, to 3 mm long, persistent. Flowers

axillary, solitary; pedicels 2~6 mm long, rarely to 13 mm (10-13 mm in fruit), articulate

460

above the middle. Calyx cyathiform, 4-5 mm long, lobes 1.5-2 mm X 1.5-3 mm, ovate,

acute, pubescent outside, glabrous inside. Corolla larger than calyx, lobes obovate,

emarginate, 3 mm X 2-2,5 mm, yellow. Staminal tube 1-2 mm long, filaments 0.3-0.7

mim long. Styles 2.0-2.5 mm long, connate at base. Fruits depressed globose, 4-7 mm

diameter, densely hairy; mericarps 9-13, dorsally deeply reticulate, reticulation obscured

by hairs, alveolate on sides. Seeds dark reddish brown, Fig. 1.

Selected specimens (all BRD: Western Australia. Sturt Creek, 7Peb 1856, Avuelfer (MEL & K). Northern Territory.

Settlement Creek, Feb 1923, Brass 296; O.T. Station, May 1947, Blake 17724; Stuart Hwy, 12 km N of Dunmarra,

May 1987, WrieHt s.n.; Daly Waters Access Rd, May 1987, Hrigh? s.n. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

40 m [64 km] South of M1 Garnet, Aug 1967, Aforain 188. MitcHett Disrricr: 5 km E of Highlands Stn, 8S of

Emmet on road to springs at gate, Sep 1986, Ballingafi 2281; about 3 miles [4.8 km] E of Jericho, Oct 1940,

Smith & Everist 972A; Jericho, Apr 1946, Clenzens, 10 miles [16 km] NW of Longreach, May 1936, Everts! &

White 107, LEICHHARDT Districr: New Bombandy station, Mar 1979, Anderson 826. DARLING Downs DISTRICT:

[2 miles [19.2 km] west of Meandarra, Apr 1959, Jehusen 740; Glenoie, near Hannaford, Mar 1939, Everist

1757; Hannaford, Feb 1938, White 11176; Glenmorgan, Oct 1969, Syui#i s.n.; Woodiands station, 5 miles [8 km]

SW of Westmar, Dec 1958, Pedley 364. MARANOA DISTRICT: Boatman Station, Mar 1947, Everis? 2836; South

of Bollon, Apr 1949, Everis? 3691. WarreGco District: Charleville, Oct 1945, Clentens s.n., ditto, Apr 1946,

Blake 11057: 8 km SW of Wallal Railway Siding, May 1982, Neldner 572 & Thomas, 5 km W of “Lowood”

homestead, Jun 1976, Purdie 385D. 6km § of Merrigang homestead, Jun 1976, Purdie 367D; Mooro, Cunnamulla,

Mar 1961, Gibb sn. 7km W of Charleville on Quilpie road, Apr 1984, Ballingal 1355.

A] =

eet)

“

aes

ngall

Fig. 1. Sida brachypoda: A. habit with fruit * 0.75. B. flower X 3. C. fruit x 6. D. Mericarp * 15. A,C,D Balli

2281: B Adams 1032,

scl GU SAS ATMS EY eth

461

Distribution and Habitat: Queensland, from south of Mt Garnet to Cunnamulla and

from Meandarra to Longreach. Also in Western Australia and Northern Territory. Usually

on red sandy loam in open Eucalyptus and Acacia aneura forests.

Affinities: This new species is related to S. corrugata Lindley differing especially in the

densely hairy fruits, serrulate ovate leaves, and also shorter pedicels and petioles, For

its differences from Sida corrugaia and also Sida everistiana see the key under S.

everistiana,

Note: The name Sida brachypoda is now validated. This name, although unpublished,

has often been applied to collections of this species since F, Mueller named a collection

from Sturt Creek with this epithet.

Sida everistiana S$. Reyn. & Holland sp. nov. Sida corrugatae Lindley affinis a qua

imprimis differt fructibus minoribus et mericarpium paucissimis (5) et minus

corrugatis; petiolis et pedicellis brevioribus, calycis lobis acuminatis. Typus:

Queensland. WARREGO District: Victoria Downs, 5 miles [8 km] NW of Morven,

25 May 1949, S.L. Everist 3752 (holo: BRI; iso: BRI).

Low, twiggy subshrubs with tufted, procumbent stems 10-40 cm long, densely white

stellate hairy all over. Leaves broadly ovate or rotund-ovate, apex obtuse, margins

crenate-dentate, base truncate or rounded or broadly cuneate, rarely subcordate, 0.7~1.8

cm X 0,7-1.8 cm, both surfaces stellate hairy, denser below, dull greenish yellow, 3-5-

nerved from base, nerves prominent below; petioles slender, 3-6 mm long: stipules

subulate, 3-7 mm long, persistent. Flowers axillary, solitary; pedicels 0.5~2.5 mm long

(4 mm in fruit), articulate in the middle. Calyx cyathiform to 5 mm long, lobes triangular,

acuminate, 2-3 mm xX 1.5-3 mm, pubescent outside, glabrous or finely hairy inside,

purplish. Corolla lobes obovate, emarginate, 2~3 mm X 1.5~2 mm, yellow. Staminal

tube 1.5—2 mm long, filaments 0.3~0.5 mm long. Styles 2~2.5 mm long, connate at base.

Fruits ovoid with an apical rostrum, 3-4 mm diameter; mericarps 5, slightly rugose on

back, alveolate on sides, finely hairy. Seeds reddish brown, glabrous. Fig. 2. :

Selected specimens (all BRI}: Northern Territory. Stony bank beside Stuart Hwy, 9 km N of Banka Banka, May

(987, Wright sn. Queensland, Burke District: Hughenden, top of Mt Walker, Apr 1935, Blake 8439. GreGory

NortH District: Between Springvale and Boulia~Winton Rd. Jan 1937, Everist & Saiith 113. MARANOA

District: Paradise Downs, 15 miles {24 km] NE of Blackall, Jud 1940, Evertst 2152; Base of jump-up approx 9

km ESE of Kentle Downs, Fun 1977, AdcDonaid 2532. Warreco District: Victoria Downs, 5 miles [8 km] NW

of Morven, May 1949, Fverist 3752; Tatala, 100 miles [160 km] S of Morven, Apr 1948, Everist 3424: 15 km E

of Charieville along old Morven Road, near Leshe Station, Jun 1976, Purdie 342D; 15 km W of Cunnamulla on

Bulloo Dev. Rd., Apr 1987, Wrigst s.n.

Distribution and Habitat: Western Queensland, from Hughenden to south of Bollon,

usually on rocky hillsides on sandy clay-loam or stony soils in open woodlands. Also in

Northern Territory.

Affinities: This new species is related to S. corrugata Lindley but differs particularly in

the smaller, less corrugate fruits, fewer mericarps (5), shorter pedicels and petioles and

es calyx lobes. It can be distinguished from S. corrugata and S. brachypoda as

ollows:

1. Leaves truncate, rounded or cuneate at base; calyx lobes acuminate; fruits

3-4 mm diameter; mericarps 5 .. 1... 0. 0... ee ee ee S. everistiana

Leaves cordate at base; calyx lobes acute; fruits 4-10 mm diameter;

EPIGATIIS "Ort | Wi snts, Goatees Gol tlsaes buat 4 ead ere Mike hy iie, ba tee sl me

2. Leaves orbicular or broadly ovate, margins coarsely crenate; pedicels 10-35

mm long, rarely less; petals 5-6 mm long: fruits glabrous or puberulent;

mericarps strongly corrugate-reticulate; petioles 1.2-3.2 cm long .. S. corrugata

Leaves ovate to oblong-ovate, margins serrulate-crenate; pedicels 2-6 mm

long; petals 3 mm long; fruits densely hairy; mericarps not strongly

corrugate; petioles 2-20 mm long ......................8. brachypeda

Etymology: This species is named in honour of Dr 8.L. Everist (1913-1981), the collector

of the type. He was very interested 1n the genus and collected extensively.

462

a", 2

tity Fr ta

i tee

fF .0tE fT y

WaS

Fig. 2. Sida everistiana: A. habit X 0.75. B. Branch with flower and fruit X 1.5. C. fruit showing calyx * 6. D.

Mericarp X 1[5. All from Blake 1062S.

463

Sida asterocalyx S. Reyn. & Holland sp. nov. ex affinitate Sida calyxhymeniae Gay ex

DC. et specierum affinum calycibus subfructibus omnibus stellatim patentibus

purpureus conspicuis distinguenda. Typus: Queensland. WARREGO DISTRICT:

mole BR station, ca 60 km SW of Quilpie, 27 August 1975, L. Pedley 4222

olo:

Erect shrubs to 2 m, densely velvety stellate hairy all over. Leaves ovate, obtuse or

acute, crenulate-serrulate, base rounded, rarely subcordate, 4-35 mm X 3-20 mm, both

surfaces velvety hairy, or coarser below, pale green or yellowish, paler below, 3- or 5-

nerved from base, lateral nerves prominent below; petioles 3-8 mm long; stipules terete,

1-6 mm long, caducous. Flowers axillary, solitary: pedicels 8-20 mm long, articulate

above the middle. Calyx (oblong, obtuse or truncate in bud), broadly cupular, lobed to

about middle, 6-13 mm long, purplish, accrescent in fruit, becoming reticulate, mem-

branous, lobes broadly obovate, obtuse, 3-5 mm X 6-9 mm, indistinctly 3-ribbed,

sparsely stellate hairy outside, glabrous inside. Corolla lobes longer than calyx, obovate,

truncate or emarginate, ciliate at base, 7-13 mm xX 5-13 mm, bright yellow. Staminal

tube patent hairy, either the tube 3-3.5 mm long with filaments 3~5 mm long and styles

1~4 mm long, or staminal tube [-3 mm long with filaments 0.5-3 mm long and styles

4-8 mm long. Styles connate at base. Fruits depressed globose or broadly ovoid, 6-8

mm diameter, deeply grooved between mericarps, mericarps 5~8, slightly rugose on back

and sides, densely hairy; fruiting calyx spreading, stellate, 20-25 mm diameter, purplish

brown. Seeds reddish brown, pilose. Fig. 3.

Selected specimens (ail BRI): Western Australia. *Edjudina Stn, about 130 km NNE of Kalgoorlie, Wilson 7551

(MEL). Queensland. WARREGO District: 4 km NE of Toompine along main road to Quilpie, Sep 1984, Purdie

2148: Nerrigundah Station, ca 60 km SW of Quilpie, Aug 1975, Pedley 4222; *Ambathala Range Area, 50 km E

of Adavale, Oct 1981, Sandercoe 508; *14.5 km SSE of Woolbuna, ca 2 km N along Woolbuna eastern boundary

fence from old Quilpie Rd., Sep 1984, Purdie 2129. GREGORY SOUTH DISTRICT: Jump-up Grey Range, 62 km

¥ 7 ee Aug 1986, Ballingall 2220: Mt Howitt Station, ca 70 miles [L112 km] W of Eromanga, Jul 1936,

ake ;

Distribution and Habitat: South-western Queensland from Grey Range between Quilpie

and Toompine to as far west as Mt Howitt Stn near the South Australian border. Also

in Western Australia and probably South Australia and Northern Territory. Usually on

hillsides on stony soils in low woodland.

Affinities: Sida asterocalyx can be distinguished from the alliance of S. calyxhymenia

Gay ex DC. and related species, by its conspicuously enlarged patent calyx, lobed to

above the middle, and its fruits with 5-8 clearly separated mericarps. For the differences

between SS. asterocalyx and related species see key under S. arenicola. This is a very

variable species, especially in the leaves, with specimens marked * having much smaller

leaves. It is also unusual in that specimens have two different types of flowers; one has

long filaments and styles shorter than the staminal tube and the other has short filaments

and long emergent styles. Ballingal 2220 and Purdie 2148 have both types of flowers

present.

Etymology: This species derives its name from its enlarged, star-shaped, fruiting calyx.

Sida arenicola S. Reyn. & Holland sp. nov. S. petrophilae F. Muell. primo adspectu

maxime simile, praecipue differt fructibus quinquecarpus foliorum forma et

colorem indumentum calycibus et pedicellis ferrugino-brunneus. Typus: Northern

Territory: 11 km from Rabbit Flat towards Mongrel Downs, July 1972, C.H.

Gittins 2426 (holo: BRI).

Open, erect, several stemmed, subglabrous shrubs to 2 m, densely velvety hairy all over,

pale green tinged red. Leaves narrowly ovate, sometimes obscurely 3-lobed, obtuse,

serrulate, base truncate or rounded, |.5-4.0 cm x 0.4-1, 1(-1.4) cm, both surfaces densely

velvety hairy, darker above, 3- 7-nerved from base, lateral nerves prominent below;

petioles 3-8 mm long; stipules 2~3.5 mm long, subulate, caducous. Flowers axillary,

solitary or in pairs; pedicels 9-15 mm long (to 20 mm in fruit), articulate and dilated

above middle. Calyx (ovate and 5-angular in bud), deeply lobed, accrescent in fruit, 7~9

mm X 13 mm, lobes narrowly ovate, acuminate + apiculate, (4-)5-7 mm X 3-4 mm,

velvety hairy outside, puberulent or glabrous and reticulate inside. Corolla usually half

as long as calyx, lobes obovate, ciliate at base, yellow. Staminal tube 2—2.5 mm long,

filaments 0.5-1 mm long. Styles 4-5 mm long, connate at base. Fruits ovoid with an

464

A ih # ‘47

tn # ae YH

pa" ¥

yy &

JN ii fr

J's

: ann ee

oe [qe er eee,

San tama!

— st ot ae

— ae

ath :

Fig. 3. Sida asterocalyx: A. habit with flowers and fruit X 0.75. B. Flower, with corolla and calyx removed,

showing elongated styles and short filaments X 6. C. flower, with corolla and calyx removed, showing elongated

filaments with styles enclosed in staminal tube X 6. D. fruit showing enlarged calyx X 3. E. Mericarp X 15. A,D,E

Pedley 4222: B,C Ballingall 2220.

465

apical rostrum, 3-4 mm diameter, subtended by enlarged fruiting calyx 15-17 mm

diameter, lobes patent, mericarps 5 or 6, slightly rugose on back, reticulate or alveolate

on sides, glabrous. Seeds dark reddish brown. Fig. 4.

Selected specimens (all BRI): Western Australia. 180 km ENE Port Hedland, 10 km from coast, Sep 1976, Story

8199; 42 miles [67 km] WNW of Fitzroy Crossing township, Kimberleys, Sep 1959, Lazarides 6500 (MEL).

Northern Territory. Tennant Creek, Jul 1946, Blake 16010; 6 miles [9.6 km] W of Frewena, Oct 1955, Chippendale

1526; [1 km from Rabbit Flat towards Mongrel Downs, Jul 1972, Gittins 2426, 193 km from Hooker Creek

towards Tanami, Aug 1971, Gittins 2364; 13.6 km WSW of Soudan, Oct 1965, Chippendale 7289; 25 miles [40

km] WNW of Frewena, Jun 1960, Chippendale 7347, Rockhampton Downs Station, May 1947, Blake 17878.

Distribution and Habitat: Northern Territory and Western Australia from Tennant Ck

to north of Alice Springs and in the Kimberley district in W.A., on sand in mixed open

low scrubs.

Affinities: The new species is at first sight similar to S. petrophila F. Muell. but differs

especially in the 5-celled fruits, leaf shape and indumentum of calyces and pedicels. It

is also allied to S. calyxhymenia Gay ex DC. of which it has the glabrous fruits, but

differs in the more narrow acuminate calyx lobes. S. calyxhymenia has a dark grey

enlarged membranous calyx with broad acute calyx lobes. S. arenico/a can be distinguished

from closely related species as follows:

1. Fruits with clearly separated mericarps, 6-8 mm diameter; mericarps 5-8:

calyx lobed to above the middie... ...... ie asterocalyx

Fruit not as above, 3-6 mm diameter: mericarps 5 or 6; 5 calyx lobed to

WHEAT OGSC- oe kis, waite Steno ee weld ae ea we Does £4 be awl, 9 BE 2

2. Buds and calyces rusty-brown velvety hairy; calyx lobes acuminate... 8S. arenicola

Buds and calyces dark grey hairy; calyx lobes acute .................. 3

3. Fruits hairy, mericarps 6; calyx lobes narrowly ovate, 2-3 mm wide, not

membranous... .. ». petrophila

Fruits glabrous, mericarps 5 or 6: calyx lobes broadly ovate, 5-7 mm

wide, membranous .......... 0.0... 0. 020-024... +. S Calyxhymenia

Etymology: This species is named after the habitat in which it is often found, that is in

sand and sandy soils.

Sida argillacea Holland & S. Reyn. sp. nov. Sida fibuliferae Lindley affinis a qua

imprimus differt ramulus floriferus brevioribus vel abscentia, fructibus majoribus

pubescentibus, apicibus brevirostris, corollae persistentibus. Typus: Queensland.

WARREGO DISTRICT: Wittenburra Station, 36 miles [57.6 km] S of Eulo, January

1937, S.L. Everist & LS. Smith 18 (holo: BRI).

Low, twiggy tufted subshrubs with several stems to 35 cm, stellate hairy all over, yellow

green. Leaves ovate or oblong, rarely obovate, obtuse or truncate, margins dentate or

serrate, base rounded or truncate, rarely subcordate, 8-30 mm X 5-20 mm, upper surface

sparsely stellate hairy, lower ones densely hairy, paler below, 3-5-nerved from base,

nerves prominent below; petioles 6-24 mm long; stipules filiform, setaceous, 2-9 mm

long, persistent. Flowers clustered in axils in short reduced racemes; pedicels 1-6 mm

long, articulate above the middle; calyx broadly cupuliform, to 6 mm long, lobes triangular,

acute, 1.5-3 mm X 1|.5~3 mm, pubescent outside, glabrous inside; corolla lobes obovate,

truncate, 2-3 mm X 1.5-2 mm, yellow; staminal tube !-2 mm long, filaments to 0.5

mm long; styles 2-2.5 mm long, connate at base. Fruits broadly ovoid, smooth with an

apical rostrum, 4-6 mm diameter, slightly grooved between mericarps, mericarps 5-7,

densely stellate hairy. Seeds reddish brown, with a few fine hairs. Fig. 5.

Selected specimens (all BRI): Northern Territory. Buchanan Ck, 11.7 miles [16.7 km] SE of Alexandria, Jun 1960,

Chippendale 7185. 7.7 miles [12.3 km] S Monkaderry W.H.., Banka Banka, N.T., Jun 1960, Chippendale 7035;

10 miles [16 km] N of Brunchilly, Jun £960, Chippendale 7061. Queensland. GREGORY NorTH DISTRICT:

Currawilla, about 100 miles [160 km] west of Windorah, Jun 1949, Everist 3927. MARANOA District: About 25

miles [40 km] NW of Bollon, Apr 1949, Everist 3699. WARREGO DISTRICT: Wittenburra Station, 36 miles [57.6

km] S of Eulo, Jan 1937, Everist & Smith 18; Curragh Station, near Cunnamulla, Jan 1931, ‘Hubbard 6237.

GREGORY SOUTH DISTRICT: Nockatunga Station, between channels of Wilson River, Jun 1936, ‘Blake 11823.

406

Ne WS

Fig. 4. Sida arenicola: A, habit with flowers and fruit X 0.75. B. flower x 3. C. flower with corolla and calyx

Lae bogie D, fruit showing enlarged calyx k 3. E. mericarp < 15. A Gittins 2426: B.C,E Chippendale 1526:

tory

467

Distribution and Habitat: South-western Queensland and Northern Territory; from Bollon

to Nockatunga Station in Queensland and from Alexandria to Banka Banka in the

Northern Territory.

Affinities: This species is very close to Sida fibulifera Lindley, differing particularly in

the larger, more densely hairy fruits and in the short reduced racemes clustered in the

axils. The fruits have a distinct short apical rostrum often with the corolla persisting

until maturity.

1. Flowers and fruits clustered in axils or in reduced racemes; pedicels 1-6

mm long; fruits densely hairy with an apical rostrum... . .. §. argillacea

Flowers and fruits in an elongated raceme to 50 mm long; pedicels to

20 mm iong; fruits cael ied or puberulent, usually without an apical

rostrutiis |. ee er Re a ee eee... eo 6 oebuliera

Etymology: This species is named after the habitat in which it usually grows, that 1s, in

clay soils, and probably matches Sida sp. C. of A.S. Mitchell (1981).

Acknowledgements

We extend our thanks to Mr W. Smith for the illustrations, to Dr G.P. Guymer

for his comments on the manuscript and to Mrs M.E. Ballingall and Dr T. Wright for

their collections.

References

BAKER, E.G. (1892). Synopsis of Genera and species of Maiveae. Journal of Botany, London, 30: 136-142.

FRYXELL, P.A. (1978). Neotropical Segregates from Sida (Malvaceae). Brittonia 30(4): 447-462.

FRYXELL, P.A. (1987). The genus Sida (Malvaceae) in Australia. Sida 12(1); 22-27.

MITCHELL, A.S. (1981). Sida L. In J. Jessop (ed.} Flora of Central Australia 215-218. Sydney: A.H. & A.W.

Reed.

x rst ; + “ag =¥4} >

2 Zz

: Seam —

I >

as ‘ : ~

oS ANS os Saueel 5

= '

Fig. 5. Sida argillacea: A. habit showing flower clusters X 0.75. B. flower X 3. C. fruit X 6. D. mericarp X 15.

A Everist 3927; B Blake 11823; C,D Everist 3199.

469

Austrobaileya 2(5): 469-480 (1988)

NEW FERN SPECIES FROM NORTHERN AUSTRALIA

D.L. Jones*

Currumbin Creek Road, Currumbin Valley, Qld 4223

Summary

Eight fern species from northern Australia, namely Cheilanthes cavernicola, C. dunlopii, C. praetermissa, C.

pinnatifida, Nephrolepis arida, Asplenium harmanit, A, capitisyork and A. bicentenniale are described as new. The

new combination Chetlanthes ‘pseudovellea i is made based on Cheilanthes siebert subsp. pseudovellea H. Quirk &

T. Chambers.

In the course of a series of wet season collecting trips into Arnhem Land and

other parts of the Northern Territory, it became apparent that a number of undescribed

fern taxa occur in these tropical regions. Four of these new species belong to Cheilanthes

Swartz, a genus that has recently been revised for Australia (Quirk, Chambers & Regan

1983). ‘This genus is far more complex in tropical Australia, especially the Northern

Territory, than the revision suggests. Because these ferns are only above ground during

the wet season and for a very short period afterwards, they are infrequently studied in

a fresh state. Some growth features such as frond and pinna arrangement and growth

habit (particularly whether the plants form discrete tufts or spreading clumps), together

with the colour of fronds and scales are much more obvious in the living state than

they are on dried herbarium specimens. Other fern taxa have come to light as a result

of collecting trips to north-eastern Queensland. This paper is presented to validate the

names of nine species of ferns for two forthcoming publications; six species for the Fern

Flora of the Northern Territory and three species for the Handbook to the Ferns of

Queensland.

Cheilanthes cavernicola D. Jones species nova affinis C. fragillimae F. Muell. frondibus

pallentioribus membranaceioribus minus deltoideis, pinnis basalibus in latere

basiscopico multum minus evolutis, segmentis ultimis oblongis differt. Typus:

Northern Territory. Arnhem Land, Oenpelli area, 12°23’S, 133°01’E, 12 June

1978, ‘vials 1951, very sheltered sand traps in rock caves (holo: DNA; iso:

AD,BRI).

Herbaceous terrestrial fern forming much-branched clumps. Rhizome short-creeping, ca

3-4 mm diameter, branched, with light brown, linear-subulate, entire scales 1-1.4 mm

long, ca 0.1 mm wide. Fronds 8-40 cm long, tufted, erect, thin-textured, light green.

Sterile fronds apparently rarely produced. Stipes 5-22 cm long, 0.5—1 mm across, dark

brown, wiry, glabrous, except for a few scales like those of the rhizome at the base,

shiny, terete, grooved on the upper suface. Rachis colour and grooving as for stipe, with

pointed white hairs 0.3-1.1 mm long. Lamina ovate-deltate in outline, 3-18 cm long,

2.5-10 cm wide, on larger fronds the proximal two pairs of pinnae tripinnate, becoming

bipinnate near centre then pinnate towards apex, the pinnae arising at about 40-80° to

the vertical. Lowest pinnae opposite to subopposite, deltoid, petiolate, 4—6-paired,

unequally basiscopically divided. Pinnules 2-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, oblong, obtuse,

lobed, beset on both sides and margins with white, cottony hairs 0.3-2 mm long. Veins

forked once or twice. Sori discrete, of 2-6 sporangia, situated at the tips of the pinnule

lobes, unprotected. Spores brown, almost spherical. Fig. 1.

Selected collections (all DNA): Northern Territory. Mt Brockman, 13 km south of Jabiru East, 12°47’S, 132°53’E,

Jun 1980, Craven 6501; Oenpelli Road, 12°25’S, 131°58’E, Dec 1984, Jones 1730; Katherine Gorge National Park,

May 1968, Byrnes 676; Deaf Adder Gorge, 13°02’S, 132°57’E, Feb 1977, Dunlop 4347; top of Jim Jim Falls,

1I3°17S, 132°5 VE, Jan 1981, Dunlop 5699. Western Australia, Mitchell River, [4°50/S, 125°42’E, Feb 1980, Dunlop

5279.

Distribution: Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory and the Kimberley Region of

Western Australia.

* Now Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601.

470

‘= ‘.

3) ee

5mm

Fig. 1. Cheilanthes cavernicola: A. frond. B. pinnule. A,B Henshall 1951.

Habitat: This species grows on sheltered rock ledges and in shallow caves on escarpments

of sandstone formation. It is noticeable that plants growing 1n very moist, sheltered

situations have thin-textured, almost membranous fronds when compared with those in

more exposed sites.

Notes: C. cavernicola has obvious similarities to C. fragillima but can be immediately

distinguished by its paler, thinner-textured fronds which are hardly deltate (coriaceous,

strongly deltate and with stiffly spreading pinnae in C. fragillima) and by its oblong

rather than deltate ultimate segments.

Etymology: The specific epithet was chosen because this species is often found growing

at the entrance to shallow caves.

Cheilanthes dunlopii D. Jones species nova affinis C. purnilionis (R. Br.) F. Muell.

frondibus latioribus, bipinnatifidis usque bipinnatis pinnulis latioribus obtusior-

ibus et soris discretis rotundatus a margine dissitis praeditis differt. Typus:

Northern Territory. Keep River National Park, 15°50’S, 129°06’E, 3 March 1981,

Dunlop 5838, in sandy soil on ledge below waterfall (holo: DNA).

Terrestrial, perennial, herbaceous fern forming small dense clumps. Rhizome short-

creeping, much-branched, up to 6 mm in diameter, with light brown, shiny, linear-

subulate entire scales up to 3.5 mm long, ca 0.3 mm across. Fronds 9-14 cm long,

densely tufted, erect, bright green, thinly coriaceous, glabrous. Sterile fronds similar to

fertile fronds but smaller. Stipes 4-6 cm long, ca 0.6 mm across, dark red-brown, shiny,

sparsely scaly with scales similar to those on the rhizome, becoming nearly glabrous

with age. Rachis dark brown in lower part, often green and winged towards apex. Lamina

oblong-triangular in outline, 5-8 cm long, 4-5.5 cm wide, bipinnatifid to bipimnate,

glabrous, the pinnae arising at about 60-80° to the vertical, lowest pinnae unequally

basiscopically divided, deltate, 1.8-3 cm long, 1.2-2 cm wide, cut to or near to the costa

into 3-5 pairs of entire or lobed, ovate to broadly oblong, oblique, more or less alternate

and decurrent pinnules. Veins conspicuous, forked once or twice. Sori discrete, rounded,

those towards the apex of pinnules situated well in from the margins and unprotected.

Spores nearly rounded, brown. Fig. 2A & B.

NISMS AAAS REESE

47]

2cm

a il)

CET a el Me Tones

Fig. 2. Cheilanthes dunlopii: A. frond. B. pinna. Cheilanthes praetermissa: C. frond. D. pinna. A,B Dunlop 5838;

CLD Jones 1443.

472

Distribution: At present known only from the type collection but probably more widespread.

Habitat: Protected, moist ledges of sandstone escarpments.

Notes: C. dunlopil has superficial similarities to C. pumilio but can be distinguished by

its broader, bipinnatifid to bipinnate fronds, pinnules with broader, blunter apices and

the discrete rounded sori set in from the margins, especially those near the apex of

pinnules. It forms very dense clumps whereas C. pumilio is a weak growing fern with

few fronds per clump which are hardly crowded.

Conservation status: The conservation status of this poorly known species is suggested

as 1K following the criteria of Leigh, Briggs and Hartley (1981).

Etymology: This species is named in honour of Clyde Dunlop, Senior Botanist, Conser-

vation Commission of the Northern Territory, who has a tremendous knowledge of

tropical plants and has contributed immensely to the botanical knowledge of the Northern

Territory.

Cheilanthes praetermissa D. Jones species nova affinis C. nudiusculae (R. Br.) T. Moore

a qua frondibus crassis glabris praeditis pinnis infimis valde impariter basiscopice

divisis difiert. Typus: Northern Territory. Arnhem Land, near Mt Howship, East

Alligator River area, 12°35’S, 133°10’E, 19 February 1984, Jones 1443, open forest

in sandy soil between large sandstone boulders (holo: DNA; 1so: BRI,CANB,MEL).

Terrestrial herbaceous fern forming dense, spreading clumps. Rhizome short-creeping,

much-branched, up to 8 mm in diameter, with fawn to light brown, shiny, linear-subulate

entire scales up to 3 mm long, 0.2 mm across. Fronds 11-26 cm long, densely tufted,

erect, dark green above, paler beneath, coriaceous, glabrous. Sterile fronds densely tufted,

of similar shape to the fertile fronds but smaller. Stipes 5-14 cm long, 0.5—1 mm across,

dark red-brown, shiny, glabrous for most of the length but with scales similar to the

rhizome towards the base. Rachis and secondary rachises dark red-brown, shiny, glabrous.

Lamina deltate-oblong in outline, 6-12 cm long, 5-8 cm wide, bipinnate to tripinnatifid,

the pinnae arising at angles of about 90° to the vertical, lowest pinnae very unequally

basiscopically divided, obliquely deltate, 30-50 mm long, 30-40 mm wide. Pinnules

linear-oblong (largest basiscopic pinnules 18-24 mm long, 3-6 mm wide) entire to

pinnatifid, obtuse, well spaced, glabrous. Veins tmmersed, inconspicuous. Sori confluent

in a conspicuous marginal band, unprotected. Spores rounded. Fig. 2C & D.

Selected collections (all DNA): Northern Territory. Magela Creek near Bower Billabong, 12°45’S, 133°02’E, Dec

1984, Jones 1725; Lightning Dreaming, 12°55’S, 133°02’E, Feb 1984, Jones 1490; 3 km south-east of Jim Jim

Falis, 12°19’S, 132°52’E, Mar 1984, Jones 1531; Twin Falls, 13°19’S, 132°47’E, Mar 1982, Dunlop 6674 & Taylor.

Distribution: Widely distributed in Arnhem Land, Northern Territory.

Habitat: Ledges of sandstone escarpments and rocky outcrops in open forest in sandy

or gravelly soil.

Notes: C. praetermissa 1s similar in general form to C. nudiuscula but can be immediately

distinguished by its thicker-textured completely glabrous fronds with a different lobing

particularly on the basiscopic side of the pinnae. It forms very dense, widely spreading

clumps in the manner of C. austrotenuifolia H. Quirk and T. Chambers and quite

different from the small, discrete clumps of C. nudiuscula. It is one of the commonest

ferns of Arnhem Land.

Conservation status: Common and conserved in Kakadu National Park.

Etymology: The specific epithet has been chosen because it is surprising that such a

common species has been overlooked by previous collectors.

Cheilanthes pinnatifida D. Jones species nova afhnis C. tenuissimae Bailey frondibus

bipinnatis usque tripinnatifidis pinnulis brevioribus et parte clara pinnatifida in

quaqua pinna in apicem caudiformem angustata praeditis differt. Typus: Northern

Territory. Arnhem Land, Lightning Dreaming, 12°55’S, 133°02’E, 23 February

1984, Jones 1478, open forest, sandstone ledges, among T; riodia in protected.

situations (holo: DNA; iso: BRI,CANB,MEL).

AERTS AE RATT ES

porsisrtissne teehee hist

473

ill.

a el

patna

tee Ml

mn}

ae ot ot Fee

Ne ak

2cm

fh yr os aa

ity,

tps

wee Vag

+ le lay

AS nies

“a Ol A ae, 1

alt wil yo al

Fig. 3. Cheilanthes pinnatifida: A. frond. B. distal part of pinna. C. pinnatifid section of pinna. Nephrolepis arida:

D. two sterile pinnae. E. two fertile pinnae. F. two sori and lobing of pinna margin. A,B,C Jones 1478; D,E,F

Jones 1598.

474

Terrestrial herbaceous fern forming dense clumps. Rhizome short creeping, much-

branched, up to 5 mm in diameter, with fawn to light brown, linear-subulate entire

scales up to 2.5 mm long, ca | mm across. Fronds 4-65 cm long, densely tufted, erect,

thinly coriaceous, dark green above, lighter beneath, with numerous short trichomes.

Sterile fronds often abundant, densely clustered, similar in shape to the fertile fronds

but smaller. Stipes 1.5-28(—40 cm) long, 0.5-—1 mm wide, medium to dark reddish brown,

shiny, glabrous for most of the length, with a few scales similar to the rhizome at the

base. Rachis brown, glabrous. Lamina deltate-oblong in outline, 2.5-25 cm long, 1.5-10

cm wide, bipinnate to tripinnatifid, ending in a drawn out, pinnatifid to entire cauda

8-45 mm long, with short trichomes, the pinnae arising at about 60-80° to the vertical,

lowest pinnae slightly, unequally, basiscopically divided, narrow deltate, 7-50 mm long,

4-14 mm wide, cut to the costa into 2-5 pairs of linear to oblong, more or less opposite

pinnules 2-13 mm long, 0.8-—2 mm wide, then 3-5 pairs of oblique lobes ca 1-1.4 mm

long, then ending 1n a linear-oblong, crenate to entire cauda 3-20 mm long, the surfaces

with numerous short trichomes. Secondary rachises winged. Veins fairly conspicuous,

forked once or twice. Sori discrete, crowded in an apparent marginal band, the pinnule

margins flat or more usually strongly folded over the edge of the soral band. Fig. 3A-C.

Selected collections (all DNA): Northern Territory. East Alligator River area, near Mt Howship, 12°35’S, 133° 10’E,

Feb 1984, Jones 1462; Goomadeer River, 12°34’S, 133°23’E, Jun 1978, Henshall 1978: 3 km south of Jim Jim

Falls, 12°19’S, 132°52’E, Mar 1984, Jones 1511; 6 km south of Mt Gilruth, 13°10/S, 133°16’E, Mar 1984, Jones

[544; headwaters of East Alligator River, 12°48’S, 133°21’E, Mar 1984, Jones 1549. Western Australia. Mitchell

River, 14°50’S, 125°42’E, Feb 1980, Dunlop 5284.

Distribution: Widely distributed in Arnhem Land with a single collection from the

Kimberley Region of Western Australia.

Habitat: Rock ledges and open areas among rocks in sandstone escarpments, often near

streams.

Notes: This species is noticeably variable in frond length and growth habit depending

on its situation. In very open sites plants may form very dense clumps with the fronds

about 8 cm tall (Jones 1511). In sheltered situations close to streams or among clumps

of Triodia the ferns are much sparser and have weak, straggly fronds to about 65 cm

tall (Jones 1521). C. pinnatifida bears some similarities to both C. tenuissima and to a

lesser extent C. caudata. The latter species can be distinguished 1mmediately by its black

stipes and tripinnate lower pinnae. C. pinnatifida differs from C. tenuissima by the more

finely divided fronds (bipinnate to tripinnatifid) and shorter pinnules. The pinnatifid

lobing which precedes the apical cauda on most pinna 1s also distinctive.

Conservation status: Common and conserved in Kakadu National Park.

Etymology: The specific epithet was chosen because of the prominent pinnatifid section

which is present on most pinnae.

Nephrolepis arida D. Jones species nova affinis NV. cordifoliae (L.) C. Presl frondibus

multus latioribus pinnis profunde crenatis usque lobatis apice late obtuso profunde

crenato usque dentato differt. Typus: Northern Territory. Central Australia.

Talliputta Gorge, 17 July 1984, Jones 1598, on wet sandstone at head of small

gorge (holo: DNA; iso: AD,BRI,CANB,CBG,K,MEL,NSW),

Perennial fern forming small, spreading colonies. Rhizome 1-6 cm long, erect or oblique,

slender, wiry, bearing a group of erect stipes and many spreading runners. Rhizome

scales 2.3-2.8 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, long acuminate,

castaneous, clathrate, thin-textured, with numerous fine, spreading or tangled, marginal

hairs. Fronds 80-170 cm long, tufted, arching to semi-pendulous, light to bright green.

Stipes 30-40 cm long, pale brown, dull, densely scaly in the basal 1-2 cm then sparsely

scaly, the scales similar to those of the rhizome together with smaller, very narrow scales

which have an expanded base. Rachis pale brown, sparsely scaly, the scales in the central

eroove ca 1 mm long, linear, brown, with spreading marginal hairs. Lamina 1-pinnate,

oblong-lanceolate in outline, 50-130 cm long, 5.5-—9 cm wide. Pinnae 35-50 pairs, median

ones longest, decrescent to base and apex of frond, widely spaced and not touching,

spreading or obliquely erect, those in the basal third deflexed to retrorse. Sterile pinnae

15-45 mm long, 7-14 mm wide, oblong-lanceolate, slightly falcate, wider than fertile

pinnae, acroscopic side at base with a broadly deltoid auricle ca 3 mm long, base more

or less truncate, basiscopic side broadly cuneate to rounded and narrower than upper

47)

side, margins shallowly crenate, apex broadly obtuse or dilated, deeply crenate, ventral

surface of costa with numerous tiny, linear scales, veins indistinct, once or twice forked,

ending in small, white hydathodes on the ventral surface. Fertile pinnae 25-55 mm long,

5-i2 mm wide, linear-lanceolate, more or less falcate, base prominently auricled on

acroscopic side and less so on basiscopic side, the margins prominently, shallowly lobed,

a small blunt tooth prominent on the distal margin of each lobe near the sinus, apex

broadly obtuse or dilated, deeply crenate. Sori well within margin, adjacent to each sinus,

terminal on the acroscopic branch of a vein group. Indusia |-1.3 mm across, reniform

with a narrow sinus. Fig. 3D-F.

Collections examined: Northern Territory. Jasper Gorge, 16°02’S, 133°45’E, Jul 1974, Carr 2921 & Beauglehole

46700 (DNA); Wessell Islands, 11°19’S, 136°36’E, Oct 1972, Latz 4099 (DNA). Western Australia. Adcock Gorge,

Kimberleys, ca 180km east of Derby, WA, Jul 1974, Carr 4244 & Beauglehole 48022 (PERTH).

Distribution: Northern Territory (Central Australia and Jasper Gorge and the Wessell

Islands in the north), and Western Australia (Ximberley Region); apparently endemic.

Habitat: Wet crevices and ledges in protected sandstone gorges.

Notes: This species has been confused with Nephrolepis cordifolia (Chippendale 1972)

but Chinnock and Henshall (1981) were aware of its distinctive features and suggested

that it may be a new species. It is more robust than N. cordifolia with longer, broader

fronds and very different pinnae. These have crenate to lobed margins and a broadly

obtuse or even dilated apex which is prominently crenate. The crenations on the fertile

pinnae have a small, blunt tooth on the distal margin near each sinus. The new taxon

is easily distinguished from N. biserrata (Swartz) Schott which has much larger fronds

and entire, acuminate pinnae.

Conservation status: Although widespread, N. arida is very sporadic in its distribution

and is not known to be conserved. Suggested status 3K based on Leigh, Briggs and

Hartley (1981).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the prevailing dry macroclimate where this fern

grows.

Asplenium harmanii D. Jones species nova affinis A. australasici (J. Smith) Hook. surculis

dissitis basalaribus per ramificationem lateralem rhizomatis in plantis veteribus

proditis, frondibus rigide erectis rosulum imm undulum formantibus et marginibus

in basim extensam aloideam gradatim decresentibus differt. Typus: Queensland.

MORETON District: McPherson Range, O’Reillys Property, Green Mountains,

17 October 1987, Jones 2481 & Harman (holo: BRI; iso: MEL,NSW).

Lithophytic fern forming an untidy, litter-collecting rosette of fronds. Rhizome erect,

stout, woody, with an apical rosette of fronds, below them a large mass of roots bearing

copious, persistent, brown root hairs, lateral growths arising sporadically from lower

nodes on mature plants. Scales clothing apex of rhizome and base of stipes ca 30 mm

long, 2 mm wide, linear, thin-textured, clathrate, pale brown with transparent bases,

margins with numerous, prominent, hair-like appendages. Fronds simple, 50-130 cm

long, 8-13 cm wide, dark green, coriaceous, shiny, arranged in a very close spiral,

ascending steeply to form an irregular, rather untidy rosette. Stipes short, stout, dark

greyish black, shiny, ventral surface rounded. Lamina widest just above middle, tapering

proximally to a narrow base which 1s drawn out like a long wing, distally to an obtuse

to subacute apex. Costa of similar colour to stipes, flat and very shallowly grooved on

dorsal surface, strongly and very acutely keeled on ventral suface, the keel almost wing-

like, green and somewhat sinuous. Veins forked once either near the costa or above the

middle, at an angle of ca 45° to costa, uniting to form a continuous vein ca 0.5 mm

from margin. Sori narrow, linear, present on nearly every vein or vein branch in the

distal third of a fertile frond, extending from near the costa for two-thirds of the distance

to the margin. Indusia ca 0.5 mm wide, reflexed at maturity. Spores monolete, light

brown, wing thickened or folded. Fig. 4.

Distribution: So far only known from above 1000 m altitude in the McPherson Range

but probably more widespread. It is common in parts of Lamington National Park and

extends into New South Wales as the author has seen living material in the Border

Ranges National Park.

Habitat: On basalt rocks, boulders and cliff faces close to or on escarpments in rainforest.

wg Ng

wt “

_ cl ‘ os

dara 7

tee

ell

ee a genes

oe wtgt oo A eee Sed a, '

ea Salk Folk Gell” Till 9 ele Oye yi lt

a ee ee ei |

~~ ¢ "

‘

+ im

dey

a F ;

wt et ee

ny Mgt

catiasie,

re F

at Mt See ey

. CT] «alt

~ wr da

“ «

4 “~

al 4

‘al ‘ ra my ze rm « *

gen lll a Se et th A a ei le tie mbt A dog

ag OR Pere een oa hm

as gem +

7” alls

kg gl yy

4" on

sy, Me

Le desea

Fall

ma F

1 ay

«eat i

Py err

a el ie nig it ol”

~,, é }

4 i

ame

ena

: bl \ *

Fe oF AF Ee a Pit ON ea atte

« # tt

“ah

piel a,

oe ee “

4 +

Call

ye sy

oka “oa ™

ld Ae ue,

aa 2 Cee: Se bi ee, ee ee —. on

; ee Neale ah EN al esate SD Sete ey ete aT tate SS

¢ “4 ‘ ‘ # wy? ’ + ‘ Fi 4 ey *

: :

sn 4 an, a

Pe Rail

* +

ty «

igi: am

= mn

Ld 4

- a

% * *

Methtegg

ot aa mh. +

Lal

baal

ome ty ‘i

of 4

€ *

« + # it

wa teeta,

4cm

ae a le agonal

“/

ee ee ee

we h %

wat

ale

rhe * Ce a ee 7 “

Tuma LC

ay, mans

ten,

‘é td: Mh

" «

Me atadials Sy it a

A Wn ct mh Bee

ee ee

ae a it~

bea, Lim i ae a ‘

« 7 “ow ig

wih * gt = «

ee lt. hus) bieumssscisatetepeaenbibindiie taker bet

we «

‘Mall

a te om

the i

a ee ene al

PE a lL Le Ok

— a,

WS » Seer

that, es

; pormong T Ted natalie, a

Re as

fw +

Re Ee ee ee

Py es “ 4 ie

“api

thay,

Fig. 4. Asplenium harmanit: A. base of frond showing tapered margins. B. section of fertile frond. C. T.S. through

frond near base. D. rhizome scale. A,B,C,D Jones 2481 & Harman.

Notes: A. harmanii has obvious close affinities with A. australasicum but can be

distinguished immediately by the long-tapered, narrow, wing-like base to the fronds (the

margins are parallel and suddenly incurved in A. australasicum), the adaxial surface of

the midrib being more acute and with a green, sinuous, wing-like keel and the stiffly

erect, dark green fronds which form an untidy rosette in contrast to the neat, radiating,

yellow-green rosette of A. australasicum. Holttum (1974) has drawn attention to the

importance of growth habit in this group of ferns. With its erect fronds arising at various

points in the clump, A. harmanii 1s much less efficient at trapping falling debris than is

the radiating rosette of A. australasicum, the fronds of which are produced almost in a

circle. The presence of more than one growth apex on the rhizomes of A. harmanii is

a significant habit absent from A. australasicum in which the rhizome never branches

and the fronds arise in a single spiral from the outside of the growing apex. Lateral

branching is only obvious on old plants of A. harmanii and observations suggest that

47]

the branches eventually become separate plants and by this technique rocks may be

colonized clonally. It is significant that A. harmanii grows mainly on rocks (rarely trees),

whereas A. australasicum may be commonly found on both. The fronds of A. harmanii

are much darker green than those of A. australasicum, a feature which is noticeable in

plants growing together in conditions of similar shading and which is retained in cultivated

specimens.

Etymology: The species was discovered by Colin W. Harman of O’Reilly’s Guest House

and is named in his honour. Mr Harman has many other notable botanical finds to his

credit and has been of considerable assistance to my botanical research.

Asplenium capitisyork D. Jones species nova affinis A. paleaci R. Br. stipitibus longioribus,

pinnis multum longioribus membranaceioribus laevioribus marginibus profundius

lobatis differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook DistTRIicT: head of Hann Creek; William

Thompson Range, Cape York Peninsula, 10 September 1983, Jones 1207 (holo:

BRI; iso: CBG,MEL,NSW,QRS).

Perennial fern forming discrete clumps. Rhizome short-creeping, branched, up to 1 cm

in diameter, with dark brown to blackish, pale-margined, shiny, lanceolate, entire scales

up to 4 mm long, ca 1.5 mm across. Fronds 25-60 cm long, densely tufted, erect to

arching, dark green, coriaceous. Stipes 9-16 cm long, brown, dull, densely covered with

ovate, clathrate scales to 2 mm long which are broad at the base then quickly taper to

a long-attenuate apical section. Lamina 1-pinnate, linear-lanceolate in outline, 18-45 cm

long, 4-6 cm wide, with 12~22 pairs of pinnae, proliferous near the apex. Basal pinnae

longest (to 45 mm long, 10 mm wide), more or less lanceolate in outline, cuneate at

base, decrescent towards apex of frond, alternate, widely spaced (1-4 times pinna width

apart), sessile to subsessile, more or less auriculate acroscopically at the base, shortly

dimidiate basiscopicaily, basal ones often with margins irregularly lobed, dark green on

dorsal surface, paler beneath, venation conspicuous. Middle pinnae 2.5—4 cm long, 7-12

mm wide. Apical segment somewhat similar to lateral pinnae, the apex shortly caudiform.

Rachis matt brown, with numerous linear scales ca 1 mm long. Sori linear-oblong, up

to 14 per pinna, set at an angle on both sides of the costa. Indusia linear-oblong, entire,

membranous. Fig. SA & B.

Distribution: Cape York Peninsula, North-eastern Queensland.

Habitat: Rainforest, on rocks and boulders in humid gullies and ephemeral stream beds.

Notes: A. capitisyork is superficially similar to A. paleaceurm but can be immediately

distinguished by the much longer stipes, the longer, narrower pinnae which are thinner

textured, smoother and the margins more deeply lobed. It is locally common in suitable

habitats. In dry periods the fronds curl inwards and lose texture, becoming very dull

and almost papery but refreshen quickly after substantial rain.

Conservation status: This species is common and 1s conserved in National Parks.

Etymology: The specific epithet was chosen because of the abundance of this species on

Cape York Peninsula.

Asplenium bicentenniale D. Jones species nova affinis A. pa/eaci R. Br. statura multum

parviore, frondibus usque 25 cm longis, pinnis paucioribus (5-14 paribus) bre-

vioribus, cuneatis, sessilis, eis distalis in apicem prominentum caudiforman unitis

differt. Typus: Queensiand. Cook DIsTRIicT: Lamb Range (Tinaroo Hills), Atherton

Tableland, 18 July 1983, Jones 1176 & Gray, 1000 m, lithophyte on boulders in

rainforest along small creek (holo: BRI; 1so: CBG,K,MEL,NSW,QRS).

Perennial fern forming small clumps. Rhizome short, tufted, up to 7 mm in diameter,

with light to dark brown, clathrate, shiny, lanceolate, entire scales up to 3 mm long, ca

1 mm across. Fronds 8-23 cm long, arching, dark green, coriaceous. Stipes 2-3 cm long,

light brown, dull, densely covered with clathrate scales to 2 mm long which are deltate

at the base then quickly taper to a long-attenuate apical section. Rachis greenish-brown,

with numerous linear scales. Lamina 1-pinnate, narrow-oblong in outline, 6~20 cm long,

1.5-2.5 cm wide, with 5-14 pairs of pinnae, proliferous near the apex. Lateral pinnae

decrescent towards apex and base, oblong-cuneate to ovate-cuneate, alternate, widely

478

Fig. 5. Asplenium capitisvork: A. section of frond. B. basal half of pinna. Asplenium bicentenniale. C. two fertile

fronds. D. fertile pinna. A,B Jones 1207; C,D Jones 1176.

479

spaced (1-2 times pinna width apart), sessile, the base of distal pinnae decurrent on

rachis, margins irregularly dentate, dark green on dorsal surface, paler beneath, venation

conspicuous. Middle pinnae 0.7—1.2 cm long, 0.5-0.8 cm wide, obliquely erect. Apical

segment 2-4.5 cm long, 0.6-0.9 cm wide, irregularly lobed, lower lobes dentate, distal

part often caudiform. Sori linear-oblong, up to 4 per pinna, set at an angle on both sides

of the costa. Indusia linear-oblong, entire, membranous but firm. Fig. 5C & D.

Distribution: At present known only from the Lamb Range on the Atherton Tableland

but probably also on adjacent ranges.

Habitat: On rocks and boulders near small streams in dense rainforest.

Notes: A. bicentenniale is somewhat similar to A. paleaceum but is a much smaller

species with sessile to decurrent, fewer pinnae which are much shorter and cuneate in

shape. The fairly broad, caudiform frond apex 1s a useful diagnostic feature. This species

is locally common and forms small colonies by vegetative proliferation.

Conservation status: Uncertain, probably 2K by criteria of Leigh, Briggs and Hartley

(1981).

Etymology: In recognition of the two-hundred years of botanical collecting that has

occurred in Australia since its discovery by Captain James Cook.

New Combination

During field trips in Central Australia it became apparent that Cheilanthes sieberi

subsp. pseudovellea H. Quirk & T. Chambers is a very distinct taxon having only

superficial relationships with C. sieberi Kunze and it is here raised to specific rank.

Cheilanthes pseudovellea (H. Quirk & T. Chambers) D. Jones comb. et stat. nov.

Cheilanthes sieberi subsp. pseudovellea H. Quirk & T. Chambers, Aust. J. Bot. 31:

522 (1983). Type: Queensland, 20 K north of Mt Isa Waterhole, February 1977,

T. Farrell (MEL 829830).

Distribution: Central Western Australia, southern Northern Territory, northern South

Australia and central-western Queensland.

Notes: This species generally grows in much drier situations than C. sieberi although

occasionally both species are found growing together. C. pseudovellea forms denser

clumps than C. sieberi and has fronds which are duller green, thicker textured and with

foe ep blunter segments covered on both surfaces by fine white hairs. Hybrids are

unknown.

Acknowledgements

I would like to express my appreciation to Clyde and Adi Dunlop for hospitality

while in Darwin, and to Clyde for his tremendous support of my work. Les Pedley,

Queensland Herbarium furnished the Latin diagnoses and commented on the manuscript

and Bob Johnson, Director of Queensland Herbarium encouraged my research and

provided facilities at the herbarium and access to the collection. I would also like to

thank Jim Croft of Lae Herbarium and Dr B.S. Parris of Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew

for checking material of Asplenium capitisyork and A. bicentenniale against their respective

collections. Clive Jermy, British Museum of Natural History checked material of Chei-

lanthes praetermissa against the type of C. nudiuscula. I thank Surrey Jacobs and Clyde

Dunlop for their assistance in photographing fern types while acting as Australian

Botanical Liaison Officers at Kew. For help and companionship in the field I would like

to acknowledge Bruce Gray, Glen Wightman, Peter Latz, Bruce Thompson, Colin Harman

and Vern Charlsworth. Sandra Cousins and Judith Gallen were of great assistance in

the Darwin Herbarium, June Sawyer likewise in the Queensland Herbarium and I thank

my wife Barbara for processing the manuscript.

480

References

CHINNOCK, R.J. & HENSHALL, T.S. (1981). Pteridophyta. In J. Jessop (ed.), Flora of Central Australia, 6-13.

Sydney: A.H. & A.W. Reed Pty Ltd.

CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1972). Checklist of Northern Territory Plants. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 96(4): 207-67.

HOLTTUM, R.E. (1974). Asplenium Linn., sect. Thaninopteris Pres). The Gardens’ Bulletin Singapore 27: 143-54.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W., (1981). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Parks and Wiidlife Service. Special Publication No. 7. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service.

QUIRK, H., CHAMBERS, T.C. & REGAN, M. (1983). The Fern Genus Cheilanthes in Australia. Australian

Journal of Botany 31: 504-53.

481

Austrobaileya 2(5): 481-505 (1988)

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN VITACEAE,

3. CISSUS L.

B.R. Jackes

Botany Department, James Cook University of North Queensland,

Townsville, Qld 4811

Summary

The genus Cissus L. is reviewed for Australian species, as well comments on species occurring in New Guinea

are included. [wo species, C. pentaclada and C. vintosa are described as new, and a new combination, C. cardiophylla

based on Vitis cardiophylla F. Muell., is made. The occurrence of C. aristata on Dauan Island in the Torres Strait

represents the first record of this species for Australia. A description of the genus and each of the fourteen species

occurring in AustraHa is given, together with a key to the species.

CISSUS

Cissus L., Sp. pl. 1: 117 (1753); Descoings, Notul. Syst. (Paris) 16: 118 (1960).

Cissus sect. Eucissus Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 472 (1887). Type:

Cissus vitiginea L.

Climbing or scrambling vines, evergreen or deciduous; stems rounded, striate or winged,

mucilage present sometimes copious; underground system sometimes tuberous. Tendrils

leaf-opposed, unbranched or branched, each branch or aborted branch subtended by a

bract. Leaves alternate, simple or palmately 3-5(-7)-foliolate, margins entire, indented

or occasionally lobed; domatia may be present on the abaxial surface. Stipules 2, caducous.

Degree and type of pubescence on aerial parts varies between species. Inflorescence leaf-

opposed, pedunculate, multiflowered in umbellate cymes, or paniculate with terminal

umbels, often loose; peduncles and pedicels subtended by bracts. Flowers bisexual,

tetramerous except in one species which 1s pentamerous. Calyx cup-shaped, entire or

shallowly lobed. Corolla with 4(-—5) free lobes, cohering in bud by the interlocked

epidermal cells, cucullate at the apex, reflexed after anthesis, soon caducous. Stamens

inserted on the receptacle at the base of the disc, opposite the petals, filaments erect,

often flattened, anthers introrse, dorsifixed, opening by longitudinal slits. Pollen grains

tricolporate. Disc adnate to and entirely surrounding the ovary, margins sometimes

slightly lobed. Ovary 2-locular with 2 anatropous, basally attached ovules per locule;

style cylindrical or conical, stigma minute, entire, expanding after anthesis. Berry fleshy

with 1-4 pisiform, ovoid, pyriform or rarely elongate seeds. Shape of seeds in transverse

section varies according to the number maturing in the fruit; the perichalaza usually

extends to the dorsal surface where it forms a rounded or elongated flattened area; 2

furrows or pits are present on the ventral surface. Endotesta irregularly lignified, endosperm

ruminate, appearance in median transverse section is constant for each species. Mucilage

cells and raphide sacs also often with mucilage appear to be present in all organs.

The genus Cissus as described by Linnaeus 1s now generally recognised as being

composed of three genera: Cissus L., as amended by Descoings (1960), Cayratia Juss.,

and Cyphostemma (Planchon) Alston. The characters distinguishing Cayratia from Cissus

have been outlined by Gagnepain (1911), Latiff (1981) and Jackes (1987b), whilst

Descoings (1960) discussed the features which differentiate between Cissus and Cyphos-

temma. Although Descoings noted (/oc. cit.) in Cissus that the leaves are occasionally

compound, he considered the berries to be monospermic. Whilst species with simple

leaves have | rarely 2 seeds, except for C. antarctica Vent., and C. oblonga (Benth.)

ecsy oe most species with compound leaves (ca 15 species) appear to have 1-4 seeds

per fruit.

There are two features which distinguish Cissus from Cayratia and Cyphostemma.

1. The inflorescence is a leaf-opposed umbellate cyme (Mulgura de Romero 1978),

although it sometimes appears to form a panicle with terminal umbels.

482

2. Leaves are usually simple, but 1f compound, then palmately 3-5-7-foliolate and

the petiolules are absent OR if present then the central petiolule 1s less than twice

that of the laterals, rarely longer, if so then fruit 1s I-seeded with two ventral

furrows.

Although intraspecific variation occurs with respect to leaf size, shape and degree

of pubescence, the latter also decreasing with age, the most useful characters are: relative

size and shape of leaves; nature and position of pubescence; seed features: number of

tendril branches and nature of the stipules. All measurements and observations in this

paper refer to dried mature organs except where otherwise indicated.

There are about 350 species of Cissus distributed throughout the tropical and to

a lesser extent the temperate areas of the world. Eighteen species have been recorded

for New Guinea. Seven of the fourteen species in Australia are endemic, whilst three

are restricted to Australia and New Guinea. Taxa recorded for New Guinea but not

occurring in Australia are:

C. adnata Roxb. var. montana Lauterb.: This appears to be an undescribed species, leaf

simple, the unicellular 2-armed, rusty-red hairs are densely packed, stipules are

large and glabrous.

C. bauerleni Planchon: Leaf simple, glabrous, leaf-base truncate, 3 basal veins, tendrils

bifid

C. conchigera Ridley: Leaf simple, drying dark brown, unicellular 2-armed hairs present

on both surfaces as well as on the tendrils, calyx and corolla; the stipules are

large and densely pubescent with some longer hairs at the apex, ovary glabrous;

hairs on stem usually appear tufted.

C. ledermannii Lauterb.: Leaf simple, pubescent, very similar to the previous species

and possibly synonymous.

C. javana DC. (syn. C. discolor Blume): Leaf simple, thin, shiny often somewhat iridescent;

white markings are sometimes present, sparsely pubescent, stems angular, flowers

reddish.

C. nodosa Blume: Leaf simple, glabrous, margins bristle-serrate, tendril unbranched,

stems constricted above the node.

C. rhamnoidea Planchon: Leaf simple, membranous, crinkly when dry almost as though

it had been overstretched, stem angular.

C. rostrata (Miq.) Korth. ex Planchon: Leaf simple, thin, leaf apex drawn out, acuminate,

sparsely pubescent, margins serrate.

C. acrantha Lauterb.: Leaf 3-foliolate, trichomes reddish, unicellular 2-armed, domatia

present on mature leaves, margins dentate, flowers white, very small in dense

cymes, corolla pubescent.

C. arthroclada Lauterb.: Leaf 3-4-foliolate, petiolules absent or much reduced, synony-

mous with C. penninervis F. Muell.

C. behrmannii Lauterb.: Leaf 3-5-foliolate, trichomes sparse, reddish, unicellular, 2-

armed, domatia present, margins entire, pellucid dots often present, inflorescence

dark brown, pubescent.

The Australian species fall into three groups distinguished by leaf, and to a lesser

extent cotyledon and seed features.

1. In the four taxa with compound leaves, the two cotyledons are similar and

lanceolate with entire margins (Fig. 8F). There is usually more than one seed per

fruit. These taxa are not closely related to each other. C. sterculiifolia (F. Muell.

ex Benth.) Planchon, which also extends into New Guinea is similar to C. acrantha

and C. behrmannii. Examination of two specimens of C. arthroclada [Ledermann

6958 CK) and 10349 (K)] cited by Lauterbach (1925) failed to distinguish this

entity from C. penninervis.

2. The two taxa which have simple leaves and domatia on the abaxial surface also

have similar lanceolate cotyledons with entire margins. There are usually 2-3

ovoid seeds per fruit.

483

3. Eight taxa have simple leaves without domatia and the fruits contain 1 rarely 2

pisiform or pyriform seeds. The cotyledons in those species examined are unequal

in size and shape (Fig. 5B). They are obtriangular with a rounded base and the

upper margin is irregularly dentate.

The closely related species pairs, C. antarctica Vent. and C. oblonga (Benth.)

Planchon, as well as C. repens Lam. and C. reniformis Domin, have different habitat

preferences. C. antarctica and C. repens appear to prefer moister habitats such as vine

forests, whilst C. oblonga and C. reniformis may be considered their ‘dry’ counterparts

(Jackes 1984).

10.

isk;

Terms used to describe rainforest habitats are those of Webb (1978).

Key to the Species

» ASOAWES STIR DIE: aie bse Sey See oie ede ey hats CER ak Vo ab oaat nota ate ete Z

GC AVCS COLAC. ves oy tre es Macias eee) es Means & IOS cad Se ge uk ee AL 11

2 POM ata: POSIT oe Sele ewe Pe, inte sUseels Ine Ba cee wo Ss eeeln pew st ek able 3

DONA EAP ALISCI ES jurecer ics fete a} besa cil, aoe ert, ot ay ere Ree car eats Le cd es Pn mme ER 4

. Lower surface of leaves rarely glabrous, hairs 2-armed, distinctly stalked;

margins always with some serrations at maturity. Flowers i in congested

umbels. Length/breadth ratio of seeds 1.1 + 0.1. .. 4. C. antarctica

Lower surface of leaves usually glabrous, hairs when present -2-armed,

closely appressed to the surface; margins usually entire at maturity.

Flowers in loose umbels. Length/breadth ratio of seeds 1.4+0.1 2. C. oblonga

. Leaves glabrous. Fresh stems rounded in cross-section, mucilage copious... 5

Leaves pubescent at least when oun Fresh stems angular in cross-

SECUION: STUCHAPE SPARSE) © 2. s+. bn ie eee cee oUt: Wee wae pele de ete te 6

. Seeds less than 6 mm wide ............................ 3. C. repens

Seeds more than6mm wide ........................ 4 C. reniformis

. Leaf length/breadth ratio | + 0.3; undersurface of young leaves green,

hairs pale to dark rusty-coloured; leaf-base often reniform or deeply

cordate Lae 7

Leaf length/breadth ratio 1.4 + 0. 3: undersurface of. young I leaves reddish,

hairs not obvious; leaf-base cordate to truncate... ahSEe 10

. Multicellular, uniseriate hairs present on the lower surface of the leaf,

predominantly confined to the veins, very small unicellular, 2-armed

hairs also present... .. §. C. adnata

Unicellular, 2-armed hairs present on the lower surface of the leaf.

multicellular, uniseriate hairs, if present, rare .............. 0.0.4. 8

. Tendrils with 4-5 branches .. . tee ee ee ee ee ce es es 6 Cy pentaclada

Tendrils with 1-3, usually 2, branches | witendit, eres oe te. xt: 9

. Summit of ovary glabrous or papillose. Stipules usually glabrous. Endo-

testa thin (Queensland mainland) .. . 7. C. cardiophylla

Summit of bed PeROne: supues pubescent. Endotesta thick (Torres

Strait) . . Le ee ee ee ee ee te ee ee wees ss 8, C, aristata

Stems winged, square in cross-section, glaucous. Tendrils unbranched

9. C. hastata

Stems angular in cross-section at least when | dry, green, Tendrils bifid

Repbic ct. S58 “ta ieee ie Span epee wapane aun an ery 10. C. vinosa

Flowers 5-merous .... 2... 0.0. 0. ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ws se ©6111, Cy. Opaca

PIGWEIS: 4-TIETOUS et ec ar he oe ge We ee Be we ey § 12

484

12. Domatia present... ...... 0.0... 0.0.0... 0. 020.0... .. 12. C. sterculiifolia

Domatia absent .. eae ote oe 13

13. Leaves penninerved, green; petiolules absent or very small .. 13. C. penninervis

Leaves not penninerved, often causa on lower surface; petiolules

GISHIEIGE Cherise hey a ee lees ete aque ay eee ne ntelete ie .... 14, C. hypoglauca

1. Cissus antarctica Vent., Choix pl., 21. t. 21 (1803); DC., Prodr. 1: 629 (1824); Sims,

Bot. Mag. t. 2488 (1824).

Cissus antarctica var. integerrima Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 366 (1927). Type:

Tamborine Mountains, 1910, Domin 6359 (PR).

Cissus antarctica var. pubescens Domin, Bibhioth. Bot. 89: 366 (1927). Type:

Yungaburra, 1910, Domin 6360 (PR).

Vitis antarctica Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 447 (1863); Mig. Ann. mus. lugd.-bat. 1: 83

(1863); F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 279 (1899).

Cissus baudiniana Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 517 (1887).

Vitis baudiniana F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 136 (1864), 5: 212 (1866), 6: 178 (1868); C.

Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W., 213 (1893).

Cissus glandulosa Poiret, Encycl. Suppl. 1: 105 (1810).

Vitis kanguruh Hort. ex DC., Prodr. 1: 629 (1824), nom. inval. in synonomy.

Vitis lucida Fischer ex Steudel, Nomencl. bot. Ed. 2, 2: 778 (1841), nom. inval. in

synonomy.

Robust vine, stem rounded, pubescent at least when young, hairs pale grey, occasionally

rusty, 2-armed. Tendrils 1-2-fid, often densely pubescent. Plants evergreen. Leaves simple,

ovate to oblong, apex acuminate to obtuse, base cordate to truncate, (5.3-)9.6(-—14) cm

x (3.2-)5.6(~-9) cm. Domatia present in the axils of the midribs and lower secondary

veins, also common in axils of secondary and tertiary veins. Margins serrate. Upper

surface usually glabrous at maturity, lower surface pubescent, hairs unicellular, 2-armed,

distinctly stalked. Petiole (1-)2.2(-4) cm long. Stipules triangular, forming a pocket

around developing leaf, 5-10 mm X 3-5 mm, pubescent, hairs usually rusty-coloured.

Inflorescence umbellate, congested, 1.2-3 cm long, 2-3 primary branches; peduncle 0.5-2

cm long, pubescent. Calyx 0.5-1 mm long, very shortly lobed, papillose. Corolla pale

yellow, 1.5-2 mm long, pubescent. Filaments | mm long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Ovary

glabrous. Berry globular, shiny, black to purplish-black, 8-12 mm X 8-12 mm. Seeds

(1-)2-3(-4) per fruit, ovoid, 6-8 mm X 5-7 mm, endotesta often thick; endosperm in

transverse section ruminate. Cotyledons similar, lanceolate, margins entire. Fi ig. LA-E.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Helenvale, S of Cooktown, Jul 1982, Jackes

(BRI); Atherton, May 1929, Kajewski (A,BRI,K). NortTH KENNEDY District: Mount Fox, Dec 1949, Clemens

(A,BRI,GH,K,L). LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon National Park, Jun 1965, Trapnell & Willianis (BRD. WIDE

Bay DISTRICT: Kandanga, Mary Valley, Nov 1933, White (A, BRD). MOoRETON DISTRICT: Petrie, 18 miles [28.8

km] N of Brisbane, Nov 1931, Blake 2847 (BRLK); Ravensbourne Reserve, 27°22’S, 152°11’E, Dec 1982, McKenzie

(BRI,CANB,CBG, DNA,JCT, K, L,MEL,QRS). New South Wales. NorTH COAST: Macleay River, Beckler (MEL);

Dorrigo, Feb 1980, Williams (BRI, CANB,JCT,QRS), CENTRAL Coast: Otford, 20 miles [32 km] N of Thirroul,

May 1976, Coveny /685 & Hind (NSW). SOUTH COAST: Pebbly Beach, 20 km NE of Bateman’s Bay, Dec 1969,

Briggs (NSW). NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Williams River ca 40 miles (64 km] N of Singleton, Feb 1963, Pullen

3761 (CANB,L). CENTRAL WESTERN SLOPES: ca 43 km NNE of Merriwa on Merriwa—Willow Tree Road, Jun

1969, Pickard & Coveny 1203 (K,NSW).

Specimens from 120 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species extends along the east coast of Australia (Map 3)

where it is chiefly associated with notophyll vine forest or remnants of it. Soils are

variable.

Flowering period: Spring to autumn.

Fruiting period: Fruits have been collected throughout the year.

Notes and Observations: Although some individual specimens can be assigned to the

two varieties proposed by Domin (1927), there 1s a continuous intergrade of characters

regarding leaf pubescence and indentations of the margin. Leaves vary from almost

completely glabrous at maturity to densely pubescent at least on the lower surface.

485

Although the number and depth of the serrations varies, there are always some present

on the margins towards the apex. Specimens grown from the same seed source showed

considerable variation with respect to these characters. This evergreen species is closely

related to C. oblonga from which it can be separated by the presence of the distinctly

stalked hairs on the lower surface of the leaves and the serrated margins, although in

extreme forms the latter feature may not be readily observed. The basal domatia are

relatively flat as against the pouched domatia found in C. oblonga.

Common name: This species is often known as “Kangaroo Vine”’.

‘yt 1

+t *

read ee

Pe |

eh Wee

en ae

aici 4

* rt

aay

a, *

i te

es tal

"a?

“

“4 «1

att

- a

ray

" #

Fig. 1. Cissus antarctica: A. Leaf and inflorescence X 0.5. B. seedling X 0.5. C. seed, ventral surface showing

position of the raphe x 5. D. seed, dorsal surface showing the position and shape of the perichalaza 5. E.

median T.S. of mature seed X 6. C. oblonga: F. leaf and inflorescence X 0.5. G. seed, ventral surface showing

position of raphe X 5. H. seed, dorsal surface showing position and shape of perichalaza X 5. I. median T.S. of

mature seed X 6. (e — lignified endotesta).

486

2. Cissus oblonga (Benth.) Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 517 (1887);

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 366 (1927).

Vitis oblonga Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 447 (1863). Syntypes: Broadsound, 12 Sep 1802,

Brown 5236 (BM,E,K); Curtis Island, Henne (K). F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 136 (1864),

6: 178 (1868), 9: 125 (1875); F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 279 (1899).

Vine often scrambling, stems rounded, pubescent, hairs grey, unicellular, 2-armed, closely

appressed to stem. Tendrils rarely branched, pubescent. Plants deciduous. Leaves simple,

oblong to oblong-ovate, apex obtuse to acute occasionally retuse, base truncate or shallowly

cordate, (6-)7.6(-11) cm X (2.6-)3.3{-5.2) cm. Hooded domatia present in axils of midrib

and basal pair of secondary veins, also often in axils of lower secondary and tertiary

veins. Margins entire or rarely shallowly serrated towards the apex. Upper surface of

mature leaf glabrous, rarely pubescent, lower surface glabrous or with scattered unicellular,

2-armed hairs closely appressed to the surface. Petiole usually glabrous, (1.3-)1.8(-2. 7)

cm long. Stipules triangular, forming a pocket around developing leaf, 3-12 mm xX 2.5-3

mm, pubescent, hairs 2-armed, light grey to pale rusty. Inflorescence umbellate, not

congested, 1.5-2.2 cm long, 2-3 primary branches; peduncle 0.3-0.9 cm long, pubescent.

Calyx 0.75-1 mm long, papillose. Corolla greenish, 1-1.5 mm long, pubescent. Filaments

0.75 mm long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Ovary glabrous. Berry globular, shiny, black to

purplish-black, 10-12 mm diameter. Seeds (1—)3(-4) per fruit, ovoid, 7-9 mm X 5-6

mm, endotesta thick; endosperm ruminate. Cotyledons similar, lanceolate, margins entire.

Fig. 1F-I.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Shipton’s Flat between Rossville and Mount

Finnegan, SW of Cooktown, 15°47’S, 145°13’E, Jun 1973, Webb & Tracey 10849 (BRD; State Forest Reserve 607,

17°00’S, 145°30’E, May 1971, Hyland 5037 (BRI, CANB, K, L,QRS). NORTH KENNEDY DIsTRICT: Hervey’s Range,

Townsville, Feb 1977, Winsor (BRI,CBG). 1! miles (17. 6 km] NW of Low Holm Station, Jul 1954, Speck 4608

(BRI, CANB, K,NT). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Upper Carmila Creek, S of Sarina, Jun 1965, Webb & Tracey

(BRI). LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Springsure, Jun 1915, Bick (BRI). WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Goodnight scrub, ca 65

km SW of Bundaberg, Jun 1957, Smith (A,BRLK ‘L).

Specimens from 48 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This Queensland species is usually found (Map 2) in deciduous

and semi-evergreen vine thickets, where it is often scrambling or climbing over rocks

and associated vegetation. Although occasionally found growing amongst rocks in open

woodland, it has rarely been recorded in vine forest. Soils are variable.

Flowering period: Spring and summer.

Fruiting period: Collections have been made throughout the year.

Notes and Observations: This deciduous species may be considered the ‘dry’ counterpart

of C. antarctica which occurs in or on the margins of vine forest but not in vine thickets

or open woodland. C. oblonga is characterized by: leaves either glabrous or the scattered

hairs are closely appressed to the surface; as well the margins are usually entire; raised

pouch-like domatia, and the loose umbels of the inflorescence.

3. Cissus repens Lam., Encycl. 1: 31 (1783); based on Nerium Pulli Rheede, Hort. malab.

7: 91, t. 48 (1688). DC., Prodr. 1: 628(1824); Planchon in A. & C. DC. , Monogr.

phan. 5: 504 (1887); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 366 (1927).

Vitis repens Wight and Arnott, Prodr. fl. penin. Ind. or. 1: 125 (1834); Wall. Cat.

No. 5990 (1831-32) based on No. 5990 a-f (K-Wall.).

Cissus cordata Roxb., Fl. ind. 1: 425 (1820).

Vitis cordata Wall. Cat. No. 6001 (1831-32), based on No. 6001 a (K-Wall.).

Vigorous vine, stems succulent, dark green, often reddish when young, occasionally

glaucous, glabrous, when dry fragile and usually constricted above the node. Tendrils

unbranched, glabrous. Plants rarely completely deciduous. Leaves simple, broadly ovate,

apex acuminate, base truncate, (6.7-)11.3(-14.5) cm X (4.5-)8.7(-12.5) cm. Margins

bristle-serrate. Upper and lower surfaces glabrous. Petiole (1.7—)5.2(—8.2) cm long,

glabrous. Stipules triangular with gibbous centre, 2-2.5 mm X 1.5-2 mm. Inflorescence

umbellate, loose, 2—-8.5 cm long, 2-3 primary branches: peduncle 0.8-7 cm long, pale,

cylindrical, 2-armed papillae present; pedicel straight or slightly curved. Calyx 0.75-1

mm long, margin papillose. Corolla yellowish green to white or sometimes with a reddish

487

hy eT

we Ng

« " + wll w

ay babetal “a si

att we

tah

cm of

"Ty 4

i oe

earth

Me at

Fig. 2. Cissus repens: A. leaf x 0.5. B. seed, lateral surface X 5. C. seed, dorsal surface, showing the position and

shape of the perichalaza X 5. D. median T.S. of mature seed X 6. C. reniformiis: E. leaf and inflorescence x 0.5.

F. seed, lateral surface showing groove X 5. G. seed, dorsal surface showing position and shape of perichalaza X

5. H. median transverse section of mature seed X 6. I. fruit < 2. (e - lignified endotesta).

438

tinge, 2-3 mm X l|-1.5 mm, glabrous. Filaments 1-1.5 mm long, anthers 0.5-0.75 mm

long. Ovary glabrous, style filiform. Berry ovoid, black, 7-9 mm X 6-6.5 mm. Seed 1

per fruit, pyriform, 6-6.5 mm X 5-5.5 mm; endosperm in transverse section usually

almost twice divided by the thin endotesta. Fig. 2A—D.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DistRicT: Badu Island, Torres Strait, Dec 1976, Canieron

2668 (QRS); Near tip of Cape York, 10°42’S, 142°33’E, Mar 1984, Jackes (A,BRI,CANB,K,L,NSW); Claudie

River, Feb 1984, Garnett (BRI,CANB); Danbulla, 17°10’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1976, Gray 134 (ORS). NORTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: near Tully, 17°47’S, 145°42’E, Mar 1980, Jackes (BISH, DNA, ICT, MO,NE,PERTH,QRS); Fanning

River, 19°43’S, {46°26’E, Dec 1978, Jackes (A, BRI, CANB, JCT,K,L,LNSW ORS).

Specimens from 18 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species extends from India to New Guinea and Australia.

In North Queensland (Map 5) it usually occurs in vine forest or evergreen thicket, often

on rocky hillsides although 1t has been collected on beach ridges.

Flowering period: Summer to early winter.

Fruiting period: Summer to winter.

Notes and Observations: This species is easily distinguished from all but C. reniformis

by the glabrous leaves and the copious mucilage in the fresh stems. It differs from the

latter by habitat preference; it is rarely deciduous and does not appear to form tubers;

the non-senescing leaves are usually dark green rather than light green; in Australian

specimens the leaf-base 1s never reniform; length/breadth ratio of the leaves is 1.4 + 0.3

as against | + 0.3, and the seed is smaller. Exposed specimens often exhibit marked

anthocyanin development.

4. Cissus reniformis Domin in Feddes, Repert. 11: 263 (1912). Syntypes: North Coast,

Brown (MEL); Gulf of Carpentaria, Jan 1803, Brown 5237 (BM,E,K). Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 367 (1927).

Vigorous vine, stems succulent, pale green or tinged with red, glabrous; when dry, often

angular or striate, fragile, often constricted above the node. Tendrils unbranched, glabrous.

Plants deciduous, tuber present. Leaves simple, broadly ovate, apex acuminate, base

truncate to reniform, (8—)10.5(-15) cm X (7.6-)8.4(-13) cm. Margins serrulate to crenate-

serrulate, bristle-like projections sometimes present when young. Upper and lower surfaces

glabrous, veins usually prominent on lower surface. Petiole (1—)4.4(-7) cm long, glabrous.

Stipules triangular with gibbous centre, 2-3 mm X 1.5-2 mm. Inflorescence umbellate,

loose, 3-4 cm long, (2-)3(-4) primary branches, glabrous; peduncle 0.5-1.5 cm long:

pedicel straight or curved. Calyx truncate, expanded membranous, 0,75—1 mm long,

margin papillose. Corolla reddish, 2 mm x 1-1.5 mm, glabrous. Filaments 1-1.2 mm

long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Disc thick, spreading. Ovary glabrous, style filiform. Berry

globular to depressed-globular, black, 7-9 mm X 5-8 mm. Seeds 1 rarely 2-3 per fruit,

pyriform, 7~7.5 mm X 6.5-7.5 mm, groove present on a lateral side; endosperm in

transverse section almost twice divided by the thin endotesta. Cotyledons dissimilar.

Fig, 2E-I.

Representative specimens examined: Northern Territory. Whitestone Creek, 12°32’S, 131°28’E, Nov 1978, Rankin

[583 (BRLDNA,JCT,K); Mount Brockman, Koongarra Jump Up, 12°51’S, 132°52’E, Dec 1977, Dunlop 4627

(BRIL,CANB,DNA,K,L,NT,JCT), Deaf Adder Gorge, 13°02’S, 133°05’E, Feb 1977, Fox 2523 (BRIL.CANB,DNA,NT):

ca 20 km from coast on Woolaning-Channel Point road N of Daly River, 13°15’S, 130°10’E, May 1978, Webb

& Tracey 12220 (BRI). Queensland. Cook DisTrRicT: head of Peach Creek, McIlwraith Range, ca 13°46’S, 143°6’E,

Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9757 (BRI), Base of Black Mountain, SW of Cooktown, Dec 1965, Rodd 215 (NSW);

Edward River, 14°54’S, 141°36’E, Mar 1981, Garnett (BRI,CANB,DNA,JCT,K,L,MO,NSW,QORS). BURKE DISTRICT:

Lawn Hill, NW of Mount Isa, Gittons (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DisSTRICT: Barrabas Scrub, 20°10’S, 146°4VE,

May 1972, Hyland 6109 (QRS). SoUTH KENNEDY DisTRICT: Middle Percy Island, Mar 1906, Tryon (BRI).

Specimens from 47 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species is commonly found (Map 6) in deciduous vine

thickets or monsoon forests growing over rocky outcrops and beach ridges; it is rarely

found in notophyll vine forest.

Flowering period: Spring and summer.

Fruiting period: Summer and autumn.

489

Notes and Observations: This species is superficially very similar to C. repens with its

glabrous leaves and succulent, fresh stems which produce copious mucilage when broken.

Likewise dry stems are often constricted above the node and easily fractured. However

plants are dry season deciduous and tubers form even in young seedlings. Leaves are

green to light green in colour, often with pale veins which are prominent on the lower

surface. The leaf-base which 1s initially truncate, usually becomes reniform at maturity.

The larger seed usually has a groove present on a lateral side (Fig. 2F). Collecting notes

sometimes record the fruit as white, however observations indicate that fully expanded

but immature fruit are pale- coloured and that the colour change to black appears to

occur within one or two days.

5. Cissus adnata Roxb., Fi. ind. 1: 405 (1820); DC., Prodr. 1: 627 (1824); Planchon in

A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 494 (1887); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 367 (1927).

Vitis adnata Wight & Arnott, Prodr. fl. penin. Ind. or. 1: 126 (1834); Wall. Cat.

No. 5998 (1931-32) based on No. 5998 c,d,fg (K-Wall.); Benth., Fl. austral. 1:

nts oe F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 178 (1868); F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 280

I ,

Cissus wightii Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 478 (1887). Type: Quilon,

Jun 1830, Wight 496 (K).

Vine, sometimes scrambling, stems angular, bark often reddish, flaky, pubescent when

young, hairs uniseriate, 8-12-celled. Tendrils usually unbranched occasionally bifid, often

bearing scattered uniseriate hairs. Plants deciduous. Leaves simple, membranous, orbi-

cular to broadly ovate, apex acuminate to cuspidate, base cordate to reniform, (9-)12.2(-18)

cm X (10-)13(-19) cm. Margins bristle-serrate, veins prominent, secondary veins ter-

minate in hair-like projections which extend beyond the margin. The uniseriate 8-12-

celled hairs on the upper surface are chiefly associated with the veins at maturity, often

glabrous when old. Lower surface pubescent, concentrated along the veins, hairs both

uniseriate, multicellular and unicellular, 2-armed. Petioles (3-)5.2(-8) cm long, glabrous.

Stipules rounded-triangular with gibbous centre, glabrous, ca 3.5 mm X 2 mm. Inflo-

rescence umbellate, loose, ca 2.5-7 cm long, 3-5 primary branches, pubescent; peduncle

(1—)2.7(—5) cm long, pubescent; pedicel curved, pubescent. Calyx | mm long, papillose.

Corolla pale green to white, 1-!1.5 mm X 0.75-1.5 mm, often papillose. Filaments 0.75

mm long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Disc with 4 small lobes. Ovary crowned by uniseriate

hairs. Style conical, 0.5-1 mm long. Berry pyriform, dark brown to black, 4.5-7 mm xX

4—7 mm. Seed | per fruit, rounded, 4-6 mm X 3.5-5.5 mm; endosperm in transverse

section twice divided by the thin endotesta. Fig. 3A-D.

Representative specimens examined: Western Australia. The Gorge, Station Creek, 35 km NNE of Carlton Hills

Homestead, Kimberleys, Mar 1978, Lazarides (CANB,K,NT);, Augustus Island, Bonaparte Archipelago, 15°25’S,

124°3S’E, May 1972, Wilson (PERTH): Sheba Hills, N of Geikie Gorge, Fitzroy Crossing, May 1905, Brown 1064

(PERTH). Northern Territory. Wessel Islands, 11° 19S, 136°36’E, Oct 1972, Latz 3496 (BRL CANB,L,NT): ESE

of Mudginberry, 12°36’S, 132°58’E, Feb 1973, Dunlop 3289 (BRI, K ,CANB); Deaf Adder Gorge, 13°02’S, 132°58’E,

Feb 1977, Fox 2517 (CANB, ICT): Wool anging—Channel Point Road, N of Daly River, 13°15’S, 130°10'E, May

1978, Webb & Tracey 12225 (BRI). Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: “Wilderness Lodge” tip of Cape York, Mar

1984, Jackes (A,K); ca 21 km N of Aurukun, Dec 1981, Clarkson (BRLJICT,QRS); Cairns, Jun 1897, Nugent 105

(BRI).

Specimens from 33 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species extends from India to New Guinea and into

tropical Australia, where it occurs north of 18°S (Map 7). Habitats range from semi-

deciduous vine thickets adjacent to beach rubble through to monsoon forests and

notophyll vine forests, usually on well-drained soils. Soils are variable but are usually

sands or sandy loams, sometimes lateritic, sometimes calcareous.

Flowering period: Spring to summer.

Fruiting period: Summer to autumn.

Notes and Observations: As discussed by Jackes (1987a) C. adnata has been frequently

misidentified, however the taxon is readily recognised by the presence of multicellular,

uniseriate hairs which are predominantly confined to the veins on the lower epidermis

of the leaf: the bristle-serrate margins; hairs on top of the ovary and the glabrous stipules.

490

Fig, 3. Cissus adnata: A. leaf X 0.5. B. seed, lateral surface X 5. C. seed, dorsal surface showing position and

shape of perichalaza < 5. D. median T.S. of mature seed X 6. C. pentaclada: E. leaf x 0.5. F. cotyledons x 0.5.

G. branched tendril and young shoot X 0.5 (e — lignified endotesta).

6. Cissus pentaclada B.R. Jackes sp. nov. affinis C. aristata Blume pilis apice ovarii,

capreolatis 4—5-fidis distinguenda. Typus: Little Stewart Creek, 14°05’S, 143°17’E,

14 November 1980, Hyland 21130V, ‘Rainforest, vine growing by tendrils, 8 cm

diameter. Outer surface fissured, flaky, corky. Vas. rays obvious in the wood and

the vessels are in radial lines’”’ (holo: QRS 062524; iso: JCT,QRS).

Vigorous vine climbing or sometimes clinging to trees, stems rounded, somewhat

succulent, pubescent, hairs pale, unicellular, 2-armed. Tendrils 4-5-fid, sparsely pubescent,

ends of branches sometimes forming adhesive discs. Plants deciduous. Leaves simple,

broadly ovate, apex acuminate to cuspidate, base cordate, (6.2—)9(-13) cm X (5.8-)9(-—13.5)

cm. Margins irregularly serrate often tipped by bristles. Upper surface sparsely pubescent,

49]

lower surface pubescent; hairs on both surfaces pale-coloured, unicellular, 2-armed:

multicellular, uniseriate hairs confined to main veins, uncommon at maturity. Petiole

(1~)5.7(~10) cm long, pubescent. Stipules obovate, with gibbous centre, pubescent, 3-4

mm xX 1.5-2.5 mm. Inflorescence umbeliate, 5~9 cm long; 3-4 primary branches,

pubescent; peduncle 3.5-6.5 cm long, pubescent; pedicel papiliose, straight or curved.

Calyx 0.5-0.75 mm long, sparsely pubescent. Corolla reddish, 2 mm * i-1.5 mm, hairs

present near apex on dorsal surface. Filaments 1 mm long, anthers 0.5 mm iong. Ovary

pubescent, 1 mm long, style conical, | mm long. Berry globular, black, 7 mm x 6 mm.

Seed 1 per fruit, pyriform, 6 mm xX 5 mm; endosperm in transverse section appears

almost twice divided by the endotesta. Cotyledons dissimilar. Fig. 3E-G.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: SE side of Prince of Wales Island, Torres Strait,

10°45’S, 142°1S’E, Feb 1975, Cameron (QRS). Carnegie Range, Cape York, 10°42’S, 142°32’E, Apr 1984, Jackes

(A,BRILCANB,JICT,K.LLNE,NSW,QRS); Few km S of Weipa School, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12227 (BRI;

Lankelly Creek, 13°53’S, 143°16’E, Oct 1980, Hyland 21118V (QRS), Little Stewart Creek, 14°05’S, 143°17°E, Nov

1980, Hyland 21130V (JCT,ORS); York, Ful '980, Murray (BRI,CANB), ca 6 km W of Lakeland Downs, Jan

[985, Johnson (A,BRILCBG,CANB, DNA ICT K,L,MEL.NSW}.

Specimens from 16 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: Confined to Cape York Peninsula (Map 1), this species is

usually found climbing over the adjacent vegetation or clinging to trees by adhesive

discs on the ends of the tendril branches. It may be found in gallery forest, in vine

forest, and along creeks in open woodland. Soils are variable.

Flowering period: Summer.

Fruiting period: Summer.

Notes and Observations: This species is readily distinguished by the 4—5-fid tendrils and

the irregularly serrate leaf margins.

pile ai The specific epithet refers to the number of tendril branches most frequently

found.

7. Cissus cardiophylla (F. Muell.) B.R. Jackes, comb. nov. Based on Vitis cardiophylla

F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 73 (1861). Type: Rockhampton, Thozet (MEL 540180)

labelled Vitis cordata. F. Muell., Fragm. 5: 210 (1866), 6: 178 (1868), 9: 126

(1874).

hie ot Benth,, Fl. austral. 1 :447 (1863); F.M. Bailey, Queensi. fl. 1: 279

Cissus muelleri Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 516 (1887). Syntypes:

Queensland, district of Kennedy, Afueller (MEL); Hodjkinson River, Gulliver 204

(MEL); Rockingham Bay, Dallachy (MEL). Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 367 (1927).

Vine climbing or scrambling, stems angular, pubescent, hairs pale to rusty, unicellular,

2-armed, Tendrils with (1-)2(~3} branches, pubescent when very young. Plants usually

deciduous. Leaves simple, orbicular sometimes slightly lobed, apex obtuse to acute, base

cordate to reniform, (5—)8.3(-11) cm X (6.5-)9.4(—12.2) cm. Margins crenate to serrulate.

Upper and lower surfaces pubescent, hairs mainly unicellular, 2-armed, asymmetrical;

uniseriate, erect 7-9-celled hairs sometimes present, early deciduous except at vein

junctions, rusty-red. Petiole (1.5-)3.9(-6.8) cm long. Stipules triangular usually carried

at right angles to the stem, scattered hairs sometimes present when young, 2-4.5 mm xX

1.5~2.5 mm. Inflorescence umbellate, loose, pubescent, 2.5~7 cm iong, 3-5 primary

branches, peduncle (1.5-)1.8(-4) cm long; pedicel straight or curved, papillose. Calyx |

mm long, glabrous. Corolla yellowish-green to white, 1.5-3.5 mm X I-1.5 mm, glabrous

or occasionally papillose. Filaments 1-1.5 mm long, anthers 0.5-0.75 mm long. Ovary

glabrous or papillose, style conical, 1-1.5 mm long. Berry pyriform, black, 5-6 mm x

4-5 mm. Seed L per fruit, pyriform; endosperm in transverse section almost twice

divided by the thin endotesta. Cotyledons dissimilar. Fig. 4A-E,

Representative specimens examineds Queensland. Cook Disrrict: Chillagoe, Godwin C 432 G3RLICT). BURKE

District: Porcupine Gorge, N of Hughenden, May 1983, Garneit (A,MO). NortrH Kennepy Disrrict: Black

Rock, 16 miles oot km] S of Lynd Junction on Hann Highway between Hughenden and Mount Garnet, ca

19°05'S, 144°25°R, May 1970, Webb & Tracey 10164 (BRI); Sandy Cape and Port Bowen, 1842, Macgillivray 58

(BMy} 10 km NE of Collinsville on Bowen Road, 20°29’S, 147°52’E, Jan 1978, Jackes

(A.BRI,CANB,CBG, DNA ICT, K,L,MEL,MO,NSW PERTH,ORS). SournH KeNNepy Districr: Hayman Island,

Jun 1934, White 10076 (BRI,MO). Port Curtis District: Rockhampton, 1863-1865, Dietrich 419 (BM,MO),

492

Specimens from 31 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species is found (Map 1) scrambling over rocks or trees

in open woodland and deciduous vine thickets. It has been collected on granite, basalt

and limestone outcrops.

Flowering period: Summer to autumn.

Fruiting period: Summer to autumn.

Notes and Observations: The identity of this species has frequently been confused, even

by Mueller himself, as later collections identified as either Vitis cordata or V. cardiophylla

have also included specimens of Cissus hastata [Rockingham Bay, Dallachy (MEL);

Rockhampton, O’Shannesy 216 (MEL).

C. mueller] is based on mixed types. The only specimen marked Kennedy District

in Melbourne is C. cardiophylla but the specimen collected by Dallachy (MEL) is C.

hastata. Gulliver 204, collected on the Hodikinson River, could not be located in

Melbourne.

This species 1s easily distinguished from the other mainland species by the shape

= the leaves which bear unicellular, often rusty-coloured 2-armed hairs and the (1-)2(—3)-

d tendrils.

8. Cissus aristata Blume, Bydr. 183 (1825). Type: Blume (L 897345287).

Cissus sumplex Bianco, FL de Filip. 72 (1837).

Cissus pyrrhodasys Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind., Eerste biyv. 1: 517 (1860). Type: Sumatra,

Diepenhorst.

Vitis pyrrhodasys (Miq.) Ridley, J. Straits Branch Roy. Asiat. Soc. 23: 75 (1917).

Cissus assamica (Lawson) Craib var. pilosissima Gagnepain, Notul. Syst. (Paris) |:

353 (1911). Syntypes (seen): Java, Forbes 1111 & 1036 (P); New Guinea, Holfrung

419 (P); Bengal, Griffith 1311 CK).

Vitis adnata Wall. Cat. No. 5998 (1831-32) based on No. 5998 a,b,e,hyj, (S-Wall.).

Robust vine, stem angular, densely pubescent, hairs unicellular, 2-armed often dark-

coloured, arms long often much twisted. Tendrils 2—3-fid, pubescent, Plants evergreen.

Leaves broadly ovate to orbicular, apex acuminate to aristate, base cordate or often

truncate when immature, (6-)8(-12) cm * (4-)6.8(-12) cm. Margins serrate, irregularly

serrate or bristle-serrate. Both surfaces pubescent, upper surface often becoming glabrous

with age; lower surface may be densely pubescent, hairs unicellular 2-armed, dark-

coloured. Petiole (1.5-)2(-2.5}) cm long, pubescent. Stipules obovate, pubescent, 4 mm

x 4mm. Inflorescence umbellate, terminal umbels congested, 4~5 cm long, 4—5 primary

branches; peduncle 2~2.5 cm long; pedicels straight or curved, Calyx spreading, | mm

long, papillose. Corolla yellowish green to yellow, 1.5-2 mm long, papillose. Filaments

1 mm long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Ovary glabrous. Berry globular to pyriform, black,

5-8 mm X 5-8 mm. Seeds | rarely 2 per fruit, pynform, 4.5 mm X 3 mm; endosperm

in transverse section W-shaped. Fig. 4F-L.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook Disrricr: Mount Cornwallis, Dauan Island, 9°26’S,

L42°32’E, Oct 1981, Clarkson (BRIICT).

Specimens from | Australian locality were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species, widespread throughout Asia and New Guinea,

has now been collected in the Torres Strait (Map 6). Here it was recorded as growing

on “a steep boulder strewn hillside carrying a depauperate closed forest’.

Flowering period: Spring and summer.

Fruiting period: Spring and summer.

Notes and Observations: This species ts readily distinguished by the dark-coloured, 2-

armed hairs with much twisted arms, the glabrous ovary and the pubescent stipules.

The leaves often dry dark brown.

APA Neti tiie gids eat

+a Ft

a all rene im da Ah,

pia te eae Foe fey

2, 35 484.7 4 + *&

i ‘he x ave *

% .

qos

art yy

yit

at wie

2.3 rhe. ms

; xy ie ape "

‘+ + k, 4 i

+".

hoe ae

i we Mee

Sie we

s == ,% * he ¢

Fig. 4. Cissus cardiophyila: A. leaf and inflorescence x 0.5. B. seedling x 0.5. C. seed, lateral surface x 5, D.

seed, dorsal surface showing position and shape of perichalaza * 4. E. median T.S. of mature seed X 6. C.

aristata; F. leaf X 0.5. G. seed, lateral surface x 5. H. seed, dorsal surface showing position and shape of

perichalaza X 5. I. median T.S. of mature seed X 6. (e — lignified endotesta).

9, Cissus hastata Mig., Fl. Ned. Ind., Eerste bipy. 1: 317 (1860). Type: Sumatra,

Diepenhorst. Planchon in A. & C, DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 502 (1887).

Vitis hastata Miq., Ann. mus. lugd.-bat. 1: 85 (1863).

Vitis sagittifolia M. Lawson, Fl. Brit. India !: 645 (1875). Type: Wall. Cat. No.

5991 (K-Wail.).

Vine, stems quadrangular, margins winged, glaucous, hairs unicelluiar, 2-armed, closely

appressed to the surface. Some small uniseriate 1-5-celled hairs may be present on very

young stems. Tendrils unbranched in Australian specimens. Plants evergreen. Leaves

simple, ovate to broadly-ovate, often reddish on the lower surface when young, apex

acute to acuminate, base cordate, (7~-)9.4(-11.5) em xX (5.3-)7.4(-10.5) cm. Margins

serrulate. Upper and lower surfaces bear unicellular, 2-armed hairs when young. Petiole

(1.6~)2.9{-4.2} cm iong, both uniseriate and unicellular 2-armed hairs may be present.

494

Stipules triangular, 1.5-2.5 mm X 1.5-2 mm, borne at right angies to the stem.

Inflorescence umbellate, 2~3.5 cm long, 3 primary branches, pubescent; peduncle 0.6-1.2

cm long, hairs both 2-armed and uniseriate; pedicel straight or curved. Calyx truncate,

0.5~0.75 mm long. Corolla white to yellowish, 1.5-2 mm X 1~1.5 mm, glabrous. Filaments

| mm long, anthers 0.5-0.75 mm long. Ovary glabrous. Berry globular, black, 6-7 mm

x 4-6 mm. Seed 1 per fruit, pyriform, 4-4.5 mm X 3-4 mm; endosperm in transverse

section appears almost twice divided by the endotesta. Cotyledons dissimilar. Fig. 5A—-E.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. COOK District: Tor Hill, E of Falls Creek crossing with Kennedy

Road, 13°55’S, [43°0¥E, Jun 1982, AMforton 1729 (CANB,ICT); Mcilwraith Range, N of Coen, 1962, Webb &

Tracey (BRD; Freshwater Creek near Cairns Intake, May 1962, Blake 21726 (A,BRI,.K,L,NSW), State Forest

Reserve [85, 17°09, [45°33’E, Jan 1981, Gray 20149V (JCT,QRS); Barnard Isiands, 1848, Macgillivray

(BM,K). NORTH KENNEDY Districr: Bingil Bay, 17°50’S, 146°0@’E, Dec 1978, Jackes (A,BISH,BRI,

CANB,CBG,DNA,JCT,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH,ORS), Rockingham Bay, Nov 1867, Dallachy (MEL). SoutH

KENNEDY District: Northumberland Islands, Brown 523% (3M,K); Goldsmith Island, Aug 1986, Avefville OCT).

PorT Curtis Districr: Rockhampton, Dietrich (PR).

Specimens from 34 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species which also occurs from India through to New

Guinea and Australia is found along the eastern coast of Queensland (Map 8) where it

iS ies aia over trees on the edges of vine forest, from sea level to 700 m. Soils

are variable.

Flowering period: Summer to winter.

Fruiting period: Summer to winter.

Notes and Observations: This species which does not appear to become a robust vine,

is readily distinguished by its glaucous, quadrangular winged stems. Although bifid

tendrils are common on extra-Australian specimens, all plants and specimens examined

in Australia had unbranched tendrils.

10. Cissus vinosa B.R. Jackes sp. nov., affine C. repente Lam., foltis solidis pilos

unicellulates 2-ramosos fuventute ferentibus, capreolis bifidis, endotests seminis

convolutissima differt. Typus: 15 km E of Wallaman Falls, 18°36’S, 145°50’E, 15

November 1986, B.R. Jackes 8612, “Vigorous vine in rainforest. Young shoots

and leaves burgundy-coloured. Flowers greenish-white. Soils red loam’’. (holo:

BRI; iso: A,BISH,CANB,CBG, DNA, ICT,K,L,MEL,MO,NE,NSW,PERTH. ORS).

Robust vine, stems angular, pubescent when young particularly at the nodes, hairs

unicellular, 2-armed. Tendrils bifid, scattered hairs present when young, Plants evergreen.

Leaves simple, firm, drying grey, ovate, apex acuminate, base truncate or weakly cordate,

(9~)13.2(-21) cm X (6-)8.6(-13) cm. Margins serrulate. Upper and lower surfaces usually

glabrous at maturity, unicellular 2-armed hairs present when young. Petiole (2.5-)3.2(-4)

cm long, often pubescent. Stipules tnangular, rounded at the apex, 3~4 mm X 2 mm.

Inflorescence umbellate, 5.5-6.5 cm long, 3-4 primary branches, pubescent; peduncle

2-3.5 cm_ long, scattered unicellular, 2-armed hairs present; pedicel straight. Calyx

truncate, 0.75-1.5 mm long. Corolla greenish-white to yellowish, 2-3 mm X 1~1.5 mm,

Filaments 1.5-2 mm long, anthers 0.75 mm long. Ovary angular (squarish), glabrous,

disc inconspicuous, style conical. Berry globular, black, 6-8 mm X 5-7 mm. Seeds |

rarely 2 per fruit, pyriform, 5-7 mm X 4-6 mm; endosperm in transverse section broken

up by the convoluted endotesta. Fig. 5F-I.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. COOK DistRicT: Rainforest of Range Road near top gate, Cairns,

Dec 1938, Flecker (BRI), State Forest Reserve 310, 17°2¥'S, 145°45'E, Nov 1976, Hyland 9181 (BRI,L,QRS);

Russell River, Ful 1960, Trapnei/ 96 (BRI); Ebony Creek, Ravenshoe, 17°09’S, 145°28’E, Sep 1978, Lockyer

(CANBLCT,NSW), The Boulders, N of Innisfail, Apr £984, Wrigit (CBG,MEL,MOC), NortTy KENNEDY District:

Kirrama State Forest, NW of Cardwell, Jun 1977, Winsor (BISH,PERTH); 15 km E of Wallaman Falls, 18°36’S,

145°50°E, Nov 1986, Jackes 8612 (A,BISH,BRILCANB,CBG,DNA,JCT,K,L,MEL,MO,NE,NSW,PERTH,ORS); -

Bluewater Forestry Reserve, N of Townsville, 19°12’°S, 146°27E, Oct 1977, Jackes (BRIL,CANB,NSW,QRS).

Specimens from 24 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species is confined to the area between 16°40’S and

18°36’S (Map 4) where it is found only in vine forest or in vine forest remnants. Soils

are chiefly red volcanic loams.

Flowering period: Spring, particularly October and November.

Fruiting period: Summer.

495

Notes and Observations: This species is readily distinguished from C. repens with which

it has often been confused by the firm mature leaves which dry dark grey; presence of

hairs; the bifid tendrils; the non-succulent stem and the convolutions of the endotesta.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the burgundy coloured lower surface of the

young leaves.

=, |

wale i . 4 how f 4 “ m k hil

beeen ee oe ty .

af ute “i re

4 es bts nl ey % mie ‘ ra

aa or te ake Ea

“ “ “ “

Rae i

“

wie

van!

aaa

Fig. 5. Cissus hastata: A. leaf and inflorescence X 0.5. B. seedling < 0.5. C. seed, surface X 5. D. seed, dorsal

surface showing position and shape of perichalaza < 5. E. median T.S. of mature seed X 6. C. vinosa: F. leaf Xx

0.5. G. seed, lateral surface X 5. H. seed, dorsal surface showing position and shape of perichalaza X 5. I. median

T.S. of mature seed X 6. (e — lignified endotesta).

496

11. Cissus opaca F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 3: 23 (1859). Type:

Brigalow scrub of eastern Australia. Planchon in A. & C DC., Monogr. phan. 5:

518 (1887); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 368 (1927).

Vitis opaca Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 450 (1863). Syntypes: Burdekin River, Nov 1856,

Mueller (K,MEL); Brisbane River, Moreton Bay, Jul 1855, Fraser, Mueller (K,MEL);

Rockhampton, Thozet (MEL); Port Denison, Fitzalan (MEL); East Coast, 1802,

Brown (E,K,MEL,P). F. Muell., Fragm. 5: 210 (1866), 6: 177 (1868), 9: 125 (1875);

C. Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 214 (1893); F.M. Batley, Queensl. fl. 1: 283 (1899),

Cayratia cuneata Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 370 (1927). Type: Chillagoe, Nov 1910,

Domuin (PR).

Vine or sprawling shrub, branches thin, striate, glabrous or pubescent, hairs uniseriate,

6-14-celled. Tendrils usually unbranched, glabrous or uniseriate hairs present at the base.

Plants rarely completely deciduous, tubers present. Leaves palmately compound, 3—5(-7)-

foliolate, leaflet bases attenuate to the point of attachment of the petiole; distinct petiolules

rare. Shape of central leaflet varies from obovate to oblanceolate to oblong to lanceolate

to linear-lanceolate; apex acuminate to truncate, (1.3-)5.9(-14) cm X (0.2-)1.5(-4.5) cm.

Lateral leaflets oblique at base; upper laterals (1-)5.4(-11.2) cm xX (0.2-)1.6(-3) cm;

lower laterals (0.7-)3.1(-5.8) cm X (0.2-)0.8(-1.8) cm. Margins entire or variously

indented. Upper surface glabrous or with uniseriate 8—10-celled hairs present, these are

often associated with the midrib or petiole/lamina Junction. Lower surface often glabrous,

occasionally glaucous, hairs when present uniseriate, 8—10-celled. Petiole often ridged,

uniseriate hairs may be present, (1-)2.3(-5) cm long. Stipules triangular, 1-2 mm X

0.5-1 mm. Inflorescence umbellate, the normally unbranched tendrils divide and one or

both branches are terminated by 1-2 umbels, each with 4-10 flowers. Uniseriate 2-5-

celled hairs may be present except on the pedicels which are often papillose. Calyx 5-

lobed, 0.5-0.75 mm long, sometimes papillose. Corolla with 5 free lobes rarely cohering

at the apex, creamy-green to reddish-brown, 1.5-2 mm long. Filaments 0.75~1 mm long,

anthers 0.5 mm long. Ovary glabrous, disc thick, lobed; style conical. Berry globular or

depressed-globular, bluish-black often with a glaucous bloom, 6-10 mm X 7-12 mm.

Seeds 2-4 per fruit, pyriform, 5-7 mm X 4-5.5 mm; perichalaza forms a rounded

depression on the dorsal surface; endosperm in transverse section W-shaped. Cotyledons

similar. Fig. 6A—-F.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Coox District: Badu Island, LO°O9’S, 142°10’E, Oct I981,

Clarkson 4010 (BRI,JCT); [0 km NE of Weipa, Jun 1982, Jackes (CANB,NSW); Base of Black Mountain, Dec

1965, Rodd 221 (NSW); Mareeba—Atherton Road, ca 1 km S of Walkamin, 17°08’S, 145°25’E, Jan 1980, Clarkson

2746 (BRIJCT). NORTH KENNEDY District: 3 km W of Ravenshoe near Bald Rock, Mar 1979, Lockyer

(CANB,DNA,QRS); Olfera Creek, 19°00’S, 146°21’E, Jan 1979, Jackes (A,BISH,BRI,CANB,CBG,K,L,MEL,

MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS); Port Clinton, Aug 1802, Brown $248 (BM,E,K). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Hayman

Island, Jun 1934, White 10078 (A,BRI,MO). Port Curtis District: Shoalwater Bay, 22°20'S, [50°11’E, Jul 1971,

Tracey 14708 (BRLICT,QRS). LEICHHARDT District: Isla Gorge ca 8 km SW of Theodore, Sharpe & Hockings

(BRI); 12 miles [19.2 km] S of Wandoan, Oct 1963, Speck 1909 (BRLCANB,K,NSW). Wipe Bay DISTRICT:

Sandy Cape, Fraser Island, May 1894, Lovel/ (BRI). MORETON DistRIcT: Stradbroke Island, Jun 1974, Everist

(BRI). New South Wales. NorTH Coast: Bibock near Captain Mayne’s (N of Singleton), Jan 1843, Leichhardt

(NSW). CENTRAL Coast: Razorback Mountain, Camden, Aug 1968, AfcBarron 15493 (NSW). NORTHERN

TABLELANDS: Wollomombi Falls, Nov 1967, Wiiframs (NE). NORTH WESTERN SLopES: 5 miles [8 km] from

Aberdeen on Rouchelbrook Road, Mar 1960, Story 7090 (CANB,K); Wellington, Oct 1886, Betche (NSW).

Specimens from 120 localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species 1s widespread in Queensland and New South

Wales (Map 12), where it commonly grows on rocky outcrops in open forest or in vine

thickets, although it is sometimes associated with brigalow or vine forest edges. Souls

are variable.

Flowering period: Throughout the year, common in summer.

Fruiting period: Throughout the year.

Notes and Observations: Superficially this highly variable species often appears to be

more closely related to the monotypic genus Clematicissus endemic to the Geraldton

area of Western Australia, with which it shares the unusual inflorescence arrangement,

S-merous flowers, and the sometimes shrubby habit. However, its closest relative 1s

probably the South American species Cissus tweedieana (Baker) Planchon. This 5-merous

species has variable leaf shapes and sizes, similar inflorescence and seed features (Mulgura

de Romero 1978). The species as circumscribed above is highly variable; despite numerous

attempts no patterns have emerged with respect to degree of pubescence or leaf shape.

497

Although densely pubescent leaves are common in the Chillagoe—Mareeba area, they

occur spasmodically elsewhere. Leaf shape exhibited no apparent pattern. The largest

leaves, which are also usually 3-foliolate, appear to occur in moist sites, particularly in

protected areas on coastal islands. On Magnetic Island (19°08’S, 146°S0’E) leaf size

appears to decrease as drier habitats are encountered. At Fanning River (19°43%S,

146°26’E), plants with leaves exhibiting different shapes and degree of pubescence have

been found within a 9 m? quadrat. Initial growth after germination is slow, whilst a

tuber is forming. Twelve month old seedlings had 4-5 undivided leaves as well as

senescing cotyledons. New growth, up to 40 cm, arising from tubers often has polymorphic

simple leaves. Wild pigs are reported to dig for the tubers which were also eaten by

aborigines.

Common name: “Pepper Vine” is a common name often applied to this species.

Fig. 6. Cissus opaca: A. a selection of leaf shapes and sizes X 0.5. B. twelve month old seedling with senescing

cotyledons X 0.5. C. seed, ventral surface showing position of the raphe X 5. D. seed, dorsal surface showing

position and shape of perichalaza X 5. E. median T.S. of mature seed X 6. F. fruit x 2. (e — lignified endotesta).

498

12. Cissus sterculiifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan.

5: 519 (1887); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 368 (1927).

Vitis sterculiifolia F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 450 (1863). Type: Hastings

River, Beckler (MEL 539833,K,BM). F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 126 (1875); F.M. Bailey,

Queensl. fl. 1: 283 (1899).

Cissus brachypoda (F. Muell.) Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 520

(1887).

Vitis brachypoda F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 125 (1875); F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 280

(1899). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy (MEL 540135,K).

Vigorous vine, stems rounded or striate, lenticels in vertical rows, often prominent.

Scattered, unicellular 2-armed hairs closely appressed to the surface and small uniseriate

1-3-celled hairs present. Tendrils unbranched, pubescent. Plants evergreen. Leaves pal-

mately compound, 3-5-foliolate, leathery; central leaflet broadly lanceolate to oblong,

apex acuminate, base attenuate to angustate, (7~)12.1(-16.5) cm X (3.5-)5.2(-9) cm;

lateral leaflets oblique at base, upper laterals (6.2—)11.3(-14.8) cm X (2.7-)4.5(—7) cm;

lower laterals (6-)8.5(—10) cm X (2-)3.6(-—4) cm. Margins entire or several small serrations

present on one or both sides of the midrib. Upper surface glossy green, glabrous or with

scattered pale to rusty-coloured unicellular, 2-armed hairs, midrib prominent, yellowish

green. Lower surface pubescent, hairs pale to rusty-coloured often concentrated near the

veins. Domatia in axils of midrib and main laterals. Central petiolule grooved above,

(0.8—)1.2(-2.5) cm long; lateral petiolules grooved above, upper (0.2—)1(-2) cm long,

lower (0.5-)0.8(-1.1) cm long. Petiole rounded, (0.5—)3.9(-—8) cm long; junction of petiole

with stem and with petiolules usually swollen, the former is twisted. Stipules triangular,

3-3.5 mm X 1-2.5 mm, glabrous or pubescent. Inflorescence umbellate, 3~8 cm long, 2

primary branches; peduncle 1-3.5 cm long, scattered hairs often present. Calyx 0.5 mm

long, papillose. Corolla white, 1-5 mm long, papillose. Filaments 0.75 mm long, anthers

0.5 mm long. Berry ovoid to elongate-falcate, purplish black, 10-20 mm X 6-10 mm.

Seeds 1-2(—3) per fruit, ovoid or falcate, 8-18 mm X 5-8 mm; endosperm in transverse

section deeply dissected by the endotesta; raphe rarely extends to dorsal surface. Fig.

TA-E.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DIsTRIcT: Timber Reserve 55, 16°20’S, 145°20’E, Jul

1974, Hyland 7349 (IJCT,QRS); Mount Father Clancy, Ravenshoe, Dec 1978, Lockyer (BISH,BRI,;CANB,

JCT,K,L,MO,NSW,QORS). NorTH KENNEDY District: Near Foxwood’s Turnoff, Kirrama ca 40 km W of Kennedy,

18°10’S, 145°40’E, Sep 1978, Lockyer (A,BRI,;CANB,DNA,JCT,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS); Bluewater For-

estry Reserve, N of Townsville, Sep 1976, Jackes (CANB,CBG,JCT). SouTH KENNEDY District: Dairymple

Heights and vicinity, Jul-Nov 1947, Clemens (A,BRI,K,L). LEICHHARDT District: Blackall Range, Apr 1918,

White (BRI). WIDE BAy DISTRICT: Fraser Island, May 1964, Webb & Tracey (BRI). Moreton District: Nerang

River, Nov 1917, White (BRI). New South Wales. NortH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, Feb 1980, Wilfianis

(CBG,JCT,QRS); Seal Rocks, 20 miles [32 km] E of Buladelah, Aug 1964, Briggs (NSW). CENTRAL Coast: Below

Bulli Lookout, Jan 1958, Williams (NE).

Specimens from 53 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: This species, which also occurs in southern New Guinea, is

found in vine forest from the Atherton Tableland to south of Sydney (Map 10). Soils

are variable.

Flowering period: November to January.

Fruiting period: February to October.

Notes and Observations: A form occurs on the Atherton Tableland in which the leaves

are generally broader and often twisted so that they rarely lie flat and the associated

fruit, which is usually elongated and somewhat falcate, contains 1-2 elongated seeds

(Fig. 7E). When 2 seeds are present they will be unequal in size. However there is no

absolute character or set of characters which distinguishes this form from all other

specimens of C. sterculiifolia. Petiole length and thickness is highly variable even on the

same plant, although specimens with short petioles tend to occur more frequently in

North Queensland.

eee ee Pere eee LL CLC LC ELLE TCI ETC LCi iit erty

TAKA AR EMRE IEE ee EE

a ey

shoei tais

“ajeeaae.

622 biNae oye tol

ap ri

tema

whee

Weegee

Sih MIN MGM

hii

sins

within

winmlnwigsbsedisissiosblsiess.

SEPT IE +d

« . é

- va ad wae r k

rm ee Bre :

=e __ ae eae t. test we

mee tag es wirg fs

oD as oR pear Aw it he fn -

OU Jinagi Boe

z rere, = at, s ale fetes ae

8 Pe MAS BT Ae

tel a a - os

6 >» =, an4,7 - ds 2 or

le 7 As ee i ae hee

fia

wma

. ‘ *

= = ere a Seta - if = .*

: . = "er, * et Lae 7 sce

gg OO dR OUST

el zane * shra i ee = 5

¥ * S355 . 7 + “a rs oe ite 4 Mat Le

oa F * + c

2 SASS reer fedyata Hise P a

Pee@ 0 Sg eta, WS Sa

vate J - ~_s

a) Veer) De eer

Soy 44 «i ive 1 Ayaca “AX was

t +

2 ‘ .

, 4 4. BOTTLE.

. re . .

LJ mea 5 Piel " a = * =

Sat patn, Pt is "pike 5

A Ses, iar . a ee ee Woo

1 ba a # = = ryt fiat : 4 oo ae tt * fgi}tes

re = d a ” = =: "

24 = = a ail a o fee OF a vi af

x 7 “at” ghee tay = tied

2 =F a Sy = le". uJ . 7 +iF = fe

ee 7 att rea ro weer

ead PoE ER AT eget Tare

* *, * ark ef afer: ee mb - 7

A tag aR ee eke “Fo kere

eat ‘ suk rr =." *, a a -

4 r 3 . * a - +

fe = 4-- ey ty ~ * ™ yt et wry at wie

ares 1 é i hr + y + == hk ta he wt oat . oT Fa *

= he aly eee at a 4 i >? a k '-

. . 7 ke a

tay =

de at i} od

a a ae,

gues

Wwe?

Fig. 7. Cissus sterculiifolia. A. leaf and inflorescence X 0.5. B. seed, ventral surface showing position of the raphe

x 5. C. seed, dorsal surface showing position and shape of perichalaza * 5. D. median T.S. of mature seed X 6.

E. elongated seed, ventral surface showing position of raphe X 5. (e — lignified endotesta).

13. Cissus penninervis (F. Muell.) Planchon in A. & C. DC., Monogr. phan. 5: 520

(1887).

Vitis penninervis F. Muell. Fragm. 6: 177 (1868). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy

(MEL 539843,K). F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 283 (1899).

Cissus arthroclada Lauterb., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 59: 524 (1925). Syntypes (seen):

Ledermann 6958 and 10349 (K).

Vigorous vine, stem striate, glabrous, vertical rows of whitish lenticels may be prominent

on older stems; internodes often short; short side branches common. Tendrils unbranched.

Plants evergreen. Leaves palmately compound, 3—5-foliolate, number often variable on

the same plant, glabrous. Central leaflet obovate, attenuate at the base, apex acuminate,

(6.2-)9.7(-11) cm X (2.6-)3.4(—4.1) cm; lateral leaflets slightly oblique at the base, upper

SOO

laterals (5.8-)8.1(-11.3) cm X (2.3-)3.2(-4) cm, lower laterals (4.5-)6.5(-7.8) cm xX

(2—)2.6(—3) cm. Margins usually smooth or occasionally widely spaced shallow serrations

may be present. Upper and lower surfaces glabrous. Main secondary veins are approx-

imately parallel to one another and form an angle with the midrib of ca 70°. Petiolules

rarely distinct. Petioles glabrous, ridge present on the upper surface, (3.1-)4.1(-5) cm

long, junction of petiole with stem as well as with the leaflets usually swollen and the

former is frequently twisted. Stipules triangular, | mm xX 1 mm, early caducous.

Inflorescence paniculate with terminal umbels, 7-12 cm long, 2—4 primary branches;

peduncle 3-5 cm long. Calyx 0.5 mm long, glabrous. Corolla creamy green to yellowish,

1~1.5 mm long. Filaments 0.75 mm long, anthers 0.5 mm long. Berry globular to obovoid,

purple to bluish black, 10-12 mm X 8-12 mm. Seeds 1-4 per fruit, ovoid, 7.5-9 mm

x 4-5 mm; endosperm in transverse section dissected by the convolutions of the endotesta.

Fig. 8A-D.

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: Timber Reserve 14, Mcliwraith Range, 13°45/S,

143°20’E, Jul 1977, Unwin 395 (QRS); Upper Cameron Creek, NW of Cooktown, 15° 22'S, 145°O VE, Jul 1976,

Tracey 14632 (BRI, QRS); State Forest Reserve 755, 17°25’S, 145° 4S’E, Dec 1972, Hyland 6593 (QRS); 24 miles

(38.4 km] S to SSE of Ravenshoe, Dec 1978, Lockyer (A, CANB, K,L). NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kirrama State

Forest, NW of Cardwell, Jun 1977, Winsor (BRI); 3.6 km W of Paluma Village, 19°00’S, 146°13’E, Nov 1986,

Jackes 8613 (A,BISH,BRI,CANB,CBG, DNA,JCT,K,L,MEL,MO,NE,NSW,PERTH,QRS). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Eungella Range, Oct 1922, Francis (BRI).

Specimens from 29 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: Restricted to vine forests in North Queensland (Map 9) and

southern New Guinea. Souls are variable.

Flowering period: November to April in Australia, in New Guinea it appears to be

February to July.

Fruiting period: Fruits have been collected from January to March.

Notes and Observations: This species is readily distinguished from the other species by

the approximately parallel secondary veins. The flowers are the smallest of all Australian

species of Cissus. Most vines observed by the author do not flower every year.

14. Cissus hypoglauca A. Gray, U.S. Expl. Exped., Phan. 1: 272 (1854). Type: New

South Wales, near Sydney, U.S. Expl. Exped. (GH). Planchon in A. & C. DC

Monogr. phan. 5: 519 (1887); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 368 (1927).

Vitis hypoglauca F. Muell., Pl. Victoria 1: 94. t. 10. (1860-62); Benth., Fl. austral

1: 450 (1863); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 177 (1868); C. Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W, 213

(1893); F.M. Bailey, Queensl. fl. 1: 282 (1899).

Cissus australasica F. Muell. Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 8 (1855). Type: Brodribb

River, Jan 1855, Mueller (MEL 540172,K).

Vigorous vine, stems thick, striate, often reddish, usually pubescent, young shoots rusty

tomentose, hairs unicellular, 2-armed concentrated at the nodes. Tendrils bifid, rarely

unbranched, pubescent. Plants evergreen. Leaves palmately compound, 5-foliolate, dull

to glossy green above, pale green to glaucous below, main veins and petiolules may be

carmine in colour. Central leaflet broadly lanceolate to obovate, apex acuminate, base

rounded, (6.2-)8&(-11) cm X (2.1-)3.7(-5.2) cm; lateral leaflets slightly oblique at the

base, upper laterals(S.2-)7.4(-10) cm x (2-)3.4(-4.3) cm, lower laterals (2.5-)5.6(—7.5)

cm X (1.3-)2.6(—3.8) cm. Margins usually entire, some serrations occasionally present.

Upper surface usually glabrous at maturity, hairs if present rusty-coloured, unicellular,

2-armed, lower surface varies from densely tomentose to glabrous, often glaucous.

Petiolules grooved on upper surface, usually pubescent; central petiolule (1-)2(-3) cm

long, upper laterals (0.8—)1.5(-2.1) cm long, lower laterals (0.6-)1(-—1.7) cm long. Stipules

pubescent, forming a pocket around developing leaf, early deciduous, 8-14 mm X 3-6

mm. Inflorescence paniculate with terminal umbels, 4-7 cm long, 2-3 primary branches;

peduncle 2-4.5 cm long, pubescent. Calyx entire or shallowly lobed, 0.75-1 mm long.

Corolla yellow, 1.5-2.5 mm long. Filaments 0.75—1 mm long, anthers 0.75-1 mm long.

Disc lobed. Berry globular, purplish-black to black often with a glaucous bloom, 10-12

mm X 9~10 mm. Seeds 2-4 per fruit, ovoid, 4-6.5 mm X 4-4.5 mm. Endosperm in

transverse section T- to W-shaped, length of the lateral extension varies with the number

of seeds per fruit and thus shape in transverse section. Cotyledons similar. Fig. 8E-I.

f the

a” ad

VR re oly

4 Se Oe ia

f{ the raphe

T.S. of mature seed X 6.

x 0.5. G. seed, ventral surface showing position o

_ wa OF tte ae ed

Ty ate ithe t

ing position o

id fl

501

Ue) wah

ea un) baie To

we i ’ ” oo

ion and shape of perichalaza X 5. D. med

florescence X 0.5. B. seed, ventral surface show

florescence X 0.5. F. seedling

Ith

rm ©

“ ! a jak

Pm = op

a AS co oc.

y a pall

Rie’ no

Bee eg Bm Thy tal fas

«ft <t =

at, pase ” ©

yr aay “

SSHS D€nHNINErvis

rd vg met Nag

I ‘a os

OM po ho ak ae

MP fo? yi

wo a spy el “raf

“4 f ?

E. leaf and

fied endotesta.).

ign

xX 5. C. seed, dorsal surface show

C. hypoglauca

’

sepa eee

Saptia x 4. H. seed, dorsal] surface showing position and shape of perichalaza X 5. I. median T.S. of mature seed

xX 6. fe - ]

Hig. 8. C

Patella Ba Viet Patent EF Be ee Be i Be Be ae Be a Re ae De se Re SS Re i Re YE A SE ye ee ee ee ee a a Ne Be Ae ee YO ee ee ee ee ee a ele Te ne ee lei etl SS oe baa roa Sal So a ad

aT eee ee ee ee ee ee — Bin 5 on oan aR As ha Aan Oe oan A 2 OD suse encnh min aan tio’ ree er ere ere ete ne a ae oi Be ag St Ea ae et a A an DST a a a i ea Bea Bea te a a a a it Da Da Da Da Da SSS ee et SD ee Sg BE Ba a os foe BP ee Be Pa aM Ee PP PPP Se NEE EE nn i eee *T Nu F POS RS REE BREE ETT BRE sa

=< at Pat oo oe L a L

=F adh mes re aie Ree Tae Ame EE ae a NEE eS ARR RS NE AS we aR Re So eT RN era dt Ri PeRnm pee ertrRepERE RR: 290 8 U3 oat Bette GRE Bas ‘ Perre

Bh eri Here eee ee reer reer tee ene eerie br eerie ebb res bbb bibiibihrrr etc iet bribes rere errr eer ed bt ee ee eee er eS ee ee peeeee Beghesesitpessee Premae qlvesvareaeerearreen saree iret Pmegresaegrerimemarenene henehe seem em agieeremeree AERTS PARP OPPP ARNE RC PPP TAPER AN See MRM Raya de hehe Oe eed redid bast fete dattogaccséesduceccapassepcosscocs on. seppaes opcapes noe nape canspee pa penane és

302

Representative specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Windsor Tableland, 16°20’S, 145°10Q’E, Jun

1980, Heinsohn (DNA,JCT); State Forest Reserve 194, 17°20’S, 145°25’E, Mar 1975, Irvine 1265

(BRI,CANB,K,L,QRS); Mount Baldy ca 2 miles [3.2 min SW of Atherton, Aug 1978, Lockyer (BRI). NORTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kirrama State Forest, NW of Cardwell, Jun 1977, Winsor (BRI,CANB,CBG); Mount Elliott,

19°30’S, 147°00’E, Dec 1977, Hyland 9564 (QRS). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Crediton, 21°10’S, 148°30’E, May

1975, Hyland 8195 (BRI,L,QRS). LEICHHARDT District: Blackdown Tableland ca 32 km SE of Blackwater, Apr

1971, Henderson, Andrews & Sharpe (BRI). WiDE BAY DistRICT: Fraser Island, May 1964, Webb & Tracey (BRI).

MORETON DISTRICT: Jimboomba, SW of Beenleigh, Apr 1907, Boorman (NSW). New South Wales. NORTH

Coast: Wiangaree near Kyogle, May 1946, Carter (CANB). CENTRAL Coast: Wyong, Dec 1893, Betche (NSW).

SOUTH Coast: Kioloa State Forest, ca 10 miles [16 km] N of Bateman’s Bay, Oct 1966, Schodde S091

(A,BRI,CANB,K,L); Mumbulla Mountain, ca 10 miles [16 km] NNE of Bega, May 1966, Constable (K,NSW).

NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Gibraltar Range State Forest, ca 22 miles [35.2 km] ENE of Glen Innes, May 1961,

Constable (A,K,L,NSW). CENTRAL WESTERN SLOPES: Wybong Creek, Kars Springs ca 27.5 km SW of Murrurundi,

Jan 1969, Pickard & Coveny 1221 (NSW). Victoria. Coolwater Creek, Alfred National Park, Feb 1969, Canning

& Telford (NSW); Toorloo Arm, Jan 1966, Henshall (NT); Mount Buck, Feb 1901, Pescott (K,L,NSW).

Specimens from 150 Australian localities were examined.

Distribution and Habitat: Vine forest or vine forest regrowth occasionally in associated

eucalypt forest. It ranges from eastern Victoria to north of the Daintree River, 16°15/S,

145°25’E, (Map 11). It also occurs in southern New Guinea. Soils are variable.

Flowering period: Mainly November to April.

Fruiting period: February to July.

Notes and Observations: A distinctive species with distinct petiolules, which differ from

those 1n the genus Cayratia by the manner of attachment which 1s rather like the spokes

of a wheel to a central column, as well as in the relative lengths of the petiolules.

Considerable variation in degree of pubescence, glaucousness and anthocyanin present

occurs in addition to age related changes. Fruit recorded as edible but astringent.

Common name: Water can be extracted from the stem, hence the common name “‘Water

Vine”’.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Mr L. Pedley for preparing the Latin diagnoses. The assistance

of the Directors of Herbaria who very kindly lent specimens and/or allowed me access

to their collections is much appreciated. Mrs H. Winsor and Mrs D. McNamara gave

invaluable assistance with the preparation of the manuscript. My husband was a willing

collector of specimens and organizer of field trips.

References

DESCOINGS, B. (1960). Un genre de Vitacees: comprehension et distinction des genres Cissus L., et Cyphostemma

(Planch.) Alston. Notulae Systematicae (Paris) 16: 113-125.

DOMIN, K. (1927). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 366-370.

GAGNEPAIN, F. (1911). Classification des Cissus et Cayratia. Notulae Systematicae (Paris) 1: 339-343.

JACKES, B.R. (1984). Rainforest Vitaceae. In G.L. Warren & A.P. Kershaw (eds), Australian National Rainforest

Study Report to the World Wildlife Fund (Australia), Volume 1, Proceedings of a Workshop on the Past,

Present and Future of Australian Rainforests, Grifth University, December 1983. Melbourne: Geography

Department, Monash University, for the Australian Conservation Foundation.

JACKES, B.R. res A study of the trichomes of several frequently confused species of Cissus L. (Vitaceae).

Blumea 32: 143-147.

JACKES, B.R. (1987b). Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 2. Cayratia Juss. Austrobaileya 2(4): 365-379.

LATIFF, A. (1982). Studies in Malaysian Vitaceae VI. The Malay Peninsula species of Cissus L. Malayan Nature

Journal 35: 197-207.

LAUTERBACH, C. (1925). Die Vitaceen Papuasiens. Botanische Jahrbucher fur Systematik 59: 505-534.

MULGURA DE ROMERO, M.E. (1978). Revision de las Vitaceas de la Argentina. Darwiniana 21(1): 3-26.

WEBB, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian Rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

This content downloaded from

136.154.22.73 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 01:21:46 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

503

Maps 1-5. |. @ Cissus pentaclada, A C. cardiophylla. 2. C. oblonga. 3. C. antarctica. 4. C. vinosa. 5. C. repens.

This content downloaded from

136.154.22.73 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 01:21:46 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

504

Maps 6-7, 6. @ Cissus rentforniis, @ C. artstata. 7. C. adnata.

S05

* ¢

® a

11 12

@ % =

5 * 4?

gee %e

=, =

g r ‘

Maps 8-12. 8. Cissus hastata. 9. C. penninervis. 10. C. sterculiifolia. 11. C. hypoglauca. 12. C. opaca.

307

Austrobaileya 2(5): 507-514 (1988)

STUDIES ON THE AUSTRALASIAN ASCLEPIADACEAE, IV*

DISCHIDIA R. BR. IN AUSTRALIA

P.I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qid 4067

and D.J. Liddle

P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qid 4880

Summary

An illustrated taxonomic account of Dischidia R. Br. in Australia is given, with notes on the habitat, distribution

and conservation status of the three species recognised. Dimorphic leaf forms are noted and illustrated for D.

ovata Benth.

The genus Dischidia R. Br. was first validly published in Brown (1810a) and not

in Brown (1810b) as listed in Farr et a/. (1979). Brown (1810b) was issued as a preprint

of Brown (1811) and was intended to be simultaneously published with Brown (1810a),

but the Prodromus predates the preprint by some seven days (Mabberley 1985).

Species of Dischidia are widely distributed in India, south-east Asia and New

Guinea with three non-endemic species occurring in the east coast tropics of Australia.

No account of Dischidia in Australia has been provided since that of Bailey (1900). The

extensive revision of Peninsular Malaysian species by Rintz (1980) has resulted in the

change of one epithet for Australian material, plus the placing in synonymy of one name

applied by Bailey (op. cit.).

While a fair number of herbarium collections of Dischidia exist, few are fertile

(at least at BRI). This paper provides descriptions, based on fresh or spirit material, of

the species in Australia.

Materials and Methods

Herbarium material at BRI and photographs of types at BM and K were examined.

The descriptions of the three species are mainly based on live material collected in

northern Queensland.

DISCHIDIA

Dischidia R. Br., Prod. 461 (1810); Asclepiadeae 21 (1810); Trans. Wern. Soc. Nat. Hist.

[32 (1811): Wallich, Pl. as. rar. 2: 35-37 (1831); Decne., Nouv. Ann, Mus. Hist.

Nat., 3: 377 (1834); Decne, in DC., Prod. 8: 631-633 (1844); Wight, Contribut.

43-44 (1834); Endl., Gen. pl. 8: 596 (1838); Walpers, Ann. 3: 63 (1852); Benth.

in Benth. & Hook., Gen. pl. 2: 777-778 (1876); sk etry ‘Nat. Pflanzenfam.

4(2): 288-289 (1897): Schlechter, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 95— 104 (1914); Backer &

Bakhuizen van den Brink, FI. Java 2: 262-265 (1965); Rintz, Blumea 26: 81-126

(1980); Walker, Asklepios 35: 3-11 (1985); Walker, Asklepios 40: 75-80 (1987).

Type: D. nummularia R. Br,

Collyris Vahl, Skr. Naturhist.-Selsk. 6: 109 (1810). Type: not designated.

Conchophyllum Blume, Biydr. 1060 (1826) non A. Schenk (1883). Type: C. wmnbri-

catum Blume (“inbricatum’’)

Leptostemma Blume, Bydr. 1057 (1826). Type: not designated.

Dischidiopsis Schltr. in Perkins, Fragm. fl. Philipp. 128 (1904). Type: not designated.

Epiphytic succulent herbs with white latex. Stems slender, twining; glabrous, hirsute or

tomentose; 1-4 mm diameter. Roots nodal and adventitious or only nodal. Leaves flat

* continued from Austrobaileya 2(5): 451-457 (1988)

508

or lens-shaped in cross-section and ovate or elliptical in outline; or shell-like being

convex and partially hollow in cross-section and orbicular in outline, often occupied by

ants; or pitcher-like in clusters associated with flat, ovate or elongated stems; or flat in

cross-section and oblanceolate in outline; opposite (rarely alternate), margins entire,

glabrous (rarely pubescent), usually with extrafloral nectary at lamina base. Inflorescence

borne between petioles of leaf-pair or terminal; long-lived, a spirally-elongated umbel-

liform raceme bearing up to 10 flowers; single or occasionally with several racemes per

peduncle. Peduncle erect at nodes, flower apices usually either horizontal or upward.

Calyx 5-parted, lobes ovate, acute; usually with nectary in lobe angle. Corolla 5-parted,

valvate in bud, actinomorphic or occasionally slightly zygomorphic, fleshy, narrowly or

broadly urceolate; outer surface smooth and glabrous (rarely muricate or puberulous);

inner surface glabrous or pubescent; corolline corona sometimes present as 5 lobes on

inner surface alternate with corolla lobes, or as annulus in inner throat. Staminal corona

of erect, stalked, hyaline appendages with 2 incurved or reflexed apical lobes; nectary at

base of appendage. Stamens inserted at corolla-tube base, shortly connate at base; anthers

with apical membrane; pollinium in each anthercell solitary, erect, with narrow pellucid

margin; translators oblong, grooved; caudicles broadly triangular. Gynostegium conical

(rarely short-truncate) with conical stigma enclosed by stamens; ovaries free. Follicles

narrowly conical, acuminate, smooth; terete, reniform or semi-terete in cross-section.

Seeds flat, ovate, brown, comose.

Key to Australian species of Dischidia

1. Mature leaves often pitcher-like, corolline corona present ........ ..3. D. major

Mature leaves never pitcher-like, corolline corona absent Jeng as 2

2, Leaves orbicular, mealy-white, not variegated on upper surface 2. D. nummularia

Leaves ovate to lanceolate, not mealy-white, variegated on upper surface 1. D. ovata

1. Dischidia ovata Benth., Lond. J. Bot. 2: 226-227 (1843); Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 1013

(1900); Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing Pl. fig. 83 (1977). Type: New Guinea,

Hinds (holo: K, photo!).

Stems creeping, glabrous, 1 mm diameter. Roots nodal. Leaves 2-5 cm long, 0.5-3.5 cm

wide, fleshy, broadly ovate, light green to brownish, variegated on upper surface, apex

apiculate; petiole 2-9 mm long, 0.75-1 mm diameter. Inflorescence 1-8-flowered on

peduncle to 15 mm long, | mm diameter; raceme single or bifid; pedicels 3 mm long,

1 mm diameter. Calyx lobes 1 mm long, 0.75 mm wide, ovate, glabrous. Corolla 6 mm

long, 4mm diameter, tube inflated, stained with red; lobes ovate, erect, minutely papillate

outside, dotted with white, 2 mm long, | mm wide, reflexed inside with dense ring of

erect white hairs at base; corolline corona absent. Staminal corona of 5 appendages, each

stalked with cordate apex and 2 incurved lobes, 1.75 mm long, 1.5 mm wide. Staminal

column 3 mm long; anther wings | mm long; anther membranes ovate, 0.75 mm long;

stigma conical, 0.25 mm long. Pollinia ca 0.5 mm long, ca 0.2 mm wide; translators ca

0.4 mm long, ca 0.1 mm wide; caudicles ca 0.3 mm long, ca 0.1 mm wide. Follicles

fusiform, semi-terete in cross-section, 55-65 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter; seeds 3-4

mm long, 1-1.45 mm wide, light-brown; coma white, 8-12 mm long. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. Fife Bay, Oct 1930, Lister Turner AQ216510 (BRI); Kwato Is, 1893,

Cowley AQ216511 (BRI). Australia. Queensland. Cook District: E of “Bramwell” Homestead, on Olive River,

Aug 1978, Kanis 2048 (BRI; CANB n.¥.); Upper Massey Ck, ca 15 miles [24 km] a little S of ENE of Coen, Oct

1962, Smith 11888, 11752 (BRI); Saibai Is, Jul 1975, Stocker 1329 (BRD; Thursday Is, Jul 1975, Stocker 1308

(BRI); Rocky River, Sep 1973, Dockrili 709 (BRI); ditto, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9484A (BRI; CANB 2.¥.);

near Portland Rds, Aug 1965, Giftins 1040 AQ216504 (BRI); Claudie River between Portlands Rds and Iron

Range, Oct 1968, Webb & Tracey 8570 (BRI, CANB n.y.); North western fall of McIlwraith Range at head of

Peach Ck, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9828 (BRI; CANB #.¥.); Hammond Is, Jun 1897, Bailey AQ216508 (BRI;

Massey Ck, ca 15 km upstream on Silver Plains Stn, Sep 1979, Clarkson 2595 (BRI); Leo Ck, Jul 1978, Clarkson

2372 (BRI); 12°41’S, 143°10’E, Nov 1984, Liddle 549 (BRI); 13°19’S, 143°29’E, Oct 1986, Liddle 693 (BRI);

13°22’S, 143°20’E, Oct 1986, Liddle 684, 12°44’S, 143°12’E, Oct 1986, Liddle 661 (BRI); Langkelly Ck, 13°53/S,

143°17’E, Nov 1984, Liddle 446 (BRD; ditto, Nov 1984, Liddle 445 (BRI); 12°44’S, 143°17’E, Oct 1986, Liddle

749 (BRI); ditto, Oct 1986, Liddle 750 (BRI). Map 1.

Habitat: D. ovata occurs as an epiphyte on various species of trees and shrubs, in

deciduous vine thickets, semi-evergreen vine forest, dune woodland and riverine rainforest.

S09

Notes and Observations: Australian material of this species may possess dimorphic foliage

(Fig. 1), which can occur on the same plant. Such foliage is a product of the growth

environment and is of no taxonomic significance.

Fig. 1. Dischidia ovata: A. flower, side view X 5. B. flower, apical view X 5. C. flower, side view showing interior

x 5. D. corona, apical view X 5. E. pollinarium X 15. F. shoot with ovate leaves, inflorescence and follicle X

0.5. G. shoot with acute leaves X 0.5, A~F Liddle 445; G Liddle 446.

510

2. Dischidia nummularia R. Br., Prod. 461 (1810); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 345 (1869);

Bailey, Queensl. fl. 5: 1013-1014 (1902); Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing PI.

Fig. 82 (1977); Williams, Native Pl. Queensl. 1: 96-97 (1979); Rintz, Blumea 26:

98-99, fig. 18 (1980). Type: Endeavour River, Banks & Solander (lectotype: BM,

photo!).

Synonyms: See Rintz (/oc. cit.).

Stems filiform, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Roots nodal and adventitious. Leaves

flattened-orbicular, rounded both ends or shortly cuneate at base, with minute apiculus

at apex, mealy-white, 0.7-1.4 cm long, 0.7-1 cm wide; petiole 2~3 mm long, | mm

diameter. Inflorescence 1-6-flowered on peduncle to 1 cm long, 2 mm diameter; raceme

simple; pedicels 4.5-5 mm long, 1 mm diameter, glabrous. Calyx lobes ovate, glabrous,

0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.5 mm wide. Corolla white, 3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm wide; lobes ovate-

acuminate, 2—2.5 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, top 1.5 mm with edges reflexed, ring of

hairs for 0.5 mm below point of reflexing; corolline corona absent. Staminal corona of

5 appendages, each stalked with retuse apex and 2 recurved spathulate lobes, 0.5 mm

long, 0.5 mm wide. Staminal column ca 1.5 mm long; anther wings 0.4 mm long; anther

membrane ovate, 0.5 mm long; stigma conical, 0.25 mm long. Pollinia oblong, ca 0.2

mm long, ca 0.1 mm wide; translators oblong, brown, ca 0.1 mm long, 0.06 mm wide;

caudicles broad-triangular, ca 0.3 mm long, ca 0.1 mm wide. Follicles fusiform, sem1-

terete in cross-section, 2.5-4 cm long, 0.5-0.8 cm diameter, glabrous. Seeds 2-2.5 mm

long, | mm wide; coma white, 10 mm long. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Mabuiag Is, Torres Strait, Apr 1953, Marks & Mackerras

AQ417216 (BRI; 17.9 km by road ENE of Browns Ck towards ‘West Claudie River, Sep 1975, Coveny 7157 &

Hind (BRI; NSW u.y.); Weary Bay near Bloomfield, Aug 1976, Scarth-Johnson 206A (BRI); Jones’ Lagoon near

Cooktown, May 1970, Blake 23235 (BRI); Flying Fish Point, near Innisfail, Nov 1971, Sharpe 27 (BRD); Cooktown,

Jul 1943, Blake 15074 (BRI); Bailey Ck, Oct 1962, Smith 11628 (BRI); Mouth of Daintree River, Tenison- Woods

AQ216500 (BRI); Mulgrave River, undated, Anon. AQ216499 (BRD; Mossman, Sep 1937, Brass & White 330

(BRI); Cairns, Dec 1942, Blake 14774 (BRI); 10 miles [16 km] S of Bathurst Bay, Oct 1970, Hyiand 4670 (BRI);

ca 1S km upstream from the upper crossing at Massey Ck on Silver Plains Stn, Sep 1979, ‘Clarkson 2642 (BRI;

K,PERTH u.¥.); Shiptons Flat, May 1948, Brass 20232 (BRI); Badu Is, Torres Strait, Jan 1980, Garnett 316 (BRI);

13° 53'S, 143°13’E, Nov 1984, ‘Liddle 447 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Ingham, Mission Beach, Oct 1951,

Smith 4885 (BRI): State Forest 702, south bank Murray River near mouth, Oct 1975, Thorsborne 120 (BRI); 60

km NNW of Ingham and 4 km E of Bruce Hwy, Aug 1976, Lazarides 81 17 (BRI; CANB n.v.); near Cardweil,

Sep 1935, Blake 9705 (BRI). Map 2.

Distribution and Habitat: D. nummularia is widely distributed from India across to

Thailand and through peninsular Malaysia into New Guinea and Australia (Rintz 1980).

In Australia (Map 2), the species occurs as an epiphyte, commonly on paperbarks

(Melaleuca spp.) or associated species such as Pandanus and Dillenia alata, rarely on

eucalypts, and predominantly in swampy habitats. Putative use of D. nummutlaria by

ants has been disproved (at least in Malaysia) by Weir and Kiew (1986). Seedling

establishment of D. nummularia has been shown to be optimal on brick fragments and

wood crumbs in comparison to sand (Rahman & Kiew 1986).

3. Dischidia major (Vahl) Merr., Interpr. Herb. amboin. 437 (1917); Rintz, Blumea 26:

92, fig. 6 (1980); Williams, Native Pl. Queensl. 2: 106-107 (1984); based on

Collyris major Vahl, Skr. Naturhist.-Selsk. 6: 460 (1810). Type: Malaya, Koenig

Dischidia rafflesiana Wall.; Pl. as. rar. 2: 35 (1831); Cat. No. 4208 (1831); Bailey,

Queensl. fl. 3: 1014 (1900); Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing Pl. fig. 84 (1977);

Panigrahi, Bangladesh J. Bot. 15: 195-197 (1986). Type: Malaya, Koenig (BM,

photo!).

Dischidia clavata Wall., Pl. as. rar. 2: 36 (1831); Cat. No. 4209 (1831). Type: India,

Attran R., Wallich 4209 (K) (n.y.)

Dischidia timorensis Decne., Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. 3: 377, t. 17 (1834); F.

Muell., Syst. census Austral. pl. (1882); Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 1014 (1900). Type:

Timor (72.¥.}

Dischidia mergiensis Becc., Malesia 2: 264 (1886). Type: Burma, Mergul, Griffith

(K) (7...)

Dischidia bauerlenii Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 40: 2 (1908). Type: Thursday Island,

Bauerlen 99 (B) (1.v.)

Dischidia pubiflora Schltr., Beth. Bot. Centralbl. 34: 11 (1916). Type: Celebes,

Kabetan Island, Schlechter 20686 (B) (7.¥.)

S11

# »

nd S

“f

Fig. 2. Dischidia nummutaria: A. flower, side view X 11. B. flower, apical view X 11. C. flower, side view showing

interior X Il. D. corona, apical view X I!. E. pollinarium X 57. F. shoot with inflorescences & follicles X 0.6.

A-F Liddle 447.

312

Stems thick, glabrous, 3-4 mm diameter. Roots nodal and adventitious. Leaves glabrous,

of two types, either (a) flattened-orbicular, apex acuminate, base cuneate, 2.5-2.7 cm

long, 1.6-1.8 cm wide; petiole 2-3 mm long, | mm diameter; or (b) pitcher-form, 8-10

cm long, 3-4 cm wide, flattened on surface adjacent to host, deep purple inside, base

truncate; petiole 8 mm long, 1.5 mm diameter. Inflorescence 1-4-flowered on peduncle

to 1.5 cm long, 1.5 mm diameter; raceme single or bifid; pedicels 3.5-4 mm long, 1 mm

diameter, glabrous. Calyx lobes ovate, minutely denticulate on margin, 1~1.5 mm long,

1 mm wide. Corolla 3-4 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide; lobes lanceolate-acuminate, 1.5 mm

long, 0.5 mm wide, upper | mm of lobe reflexed with short reflexed hairs on inside;

corolline corona of 5 shallow lobes at base of lobes. Staminal corona of 5 appendages,

each stalked with cordate apex and 2 incurved lobes, 1 mm long, 1 mm wide. Staminal

column 2.5 mm long; anther wings 0.75 mm long; anther membrane ovate, 0.75 mm

long; stigma obtuse, 0.25 mm long. Pollinia ca 0.5-0.6 mm long, ca 0.1-0.2 mm wide:

translators ca 0.3 mm long, ca 0.1 mm wide; caudicles 0.3 mm long, ca 0.1 mm wide.

Follicles fusiform, terete 1n cross-section, glabrous, 4.5-5 cm long, 0.3 cm diameter; seed

2~2.5 mm long, | mm wide; coma white, 13-15 mm long. Fig. 3.

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. Sirinumu area, ca 7 miles [11.2 km] 8S of Sogeri, Sep 1962, Schodde

2913 (BRI; CANB v.¥.); Bisiatabu, Astrolabe Range, Jul/Aug 1918, White 247 (BRI). Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: Near Massey Ck, ca 16 miles [25.6 km] NE of Coen, Oct 1962, Smith 11705, 11925 (BRI);

Thursday Is, May 1893, Cowley AQ216517, 216518 (BRI); ditto, undated, Duff AQ216519 (BRI); Iron Range,

Portland Rd, Apr 1976, Jackes AQ216514 (BRI); Hammond Is, Jun 1897, Bailey AQ216513 (BRI); ca {5 km

upstream from the upper crossing at Massey Ck on Silver Plains Stn, Sep 1979, Clarkson 2640 (BRI); 10 miles

[16 km] NE of Iron Range, Apr 1944, Flecker AQ216490 (BRI); Bamaga, ca 27 km SW of Cape York, Oct 1965,

Smith 12665 (BRI; Bamaga Mission, 11.2 km SW of Cape York, Oct 1965, Snuth 12342 (BRI); Bamaga District,

“Tong Scrub”, S of Cody Hill, May 1962, Webb & Tracey 6090 (BRI; CANB 22..¥.); 13°53’S, 143°1S’E, Nov 1984,

Liddle 448 (BRI). Map 3.

Habitat: Plants of D. major are epiphytic on various hosts and are usually found in

swampy habitats dominated by Melaleuca species.

Notes: D. major is renowned for the remarkable pitcher leaves harbouring ants that have

fascinated various authors (reviewed by Walker 1985).

Conservation status of Australian Dischidia species: All three species are widely distributed

in coastal, north-eastern tropical Queensland and are often locally abundant. Due to

popularity in horticulture, some population destruction is occurring and the continued

collection of material should be discouraged. At this stage none of the Australian species

are endangered.

Acknowledgements

We would like to thank the Director of BRI for access to material and working

space. Dr G.P. Guymer while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew, U.K. located

and photographed various types, for which we are grateful.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1900). Dischidia. In The Queensland Flora 3: 1013-1015. Brisbane: Queensland Government.

BROWN, R. (1810a). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen. New York: J. Cramer.

BROWN, R. ({810b). On the Asclepiadeae. [a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu].

London: R. Brown. [A preprint of Brown 1811].

BROWN, R. (1811). On the Asclepitadeae, a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu.

Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society 1: 12-78.

FARR, E.R., LEUSSINK, J.A. & STARFLEU, F.A. (eds.) (1979). Index Nominum Genericorum Plantarum.

Utrecht/The Hague: Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema/Dr. W. Junk Publishers e. V

MABBERLEY, J. (1985). Jupiter Botanicus —- Robert Brown of the British Museum. Braunshweig: J. Cramer.

RAHMAN, K.A. & KIEW, R. (1986). Optimum substrate for the establishment of the epiphyte Dischidia

nummutaria (Asclepiadaceae). Pertanika 9: 257-259.

RINTZ, R.W. (1980). The peninsular Malayan species of Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae). Bluimea 26: 81-126.

WALKER, C.C. (1985). Dischidia — an introduction to Asclepiad ant plants. Asklepios 35: 3-11.

WEIR, J.S. & KIEW, R. (1986). A reassessment of the relations in Malaysia between ants (Creniatogaster) on

trees (Leptosperniuin and Dacrydium), and epiphytes of the genus Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae) including ‘ant-

plants’. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society 27: 113-132.

513

Pt ee Doll | ee eee

wt a r

oe PO a oe

ae 9 i a

rae a“ 4

ts ws * ‘4

Th oa bane “fs

See gee = *

FP ateeee@nsaset we tees et cesaet eet fe Stee erste earns erm i ttt

™ Wey

hytyytepaybaiies

iew showing

. pitcher leaf

x 7.5. C. flower, side v

h inflorescence X 0,5. G

| view

xX 10. F. shoot wit

, apica

InarFlum

de view X 5. B. flower

x 10. E. poll

. flower,

[ view

0.5. A-G Liddle 448.

. corona, apica

ia majol

ing interior X

Fig. 3. Dischi

interior X 5. D

show

sipamaace

514

J a ay

aes

Map 1. Distribution of Dischidia spp. in northern Queensland. A. D. ovata. B. D. nuniniularia, C. D. major.

S15

Austrobatleya 2(5): 515-516 (1988)

RHODAMNIA PAUCIOVULATA, A NEW SPECIES OF

MYRTACEAE FROM QUEENSLAND

G.P. Guymer

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Rhodamnia pauciovulata is described as new and compared with &. rubescens (Benth.) Mig. It has a restricted

range along the central coast of Queensland.

This paper describes the taxon listed as Rhodamnia sp. A in the key to the

Australian species of Rhodamnia (Guymer & Jessup 1986). The species was previously

known from one inadequate collection (Webb & Tracey 1056 p.p.) held at BRI and K.

Subsequent collections of this taxon by the author in January 1986 have confirmed that

it is a distinct species.

Rhodamnia pauciovulata Guymer, sp. nov.; R. rubescentis (Benth.) Miq. affinis, a qua

foliis ovatis velutinis, inflorescentia unifloris et ovario pauciovulato (8-12) differt.

Typus: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Dryander Creek, 4 km ESE of

Mt Dryander, 20°16’S, 148°36’E, 9 January 1986, G.P. Guymer 2005 (holo: BRI;

iso: BRI,CANB,CBG, DNA, K,L, MEL. MO,NE NSW QRS).

Small trees or shrubs 3-6 m tall; bark red-brown or grey, flaky. Branchlets terete with

grey and brown striped bark, puberulent (hairs simple, erect, 0.15-0.5 mm long),

glabrescent. Lamina ovate, glabrous or with scattered hairs above, velutinous below

(tomentum of simple, white hairs ca 0.1 mm long, interspersed with longer hairs 0.2-0.5

mm long), (1.5)2.5-5.3 cm long, 1.8-4 cm wide; apex acuminate; base broadly cuneate

or truncate; oil glands dense, 1-5 per areole; primary veins 3, suprabasal perfect

acrodromous, laterals 2-4.5 mm from margin; tertiary venation distinct and raised above,

obscure and + flush below; petiole 2-3.5 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, | or 2 per

axil, monads, 10-14 mm long; pedicels sparsely puberulent, 5-11 mm long; pherophylls

and metaxyphylls sparsely puberulent, lanceolate to narrowly triangular, persistent,

0.8-1.1 mm long. Flowers 4-merous; perigynium sparsely puberulent, 0.9-1 mm long

and 0.7-1.1 mm diameter at anthesis: calyx lobes triangular, sparsely puberulent, gla-

brescent, margins ciliate, 1.5—2 mm long, 0,.8-1.2 mm wide. Petals white, oblong-ovate,

glabrous except for ciliate margins, 3-3.6 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide. Stamens 45-54:

filaments white, 1.5-2.5 mm long. Ovary with 2 placentas; summit puberulent; ovules

8-12. Style glabrous, 3.9-5 mm long. Berry + globular, glabrous, ripening black, crowned

by calyx lobes, 4.6-5.4 mm long, 5-7 mm diameter. Seeds 1-7, reniform, slightly

flattened, 2.5- 4 mm long. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DiIsTRict: Headwaters of Dryander Ck, 20°15’S, 148°35’E,

Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 1056 p.p. (BRI,K); Dryander Ck, 4 km ESE of Mt Dryander, 20° ‘16'S, 148° 36’E, Jan

1986, Guymer 2005 (BRI,CANB,CBG,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO, NE, NSW,QRS); Dryander Ck, 20°30’S, 148° SOE, Jan

1986, Perry sn. (BRI); Dryander Ck, about 2 km North of ‘Gregory and about 20 km North of Proserpine,

20°24’S, 148°35’E, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4177 (BRI); 4.5 km along Brandy Ck Forestry rd, 20°21’S, 148°41’E, Jan

1986, Guymer 2009 (BRI); Whitsunday Is., near Hill Islet, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3620 & ‘Dalliston (BRI). SOUTH

KENNEDY District: T.R. 212 Hazeldean, 21° i5’S, 148° 50’E, Sep 1984, Dansie 20170 (QRS).

Distribution: R. pauciovulata has a restricted distribution along the central coast of

Queensland from Dryander Creek, near Proserpine, to Hazeldean.

Habitat: The species occurs in complex notophyll vine forests and vine thickets from

near sea-level to 300 m altitude.

Flowering period: October to January.

Fruiting period: January to March.

Affinities: R. pauciovulata is most closely allied to R. rubescens but is readily distinguished

from this species by its smaller ovate velutinous leaves, 1-flowered inflorescences and

few-ovuled ovary.

516

Conservation status: Rhodamnia pauciovulata is assessed as a vulnerable species (3V)

using the coding system of Leigh ef a/. (1981). The species has a distribution of 125 km

but is known from only four small populations.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the low number of ovules in the ovary compared

to that of R. rubescens (40-80).

Acknowledgements

This work was supported by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources

Study (ABRS). Mr Will Smith provided the line drawings.

References

GUYMER, G.P. & JESSUP, L.W. (1986). New species of Rhodanimia Jack (Myrtaceae) from Australia. Austro-

baileya 2(3): 228-234.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian plants. Australian National

Parks & Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 7. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service.

Fig. 1. Rhodaninia pauciovulata: A. flowering branchlet X 1.5. B. fruiting branchlet x 1.5. C. flower x 4. D,.

abaxial leaf surface X 25. Rhodaminia rubescens: D,. abaxial leaf surface X 25. A,B,C,D, Guymer 2005. D, Guymer

1996,

S17

Austroballeya 2(5}: 517-523 (1988)

THE GENUS MILIUSA LESCHEN. EX A. DC.

(ANNONACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA

L.W. Jessup

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Three species of Mifiusa Leschen. ex A. DC. occur in Australia, viz M. horsfieldii, M. brahei and M. traceyi

which is described as new.

The genus Miliusa Leschen. ex A. DC. with about 40-50 species is treated here

in a broad sense to include the genus Saccopetalum Bennett following Baillon (1871).

Although recognition of Saccopetalum as a separate genus has persisted well into this

century e.g. Kostermans (1952), Hutchinson (1964), the majority of authors have accepted

the broader concept of Miliusa, e.g. Ast(1938), Sinclair (1955), Fries(1959). Pollen-

morphology studies of Walker (1971) provide additional support for inclusion of Sac-

copetalum in Miliusa.

_ The rather arbitrary division of Miliusa by Finet and Gagnepain (1907) into two

sections based on ovule number is not accepted here in view of the variation in the

number of ovules found even in carpels of the one flower.

Measurements of flowers and fruit in this account are taken from material preserved

In spirit.

MILIUSA

Miliusa Leschen. ex A. DC., Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve 5: 213 (1832). Type: Miliusa

indica Leschen. ex A. DC.

Saccopetalum Bennett, Pl. jav. rar. 165 (1840). Type: Saccopetalum horsfieldii Bennett

Trees, usually deciduous in the dry season and with axillary buds protected by scales.

New leaves developing with or shortly after the flowers. Flowers mostly hermaphrodite,

solitary or in twos or threes or in cymose fascicles terminating short axillary shoots,

usually from axils of previous years’ leaves; an axillary bud of a leaf or bract below the

flowers frequently growing on to become a leafy shoot. Sepals 3, free, valvate. Outer

petals 3, sepaloid, valvate. Inner petals 3, valvate, much larger than sepals and outer

petals, saccate to various degrees near the base, frequently remaining lightly coherent

near the base until falling separately after anthesis. Torus nearly spherical, usually pilose

between stamens and carpels. Stamens few or numerous, sometimes a few outer ones

considerably smaller than inner ones; anthers on short broad filaments, connective shortly

produced above the anther cells but not concealing them. Ovaries + flask-shaped, the

peripheral ones deformed and incurved at apex. Stigmas usually capitate, sessile. Ovules

few or many, biseriately superposed. Monocarps ovoid or globose, 1- to several-seeded.

Seeds transverse, ellipsoid with a longitudinal groove.

Distribution: The genus is distributed through India, Sri Lanka, Burma, Indo-China,

Malesia and Australia.

Key to Species

1. Inner petals mostly 30-38 mm long. Pedicels at flowering usually <15

mm long. Monocarps 15-35 mm X 15-20 mm __... .. 1. M. horsfieldi

Inner petals mostly 13-16 mm long. Pedicels at flowering usually > 15

mm long. Monocarps 9-18 mm X 10-14 mm ......... ae aRy ome sc 2 2

2. Inner petals ovate, 6-8 mm wide. Stamens about 36. Ovaries about 26 2. M. brahei

Inner petals oblong-ovate, acute, 4-3 mm wide. Stamens about 12. Ovaries

about 12 . | oe ab a match “oly eh ie Te wl en Gienedeee an £4... Seo rapes

518

1. Miliusa horsfieldii (Bennett) Baillon ex Pierre, Fl. forest. Cochinch. sub pl. 38 (1881).

Saccopetalum horsfieldii Bennett, Pl. Jav. rar. 165, pl. 35 (1840). Type: province of

Banyumas, Java, in 1814, 7. Horsfield (holo: BM) not seen, photogr. BRI.

Tree to 30 m high and 60 cm d.b.h., sometimes with a fluted stem. Outer bark flaky,

grey-brown. Shoots densely covered with antrorse shining slightly tortuous pale brown

hairs, glabrescent. Leaf lamina lanceolate or oblanceolate, acuminate or acute, sometimes

with a rounded tip, 4—14(-22) cm X 2.5-4(-6) cm, glabrescent except for hairs persisting

along midvein on adaxial surface, base obtuse or rounded, slightly asymmetric; midvein

shallowly channelled above, secondary veins mostly 6-9 pairs, not prominent; tertiary

venation reticulate, inconspicuous. Petiole 2-4 mm long, with persistent hairs. Flowers

solitary or in pairs; pedicels 5-15 mm long at anthesis, pubescent and with vestigial

submedial bract. Sepals ovate, 4-5 mm X ca 2 mm, pubescent outside and inside,

acuminate, truncate at base, margins incurved. Outer petals narrowly ovate to oblong-

ovate, 5-6 mm X 1-1.5 mm, pubescent outside and inside, acute with a rounded tip,

margins incurved. Inner petals lanceolate, broadly saccate, 30-42 mm X 12-18 mm,

with margins recurved and apex twisted, puberulent outside, more densely so inside

near apex but glabrous towards base and along centre line, bearing 10-12 longitudinal

veins connected throughout their length by a reticulum of finer veins, the midvein inside

corresponding with a central glabrous stripe with a verruculate surface that widens

towards and stops at the base of the pouch. From the base of the pouch the petal narrows

to a 2.5-3 mm wide claw that is smooth to slightly ridged on the inside. Central stripe

and base of pouch inside red, elsewhere green or yellow-green mottled with red. Stamens

ca 48, 1.2-1.3 mm long, outwardly and upwardly curved. Carpels ca 23. Ovaries slightly

curved, bearing a few scattered hairs and blotched with red-brown pigment. Stigma

capitate, sometimes with a few hairs. Ovules mostly 6-8, occasionally 2, 4 or 10. Ripe

monocarps ellipsoid or subglobular, 20-35 mm xX 17-20 mm, on stipes 10-20 mm long.

Seeds usually 2-5; testa smooth. Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: W Java. Bantam, near waterfall (Bitung) of Tjidanau near Lake Oanau, July 1961, Kostermans

19012 (BRI). (Distributed as Polyalthia sp.). Queensland, Cook District: Lockerbie Scrub, Bamaga, 10°45/S,

143°30’E, Sep 1974, Webb & Tracey 13365 (BRD; Chili Beach track off Portland Road, 12°39’S, 143°23’E, Nov

1986, Jessup 773 (BRI); Gordon Creek, Iron Range, 12°45’S, 143°15’E, Aug 1972, Irvine 238 (BRI,QRS); Claudie

River, 12°45’S, 143°15’E, Oct 1972, Dockrill 544 (BRILORS); ditto, Hyland 6408 (BRI, QRS); ditto, Jan 1973,

Hyland 6640 (BRI, QRS); 12°4-’S, 143°1-’E, Oct 1968, Webb & Tracey 8317 (BRI); Quintil Creek, Lockhart

River Aboriginal Reserve, 12°50’S, 143°22’E, Nov 1977, Webb & Tracey 13363 (BRI); T.R. 14 Massy, 13°54’S,

143°25’E, Nov 1980, Hyland 10852 (BRI,QRS); Rocky River, 13°55’S, 143°30’E, Sep 1971, Hyland 2544 R.F.K.

(BRI,QRS); Mt Webb near Starke Station Homestead, 15°03’S, 145°05’E, Aug 1974, Webb & Tracey 13361 (BRI);

MclIvor River, 15°07’S, 145°08’E, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 7788 (BRI); ditto, Jul 1976, Webb & Tracey 13366

(BRI); 15°10’S, 145°0S’E, Nov 1972, Hyland 6563 (BRI,QRS); between Starke Station and Hopevale, 15°12’S,

145°O8’E, Aug 1974, Webb & Tracey 13362 (BRI); between Mclvor River and Hopevale, 15°13’S, 145°08’E, Jul

1976, Webb & Tracey 13364 (BRI); Carol Creek crossing on Cooktown—Hopevale road, 15°17’S, 145°05’E, Aug

1976, Webb & Tracey 12686 (BRI), Carol Creek road crossing, NW of Hopevale Mission, 15°17’S, 145°04’E, Dec

1984, Jessup 644 (BO,BRI,CAL,CBG,IBSC,SAN,U,W),; 1/2 mile [0.8km] W of Cedar Bay, May 1969, Hebb &

Tracey AQ 210485 (BRI); Gap Creek between Ayton and Rossville on C.R.E.B. road, May 1969, Webb & Tracey

8729 (BRI); Shipton’s Fiat on Tin Mine Road, 15°45’S, 145°10’E, May 1969, Smith 14369 (BRI); Shipton’s Flat

between Rossville and Mt Finnigan, May 1969, Webb & Tracey 9018 (BRI); near sawmill at Ayton, Bloomfield

River area, 15°56’S, 145°26’E, May 1969, Webb & Tracey 8810 (BRI; Bloomfield River, no date, Webb & Tracey

7735 (BRI); Bloomfield, 15°S7’S, 145°20’E, Dec 1982, Sankowsky 226 & Sankowsky (BRD; ditto, 227 (BRI); near

China Camp on road north to Bloomfield River, {5°58’S, 145°12’E, Jun 1973, Webb & Tracey 13347 (BRD;

Chapman’s Corner, W catchment of Bloomfield River, 15°59’S, 145°16’E, Dec 1984, Jessup 656 (BRI); Headwaters

of Woobadda River on Cape Tribulation to Bloomfield road, 15°59’S, 145°24’E, Nov 1984, Jessup 622

(A,BRL.CANB,DNA,K,L,MEL,MO,NSW,QRS,U); Timber Camp Road, on road between Daintree and Bloomfield

River via China Camp, [6°OI’S, 145°20’E, Aug 1972, Webb & Tracey 12058 (BRD; near Donovan Creek, approx

3 km N of Emmagen Creek on Cape Tribulation to Bloomfield road, 16°01’S, 145°26’E, Nov 1984, Jessup 616

(BRI); T.R. 165, Baird L.A. (Timbercamp Creek), 16°02’S, 145°16’E, Sep 1980, Hyland 10672 (BRI,QRS);

Brinsmead Road, near Cairns, [6°55’S, 145°43’E, Dec 1977, Webb & Tracey 13735 (BRI).

Habitat and Distribution: This species occurs as a canopy tree mostly in semideciduous

mesophyll vine forest to a dry form of complex notophyll vine forest on various soil

types but most frequently on riverine alluvia. It has been recorded from Java and

ee where it is distributed from Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York Peninsula, to

alrns.

Affinities: There appears to be some similarity with M. longiflora (J.D. Hook. & Thomson)

James Sincl. from India but analysis of this postulated relationship is beyond the scope

of this paper.

Notes: The Australian material on which the above description is based extends the

hitherto known variability of the species. It is not considered sufficient variation to

watrant formal taxonomic recognition. In the following table dimensions for the Javanese

material are taken from Backer and Bakhuizen van den Brink (1963).

eR Re fe ee fe eee eee ee eee yee eo nn nee oe cennpaemenee’onpsnenapmasaenemonsons Te dtatante Stat ty Tate tet Dp tatat BP taregt ate eee eeaeeeee mmeeeea seen erent

. branchlet

E Jessup 820.

. fraceyl

D Perry s.n. May 1986

B Hyiand 6640; C Young 437;

A. branchlet with flowers and partly expanded leaves X 1. B. monocarps X 1. AZ,

. branchlet with flowers and partly expanded leaves X 1. D. monocarps * |. Mf

th monocarps X |. A Jessup 622

i’

sfield

Fig. 1. Miliusa hor

brahe

ee nen ee eee eee eee eee ee ee eT Ee EEE PTET Tee eee Fe ee EEE De EE BEET EEE EE EEE EEE TEE MEE EEE EEE EEE EE EoEE Ene EE EEE ee ie EE ne EERE SSI 2 BE eee 2 Fe Beet gone eee peed Big ered 8 oye Seen een eed foe EE gE gE EEE a eee AUT Tee SENSE athe Se SNS ess eb eh ey Se TR SD TSE ETE ESTEE DRY BLDG Deg Se epee ee Pee

520

Java Australia

petiole 2.5-5 mm long 2-4 mm long

pedicel 10-35 mm long 5~15 mm long

sepals ovate, acute, 2-4 mm long Ovate, acuminate, 4-Smm

long

outer petals “shghtly longer than sepals” 5-6 mm long

inner petals 25-45 mm X 10-25 mm 30-42 mm X 12-18 mm

2. Miliusa brahei (F. Muell.) Jessup, Austrobaileya 2(3): 227 (1986).

Saccopetalum brahei F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 159 (1874). Type: near Port Denison,

Qld, E. Fitzalan (holo: MEL; iso: BRIL.K,NSW)

Tree to 15 m high and 40 cm d.b.h. Outer bark flaky, dark grey-brown. Shoots with

antrorse shining pale brown hairs, glabrescent. Leaf lamina elliptic or ovate, acute or

acuminate, rarely obtuse, 4—-12(-14) cm x 1.5—4(-—5) cm, glabrescent except for semi-

erect hairs frequently persisting along midvein on abaxial surface, base acute or obtuse

to rounded; midvein slightly raised above; secondary veins mostly 7-10 pairs, thin and

inconspicuous; tertiary venation reticulate, inconspicuous. Petiole 1~3 mm long with

persistent hairs. Flowers solitary or two together developing sequentially. Leafy axis

below the flowers proximally adherent to peduncle for about 2 mm. Pedicels 30-60 mm

long at anthesis, sparsely puberulent and usually with a vestigial bract ca 10 mm above

the articulation. Sepals ovate, 1.7-2 mm long, pubescent outside, glabrous inside. Outer

petals narrowly boat-shaped, 2.8-3 mm X 0.3-0.4 mm, pubescent outside and inside.

Inner petals ovate, 13-15 mm X 6-8 mm, glabrescent outside, glabrous inside, puberulent

along margins, yellow-green with a central red stripe inside which widens at the supra-

basal pouch; margins and apices recurved; pouch ca 5 mm wide. Stamens ca 36, 0.7-1

mm long, outwardly and upwardly curved; connective slightly produced above the

anthers. Ovaries ca 26, slightly curved, bearing a few scattered appressed hairs. Stigma

capitate, minutely papillose and covered in a gelatinous exudate. Ovules 4-6. Ripe

monocarps subglobular-ellipsoid, 10-18 mm x 10-14 mm, on stipes 5~15 mm long,

deep purple when ripe. Seeds in 2 rows; testa almost smooth. Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. WEST KIMBERLEY: Eastern Walcott Iniet, 4km S of junction of Neville

Creek and Calder River, 16°21’S, 124°58’E, May 1983, Kenneally 8748 (BRD; 2km E of junction of Charnley and

Calder Rivers, 16°23’S, 124°59’E, May 1983, Milewski 96 (BRI). Northern Territory. Meiville Island, May 1966,

Stocker AQ210576 (BRD): Banjo Jungle, Snake Bay, Melville Island, |1°28’S, 130°32’E, May 1978, Tracey 14056

(BRI,LDNA,QRS), Ginger Palmer’s Camp, Fright Point, E of Darwin, 12° 12'S. 130°55E, May 1978, Webb &

Tracey 12475 (BRI); Casuarina, Darwin, 12°18/S, 130°55’E, Dec 1973, Parker 312 (DNA): Lee Point, [2°21’S,

130°54’E, Sep 1984, Wightman 1668 (BRI,;CANB); Buffalo Creek, Darwin, 12°21’S, 130°55’E, Sep 1974, Dunlop

3632 (BRILDNA); Mindi Beach, Darwin, [2°26’S, 130°50’E, Sep 1984, Wightinan 1674 (BRI,CANB,DNA); Mar

1971, Byrnes 2088 (DNA); near Darwin, Jun 1963, Webb AQ210559 (BRD; Woolner, Whitestone Creek, 12°30’S,

131°28’E, Nov 1978, Cousins {58 (DNA,BRI}, Whitestone Creek, 2 km W of Woolner Road, 12°32’S, 131°28’E,

Oct 1978, Rankin 1515 (BRI,DNA), ditto, 1517 (DNA); Rum Jungie, 13°00’S, 131°00’E, Nov 1973, Forster (DNA);

Home Hill on Woolaning—Channel Point road, N of Daly River, 13°05’S, 130°20’E, May 1978, Tracey 14042

(BRI); 13°15’S, 130°10’E, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12753 (BRI); Home Hill, Wapait Reserve, Nov 1972, Hearne

278 (DNA); S of “Bushman’s Camp”, N of Channel Point, N of Daly River, 13°12’S, 129°S8’E, May 1978. Webb

& Tracey 12876 (BRD; 13°15’S, 129°S8'E, Webb & Tracey 12750 (BRI); Buffalo Creek, 13°21/S, 130°54’E sep

1984, Brock AQ421016 (BRI). Queensland. Cook District: Iron Range, 12°39'S, 143°22’E, Oct 1983, Sankowsky

269 & Sankowsky (BRD; Chili Beach track off Portland Road, 12°39'S, 143°23’E, Nov 1986, Jessup 772 (BRI);

Dowlings Hill on Mt Amos road, S of Cooktown, 15°38’S, 145° 19E, Jun 1973, Webb & Tracey 11884 (BRI);

approx 1 km §S of village at 4 Mile. Beach, S of Port Douglas, 16°32’S, 145°28’E, Dec 1982, Jessup

551(BRILCAL,IBSC,L,MO,U,PERTH). NortTH KENNEDY District: Port Denison, no date, Fitzalan AQ332779

(BRI,KK,MEL,NSW); Airlie Beach, 20°17’S, 148°44’E, Nov 1981, Young 437 (BRLK,L,PERTH,U); Shute Harbour

near Proserpine, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 7965 (BRI). SOUTH KENNEDY District: Orchid Valley, 20°30’S,

148°S0’E, May 1986, Perry (BRI); Cape Hillsborough, 20°55’S, 149°00’E, Mar 1976, Schulz 177 (QRS); Turtle

Bay, Carlisle and 35 km N of Mackay, 20°47’S, 149°17’E, Sep 1986, Shar ‘pe 4409 & Ratianoff (BRI).

Habitat and Distribution: This species is found associated with several types of rainforest

but most commonly in semi-evergreen and semideciduous notophyll vine forest on a

variety of soil types but frequently on alluvia and coastal sand. It is distributed from

the Kimberley District, Western Australia (tentative determination as no fertile specimens

have been seen), NE Northern Territory and NE Queensland south to the vicinity of

Mackay.

521

es i RX

we ie SS

WS r y 3

aS arts

ee el

ro T u

Se ee

eke

peri —*.

CEN

£,

gre al

5 a

+ a

ee eel

00 fabbbbbbgqepequiudeasidchape

+ *

F *

oblate

ig. 2. Miliusa brahei: A. flowers x 2. B. L.S. monocarp, seeds uncut X 2. C. flower with I inner petal removed

.M. horsfieldii: D. L.S. monocarp, seeds uncut X 2. E. flower with | inner petal removed and [ cut longitudinally

3. M. traceyt: F. flowers X 2. G. L.S. monocarp, seeds uncut X 2. H. flower with i inner petal removed X 3.

C Jessup 551; B Perry s.n. May 1986; D Hyland 6640; E Jessup 622; F,H Hyland 10927; G Jessup 820.

522

Affinities: This species has apparently some affinity with AZ. koolsii (Kosterm.) James

Sincl. from New Guinea but that species has much smaller flowers although the pedicels

are of comparable length. AZ. vidalii James Sincl. from the Philippines is possibly also

related.

3. Mihusa traceyi Jessup, sp. nov.

Arbor usque 12 m alta. Innovationes pilis adpressis et sernierectis nitidis pallido-brunneis

obsitae. Lamina ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel rotundata interdum acuta vel leviter

acuminata, 4~10(-13) cm longa et 2-7 cm lata, supra puberulenta infra pubescentia,

glabrescentia. Lamina basi obtusa vel rotundata raro leviter cordata. Petiolus 1-4 mm

longus, pilis paucis persistentibus obsitus. Flores in fasciculis alii post alios vel duo simul

maturescentes. Pedicelli 15-30 mm longi pubescentes. Sepala ovata, 2-2.7 mm longa et

1.5-1.8 mm lata, exter pubescentia, intra glabra. Petala exteriora oblongo-ovata navi-

culiformia 2.5-3 mm longa et 0.8-1 mm lata, exter et intra pubescentia. Sepala et petala

exteriora ante anthesin cadentia. Petala interiora oblongo-ovata, 13-16 mm longa et 4-6

mm lata, exter sparse pubescentia intra sparse puberulenta; margines dense puberulenti

recurvi; saccus supra-basalis 2.5~3 mm latus. Stamina circa 12, octo interiora 0.7-0.8

mm longa quatour exteriora parviora. Ovaria plerumgue |1 vel 12, glabra, intrinsecus

curva. Stigma capitatum. Ovula 2 vel 3. Monocarpia matura subglobula 9-15 mm longa

et 10-14 mm lata, rubra; stipites 5-7 mm longi. Semina 1 vel 2. Typus: Serre

Cook District: Massy Creek, 13°545’S, 143°33’E, 14 November 1980, Hyland 10927

(holo: BRI; iso: QRS)

Tree to 12 m high and 20 cm d.b.h. Outer bark finely fissured, light brown. Shoots with

appressed and semi-erect, shining, pale brown hairs, glabrescent. Leaf lamina ovate or

elliptic, obtuse or rounded, sometimes acute or slightly acuminate, 4-10(-13) cm x

2—5(-6.5) cm, puberulent with semi-erect hairs on adaxial surface, pubescent below,

glabrescent, base obtuse or rounded, rarely slightly cordate; midvein flat or slightly raised

above; secondary veins mostly 6-8 pairs, thin and inconspicuous, frequently with

intersecondary veins. Tertiary venation reticulate. Petiole 1-4 mm long with a few

persistent hairs. Flowers in fascicles, only 1 or 2 maturing at one time, the remaining

buds usually aborting if fertilization 1s successful. Pedicels 15~30 mm long at anthesis,

pubescent, with a basal articulation; submedial bract usually absent. Sepals ovate, 2~2.7

mm x 1.5-1.8 mm, pubescent outside, glabrous inside. Outer petals oblong-ovate, boat-

shaped, 2.5-3 mm xX 0,8-1 mm, pubescent outside and inside. Sepals and outer petals

falling before anthesis. Inner petals oblong-ovate, acute, 13-16 mm X 4-6 mm, sparsely

pubescent outside, sparsely puberulent inside, more densely so along margins, green or

greenish yellow; margins recurved; sub-basal pouch 2.5~-3 mm wide. Stamens ca 12;

usually 8 inner ones fully developed, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 4 outer ones smaller and

undeveloped. Ovaries usually 11 or 12, glabrous, curved inwards. Stigma capitate. Ovules

2 or 3. Ripe monocarps red, subglobular, 9-15 mm * 10-14 mm, stipes 5-7 mm long.

Seeds 1 or 2, ellipsoid if single or deformed on one face 1f paired. Figs 1 & 2.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Gunn Point area, 12°09°S, 131°OVE, Nov 1978, Rankin 1578 (DNA);

beach just W of mouth of E Alligator River, 12°12’S, 132°15’E, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12199 (BRD; 5km W

of Oenpelli, 12°20’, 133°00’", May 1980, Sniptie AQ349458 (BRI); Cannon Hill, Dec (972, Byrnes 2838 CDNA);

near Cahill’s Crossing, E Alligatar River, 12°30’S, [33°0Q0°E, May 1978, H’ebb & Tracey 12498 (BRI); § Alligator

Motor Inn, SE corner of Kapalaga, on Arnhem Land highway, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12497 (BRD; Granite

Hill, NW of Gwyder, [2°50’S, 131°32’E, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12496 (BRI); Mt Bundey ore area, Oct 1968,

Byrnes S40 (DNA); Mt Bundey Mine area, Dec [968, Byrnes 1203 CONA); Koolpin Creek, 13°29/S, [32°2F,

Nov 1978, Rankin 1623 CDNA) 33km N along Pine Creek~Jabiru road, [3°41'S, 132°02’7E, Dec 1983, Russef-

Sputh 868 (BRD: Limestone Arch, Douglas River, 13°47/S, 131°20°E, Oct 1974, Parker 509 (BRI, DNA): Daly

River at Claravale, 14°22’S, 131°33‘E, Dec 1978, Rankin 1675 (DNA); [6 mile Cave Reserve, S of Katherine,

14°45’S, 132°20°E, May 1978, Webb & Tracey 12193 (BRD. Queensland. Coox District: Bamaga, Cape York

Peninsula, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 8029 (BRD; Batavia (Wenlock) River, no date, Hey 230 (BRI): Evans Landing

road to Lake Patricia, Weipa, 12°29’S, [41°50°E, Nov 1986, Jessup 820 (BRD; Portland Roads, 12°36’S, 143°24’E,

Oct 1983, Sankowsky 275 & Sankowsky (BRD; Chili Beach track off Portland Road, 12°39’S, 143°237’°F, Nov 1986,

Jessup 774 (BRD; Weipa Concession, Marmoss Creek, 12°40’S, 142°05’E, Sep 1974, Dockrill 854 (BRI,QRS);

Myall Creek crossing on main Weipa road, E of Weipa, 12°44’S, 142°1S’E, Nov 1986, Jessup 822 (BRI); Merluna

Downs Station, 50 miles [80km] S of Weipa, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 7897 (BRI}; Aurukun Mission Station,

Oct 1962, Webb & Tracey 7037 (BRD; Archer River, 13°25’S, 142°10’E, Sep 1974, Hyland 7588 (BRLOQRS);

13°26'S, 142°57’E, Oct 1983, Sarkowsky 253 & Sankowsky (BRD; 13°27'S, 142°58’E, Nov 1986, Jessup 831 CBRD;

Peach Creek crossing on Coen~Leo Creek Road, {3°40’S, 143°L0’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9970 (BRI); Archer

Bend, Archer River, 13°50’S, 142°L1’E, Sep 1974, Tracey 14249 (BRI): Archer River, Merapah Station, Sep 1981,

Smyth MP22.3 (BRD, T.R. 14 Massy, 13°54’S, 143°25‘E, Nov 1980, Hyland 10908 (BRI,QRS); near TUR. 9

(Lankelly Creek-Pandanus Creek), [3°5S’S, 143°20°E, Sep 1971, Hyland 2536 R.F.K. (BRLQRS): Massy Creek,

13°S9S, 143°39’E, Nov 1980, Hyland 10927 (BRI,QRS); I km 8 of Cape Keerweer, 13°56’S, 141°28’E, Oct 1978,

523

Sprpth AKS2.1 (BRD; near Coen, Cape York Peninsuia, in 1962, H’ebbh & Tracey 8034 (BRLORS):; Stewart River,

13°S9’'S, 143° 14’E, Nov 1986, Jessep 834 (BRD; lOkm S$ of Xmas Creek, S of Holroyd River, 14°24’S, 141°34E,

Sep 1974, Tracey 14247 (BRD: just N of Musgrave on Peninsula Development Road, 14°46’S, 143°30’E, Nov

1986, Jessup 835 (BRI), Laura River crossing just S of cold Laura Station Homestead, 15°21’S, 144°27’E, Oct

i981, Tracey 14040 CARD.

Habitat and Distribution: This species is found in semi-evergreen and semideciduous

mesophyll and notophyll vine forests and deciduous vine thickets mostly on alluvial

soils along river banks or on red earths or associated with granite outcrops. It is

distributed in NE Northern Territory and in Queensland from Cape York Peninsula S

to around Lakeland Downs.

Affinities: This species differs from the other two Australian species by the much fewer

stamens and carpels, mostly fewer ovules in each ovary and markedly different perianth.

It does not appear to be closely related to any named species in the Malesian region.

Etymology: I have much pleasure in naming this species after Mr J.G. (Geoff) Tracey

whose early encouragement and advice was instrumental in my undertaking taxonomic

studies of Annonaceae.

Excluded Species

Miliusa bidwillti (Benth.) R.E. Fries, Ark. Bot. n.s. 3: 42 (1955), based on Saccopetalum

“peru Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 53 (1863). This is Fitzalania heteropetala (F. Muell.) F.

Muell.

Acknowledgements

Mr W. Smith produced the line drawings, Dr G. Guymer photographed specimens

at BM and L and Mr R.J.F. Henderson commented on the manuscript.

References

AST, 5. (1938). Flore generale de i’Indo-Chine !(1} suppl.: 59-123. Paris: Masson.

BACKER, CA. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK JR., R.C. (1963). Flora of Java 1: 109. Groningen, The

Netherlands: N.¥.P, Noordhoff.

mien spook H. (1871). The Natural History of Plants 1: 235-237. Translated by M.M. Hartog, London: L. Reeve

FINET, E.A. & GAGNEPAIN, F. (1907). Contributions a la flore de Asie orientale 2: 55-170. Coulommiers:

Paul Brodard.

FRIES, R.E. (£959). Die Naturlichen Planzenfamilien 17a: 1-171. Berlin: Duncker & Humbiot.

HUTCHINSON, J. (1964). The Genera of Flowering Plants. Dicotyledons. 1: 71-108. London: Oxford University

Press.

KOSTERMARS, A.J.G.H. (1952). Notes on New Guinea Plants IV. Reivardtia 1(4). 459-461.

SINCLAIR, J. (1955). A revision of Malayan Annonaceae. The Gardens Bulletin, Singapore 14(2). 149-516.

WALKER, J.W. (9171). Pollen morphology, phytogeography, and phylogeny of the Annonaceat. Contributions

from the Gray Herbarium No. 202.

525

Austrobaiieya 2(5): 325-527 (1988).

STUDIES ON THE AUSTRALASIAN ASCLEPIADACEAE, V*

CYNANCHUM CARNOSUM (R. BR.) SCHLTR.

AND ITS SYNONYMY

P.I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

The synonymy associated with ‘Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schitr. is clarified. A lectotype for Oxystelma

carnosum R. Br. is selected.

Robert Brown (1810) described under the genus Oxpstelmia, the species O. car-

nosum, It is commonly distributed in littoral communities along the coastline of most

of subtropical and tropical Australia and is also found in Java, Papua New Guinea, the

Philippines and peninsular Malaysia.

There appears to have been considerable confusion in the taxonomic literature

pertaining to the Australian and Javan regions as to both the generic placement and

correct author citation of this species. For example, Green (1985) cites both “Cynanchum

carnosum (R. Br.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89): 1085 (1928) and “Ischnostemma

carnosum (Schlidl.) Merr, & Rolfe, Philipp. J. Sci. 3: 121 (1908) as occurring in Western

Australia, Jacobs and Pickard (1981) list “Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Domin” for

New South Wales, Duniop (1987) lists “Ischnostemmma carnosum (Schltr.) Merr. & Rolfe”

for the Northern Territory; and Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink (1965) list “Ischnos-

temma carnosum (Schitr.) Merr. & Rolfe” for Java. The only recent account to correctly

list the author citation and synonomy, albeit under Ischnostemma carnosum, is that of

Stanley and Ross (1986).

As outlined quite clearly by Merrill and Rolfe (1908), King and Gamble (1907)

described the genus [schnostemma with J. selangorica King & Gamble, based on specimens

from the Philippines, as the type species. One of these specimens (but not the type) had

been determined independently by Schlechter (1904) as Oxystelima carnosum R. Br.

Schlechter (/oc. cit.) transferred the taxon to Cynanchum (as C. carnosum (R., Br.) Schltr.)

noting that it had been placed in Vincetoxicum by Bentham (1869). Domin (1928) later

also effected the transfer to Cynanchum, being apparently unaware of the Schlechter

combination. The Index Kewensis for that period incorrectly sts the Domin combination

under Cynanchum, having not listed the earlier one made by Schlechter.

To further complicate matters, Index Kewensis lists a “Cynanchum carnosum

Hort. ex Decne, in DC. Prod. 8: 550 [= Hoya carnosa (L.) R. Br.]”. However reference

to Decaisne (1844) reveals that he did not accept the name under Cynanchum but

included the epithet under a ‘species exclusae’ section.

Cynanchum is a large genus in the Asclepiadaceae and contains many distinctive

species groups, some of which have been recognised in various subgeneric (Woodson

1941) or sectional (Tsiang & Li 1974) classifications. Given this large variability within

the genus as so defined, the recognition of segregate genera is probably futile until a

monographic account is undertaken.

King and Gamble (1907) did not list any distinguishing features for their genus

Ischnostemmma and there are no characters by which it can be delimited from Cynanchum

L., especially in the broad sense favoured by Woodson (1941). It is worth noting that

Schlechter, who was not known for his conservative approach to the generic taxonomy

of the Asclepiadaceae (see for example the various generic synonyms of Brachystelma

Sims, fide Forster in press), did not consider the species as being distinct enough from

Cynanchum to warrant a separate genus.

* continued from Austrobaileya 2(5): 507-514 (1988)

526

C. carnosum is not significantly different from other taxa of Cynanchum with

regard to either floral or vegetative features. One noticeable character by which C.

carnosum does differ from other Australasian species of Cynanchum is the apparent

absence of extrafloral nectaries from the leaf lamina base. This feature is probably over-

rated as it may vary within species in other genera such as Hoya R. Br. (Forster unpubl.

data). C. carnosum should be merely regarded as a littoral species of an otherwise

rainforest or woodland genus and is best placed in the section Vincetoxicum (Wolf)

Tsiang & Li. Adequate descriptions of the species may be found in Stanley and Ross

(1986) or Wilhams (1984) under Jschnostemma.

The relevant synonymy is as follows:

Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schitr. in Perkins, Fragm. Flor. Phihpp. 120 (1904).

Oxystelma carnosum R. Br., Prod. 462 (1810). Lectotype (designated here): Island

a [Sweer’s Island, Gulf of Carpentaria], Nov 1802, Brown s.n. (ecto: BM, two

sheets, photo!).

Vincetoxicum carnosum (R. Br.) Benth., FL austral. 4: 331 (1869).

Ischnostemma carnosum (R. Br.) Merrill & Rolfe, Philipp. J. Sci. 3(3): 121 (1908).

Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89): 1085 (1928), noz1.

superfl,

Ischnostemma selangorica King & Gamble, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Pt. 2 Nat. Hist.

74: 532 (1907). Type: Selangor, at Kwala Selangor, Ridley 7564 (n.v.)

Pentatropis novoguineensis Valeton (novo-guieensis ), Bull. Dep. Agric. Indes Neer.

10: 49 (1907) fide van Steenis & Bakhuizen van den Brink, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 86:

385~401 (1967). Type: Atasrip 96 (71.¥.)

Selected specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. Daru Is, Western Division, Mar 1936, 8rass 6328 (BRD).

Australia. Western Australia. SE of Cape Londonderry, north Kimberley, 13°53’S, [27°04¢E, Aug 1975, George

[3354 (BRI). Northern Territory. Elcho Is, 11°58’S, 135°37/—E, Jul 1975, Maconochie 2175 (BRI, CANB,DNA,K,L,NT

¥.j. Queensland. Cook District: Mission River, Weipa area, 12°35/S, L4b°37E, Jun 1978, Willianis 78087

(BRD. Burke District: Normanton, Aug 1943, Blake 15118 (BRI). NortTH KenNeEpY Disrricr: Track to Swamp

Bay. Conway Range N.P., Shute Harbour, 20°17’S, 148°47’E, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4120 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY

District: Penrith Is, 2°OUS, 149°5S4’E, Nov 1986, Batianeff 6056 & Hegerl (BRI). Port Curtis District: South

Percy Is, Mar 1906, Tryen AQ216614(BRI). Wipe Bay District: Granite Bay, Noosa N.P., Noosa, 26°22’S,

153°06’E, Sep 1985, Sharpe 3901 & Batianoff (BRI; NSW #.¥.). Moreton District: Point Arkwright, about |

km S of Coolum Beach, 26°32’S, 153°06’E, Oct 1983, Sharpe 3387 & Windolf (BRD. New Seuth Wales. NoRTH

Coast: Norries Head, on sea coast ca 20 km E of Murwillumbah, 28°20°S, [53°3YE, Dec 1977, Coveny 9931 &

Haegi (BRI; NSW #.¥.).

Specimens from 60 localities examined.

Flowering period: Throughout the year, but predominantly in summer.

Fruiting period: Throughout the year, but predominately in autumn.

Conservation status: C. carnosum is a common, widespread species and is not endangered

or threatened.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Mr L. Pedley for commenting on the manuscript and Dr

G.P. Guymer who while Australian Botanical Liasion Officer at Kew, U.K., located and

photographed type material.

References

BACKER, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK JIR., R.C. (1965). Flora of Java, 2: 253~254, The Netherlands:

NLY.P. Noordhoff-Graningen.

BROWN, RB. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae ei Insulae van Diemen. London: Taylor.

DECAISNE, J. (1844). Asclepiadeae. In A. De Candolle, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis &:

550. Parisiis: Fortin, Masson et Sociorum.

DOMIN, K. (1928). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 1085.

| DUNLOP, CLR. (ed.) (1987). Checklist of Vascular Plants of the Northern Territory. Darwin: Government Printer,

527

FORSTER, P.L (in press). Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. I. Brachystelma Sims in Australia. Nuytsia

GREEN, J.W. (1985). Census of the Vascular Plants of Western Australia. South Perth: Western Australian

Herbarium, Department of Agriculture.

JACOBS, S.W.L. & PICKARD, J. (1981). Plants of New South Wales. Sydney: Government Printer.

KING, G. & GAMBLE, J.S. (1907). Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula No. 16-19. Journal and

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 74: 387-625.

MERRILL, E.D. & ROLFE, R.A. (1908). Notes on Philippine botany. The Philippine Journal of Science 3:

95-128.

SCHLECHTER, R. in SCHLECHTER, R. & WARBURG, O. (1904). Asclepiadaceae. In J. Perkins, Fragmenta

Florae Philippinae. Contributions to the Flora of the Philippine Islands. Leipzig: Gebruder Borntraeger.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland. Vol. 2: 317. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

TSIANG, Y. & LI, P-T. (1974). Praecursores Florae Asclepiadacearum Sitnensium. Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica

{2: 79-149.

WILLIAMS, J.B. (1984). Asclepiadaceae. In N. Beadle (ed.), Student’s Flora of North Eastern New South Wales.

Part V: 723. Armidale: University of New England.

WOODSON, R.E. (1941). The North American Asclepiadaceae. I. Perspective of the genera. Annals of the Missouri

Botanical Garden 28: 193-144.

529

Austrobatleya 2(5) 529-545 (1988)

FOLITCOLOUS LICHENS FROM AUSTRALIA

R. Santesson and L. Tibell

Institute of Systematic Botany, University of Uppsala,

PO Box 541, S-751 21 Uppsala, Sweden.

Summary

Few records of foliicolous lichens from Australia have been published. Records in the present paper are based

primarily on collections from New South Wales and Queensland by the junior author. Anisomeridium folticola R.

Sant. & Tibell and Phyllobathelium nigrum R. Sant. & Tibell are described as new. The new combination Phylloporis

obducta (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. & Tibell is proposed. In all 66 species of foliicolous lichens are included, 28 of

them being newly recorded from Australia. The genera Badimia, Calenia, Lasioloma, Loflammia, Microtheliopsis,

Phyllobathelium and Raciborskiella are new to Australia. A few comments on the ecology and distribution of the

species are also given.

The obligately folticolous lichens occur mainly in rainforests in tropical and

subtropical areas, although a few species also extend into temperate areas. Many species

are very widely distributed and in suitable habitats foliicolous lichens are very abundant.

Numerous non-lichenized fungi and fungi occurring as parasites or parasymbionts on

these lichens also add to the diversity of these societies. Santesson in 1952 revised the

foliicolous lichens on a world-wide basis. During the last few decades a large number

of new foliicolous species and genera have been described mainly by Vézda and Serusiaux.

Among the many papers on folticolous lichens that have appeared, however, only two

have dealt with species from Australia (cf. below).

Materials and Methods

The present paper is based on material collected in Queensland and New South

Wales by the junior author in 1981 and 1983. The material is deposited in UPS.

Duplicates have been distributed to CBG and MEL. In addition some material from G

has been investigated. Material collected by K. Kalb mentioned under Anisomeridium

foliicola, is kept in the private herbarium of Kalb (Neumarkt/Opf.).

Historical Review

The first foliicolous species to be recorded from Australia was Strigula complanata

(Fée) Mont. (Bailey 1881). This record is based on specimens of S. elegans (Miller-

Argoviensis 1895: 450; Santesson 1952: 170, 194). Other early records are Byssoloma

leucoblepharum (as Lecidea leucoblephara) by Shirley (1889) and Sporopodium phyllo-

charis var. flavescens (as Lecidea phyllocharis, Shirley 1890). A few species were sub-

sequently reported by Miuller-Argoviensis (Dimerella zonata, as Biatorinopsis zonata,

1890; Strigula elegans, 1895) and one by Bailey (Porina epiphylla, 1895). Santesson

(1952) reported 35 species. These records were mainly based on material collected by

Greta and G. Einar DuRietz in 1927 and kept in S. Filson (1965) reported Bacidia

leucoloma (Muell. Arg.) Zahibr. as a foluicolous species, but this material has not been

checked by us. In 1975 W. Weber distributed Porina epiphylla and Strigula elegans (with

some S. nemathora as admixture) in Lich. exs. COLO, fasc. 10, n. 370-371. All these,

however, had been listed previously by Santesson (1952). Conran and Rogers (1983)

reported 13 folicolous lichens from Wilkiea leaves from southern Queensland. Strigula

complanata (Fée) Mont. and Tricharia albostrigosa R. Sant. were reported as new records

for Australia, but material of these species has not been seen by the senior author,

although it was stated in Conran and Rogers’ paper that most of the identifications had

been verified by him. A species of the Opegrapha lambinonii group was reported from

Queensland (Davies Creek, Weber) by Serusiaux (1985: 23), but was too scanty or poorly

developed to be identified. In the checklists of Australian lichens (Filson 1983, 1986)

Striguia complanata (Fée) Mont. and S. glazioui Muell. Arg. are listed. The citation of

the former species is based on a statement in Bailey (1881) but the Bailey material (n.

783 and 535) belongs to Strigula elegans (Santesson 1952: 170, 194). The indication of

S. glazioul is based on Muller-Argoviensis (1895: 450). The material, however, is a more

530

or less unlichenized alga of the genus Cephaleuros (Santesson 1952: 144). The identity

of Bacidia cinnamomea (Krempelh.) Vainio (name illegitimate) reported from New South

Wales, 1s somewhat uncertain. No material has been checked by us. A list comprising

all 66 species of folicolous lichens from Australia seen by us is provided at the end of

ee paper In the present paper 28 species and seven genera are newly reported for

ustralia.

Ecology and Distribution

Although the foliicolous lichens seem to depend more on microclimatic factors

than host species, information on the substrate may be helpful in finding suitable habitats

and indicative for local ecological conditions. The material was in part collected from

undetermined plants, but the following hosts were identified and the associated foliicolous

lichen species are indicated.

Acronychia pubescens: Au/axina dictyospora, Gyalectidium filicinum, Tapellaria phyllo-

phila, Trichothelium minus.

Akania lucens: Gyalectidium filicinum, Porina impressa, P. semecarpi, Trichothelium

MInUS.

Araucaria cunninghamii: Byssoloma subdiscordans.

Bosistoa mei, Dimerella fallaciosa, Porina fulvella, Raciborskiella janeirensis, Strigula

nitiadula.

Calamus muelleri: Byssoloma leucoblepharum, B. subdiscordans, Calopadia fusca, C.

puiggarii, Echinoplaca epiphylla, Fellhanera dominicana, Mazosia phyllosema,

Opegrapha puiggarii, Phylloporis phyllogena, Porina epiphylla, P. impressa, P.

limbulata, P. nitidula, P. semecarpi, Trichothelium minus.

Cordyline sp.: Arthonia cyanea, Lasioloma arachnoideum, Mazosia phyllosema, Strigula

subtilissima.

Cryptocarya laevigata var. bowiei: Sporopodium phyllocharis.

Denhamia pittosporoides: Aulaxina dictyospora, Calopadia puiggarii, Gyalectidium fili-

cinum, Porina semecarpi, Sporopodium phyllocharis, Strigula subtilissima, Tri-

chothelium minus.

Diospyros pig Calopadia puiggarii, Lasioloma arachnoideum, Porina epiphylla,

P. nitiduia.

Linospadix monostachya: Bacidia apiahica.

Lomandra sp.: Porina epiphylla.

Macrozamia sp.: Byssoloma subdiscordans.

Ripogonum discolor: Au/axina dictyospora, Bacidia pallidocarnea, Byssoloma leucoble-

pharum, Calopadia fusca, C. puiggarii, Fellhanera semecarpi, Gyalectidium fili-

cinum, Mazosia melanophthalma, Opegrapha puiggarii, Phylloporis multipunctata,

P. obducta, Porina epiphylla, P. impressa, P. semecarpi, Strigula subtilissima,

Tapellaria phyllophila, Trichothelium minus.

Sarcopetalum harveyanum: Phylloporis phyllogena, Porina fulvella, P. semecarpi.

Sarcopteryx stipata: Strigula elegans.

Wilkiea sp.: Gyalectidium filicinum, Mazosia melanophthalma, Porina epiphylla, P.

fulvella, P. impressa, P. semecarpi, Sporopodium phyllocharis, Strigula macrocarpa.

A large proportion of the foliucolous species are pantropical or else widely

distributed. Among the species known only from comparatively limited areas several

may simply have been overlooked in other areas, and may in fact also have wide

distributions. A very rough grouping of the 66 species accepted as occurring in Australia

in the list below with respect to distribution types is given here.

531

Pantropical species: 48

Species widely distributed, but not known from Neotropica: 3

Species occurring in Neotropica and Australasia: 4

Species occurring in Africa. Southeast Asia and Australasia: 3

Species occurring in Southeast Asia and Australasia: 7

Endemic to Australia: 1 (Porina impressa)

Thus the overwhelming majority of the species (73%) are pantropical, three further

species (5%) also have very wide distributions, while only 14 (21%) have a comparatively

limited distribution area and one only (2%) is endemic to Australia. The records given

in this paper extend the distribution areas of taxa previously known to have wide

distributions. Aulaxina dictyospora, Fellhanera dominicana and Trichothelium minus

are remarkable, since they have previously only been reported from Neotropica.

Annotated List of Foliicolous Lichens from Australia

Some species previously reported for Australia were not collected by the junior

author, but are for completeness included in the following list. Unless indicated, previous

reports on occurrence (localities etc.) are to be found in Santesson (1952).

Species newly reported for Australia are marked **, those newly reported for

Queensland or New South Wales are marked *

** Anisomeridium foliicola R. Sant. & Tibell, sp. nov.

Thallus tenuissimus, continuus, laevigatus, glaucocinereus. Perithecia 0.2-0.3 mm dia-

metro, verrucas formantia hemisphaericas, nigra. Paraphyses ramoso-connexae. Asci

bitunicati, cylindrici. Sporae monostichae, ellipsoideae, 1-septatae, cellula apical crassiore

et paulo longiore, 13-14.5 um X 4.5-5.5 um. Pycnidia subimmersa, nigra, 0.10-0.15

mm diametro, strato albido partim obducta. Conidia simplicia, globosa vel ovoidea,

4.5-5.0 um X 3.5-4.5 um. Alga (verosimiliter) ad Phycopeltem pertinens. Fig. 1.

Typus: Ivory Coast, cercle of Man, 6-7 km NNE of Tai. Alt. c. 150-200 m. On leaves

of Raphia in rainforest. 5 August 1954, R. Santesson 10455 (holo: UPS).

Thallus round or somewhat irregular in outline, usually up to 8-10 mm across, continuous,

greenish grey, matt or slightly nitidous, 10-20 um thick. Hypothallus well developed,

brown, forming a 0.2-—0.8(-2.5) mm broad border. Perithecia rare, 0.2-0.3 mm diameter,

hemispherical, not constricted at the base, the black wall naked or partly covered by a

greenish grey thallus tissue. Outer wall of perithecium (involucrellum) brownish black,

spreading at the base, inner wall dark brown also at the base. Hamathecium and asc1 be

Paraphyses branched and anastomosing, c. | jm thick. Asci cylindrical, their apical wall

thick and with a small ocular chamber, 70-90 um X 7-8 um. Spores 8, uniseriate, I-

septate, colourless, more or less ellipsoid with unequal cells, the upper cell somewhat

broader and longer than the lower, without ornamentation, 13.0-14.5 im X 4.5-5.5 um.

Pycnidia common, 0.10-0.15 mm in diameter, semi-immersed, brownish black and with

a dark basal tissue, with a whitish grey tissue on the sides and often also partly on the

tops and with 4-6 ‘lateral protuberances forming a more or less star-like figure. Conidia

(microconidia?) simple, globose to broadly ovoid, 4.5-5.0 um X 3.5-4.5 um. Photobiont

probably a Phycopeltis species with angular or rounded cells, 7-15 um X 6-8 Lm.

Australian specimens: Queensland, Cook District: Atherton Tableland, 18 km E of Atherton, Lake Eacham,

[7°17’S, 145°37’E, alt. c. 720 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, Trbell 15385: Atherton Tableland, 15 km E of

Malanda, close to Bora Ground, 17°22’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 700 m, 1983, Tibell 15373.

Additional material investigated: Cuba. Prov. Oriente: Bayate, 1917, EAmian L130a (S). Guadaloupe. Duclos, 1953,

Le Gallo 24 (UPS); Prise d’Eau, 1952, Le Gallo 1,52 CUPS), Sofaia, 1951, Le Gallo 6 (UPS). Grenada. Grand

Etang, Chillybrook, St. Andrew Road, 7haxter (UPS). Guatemala. Dept. Izobal: Escoba, across the bay (west)

from Puerto Barrios, 1939, Standley 73023 (UPS); Petén, near Tikal, 1981, Kalb 73. Venezuela. El Limon, valle

de Puerto La Cruz, 1928, Sydow 239b dis CUPS). Guyana. Akyma, Demerarara River, above Wismar, 5°09’N,

1920, Hitchcock 17450 bis (UPS). Brazil. Matto Grosso: 35 km SW of Cuiba, on the river Arica-Acu, 1980, Kalb

273. Para: near Belem, 1980, Ka/b +311. Sao Paulo: Santos, 1894, Afalime +4003 (S); Grande Anel Rodoviario,

between Via dos Imigrantes and Via Anchieta, 1979, Kalb +149; Ilha Comprida near Cananeia, 1979, Kalb 163;

Ilha de Sao Sebastiao, 130 km E of Sao Paulo, W slope of Mt. Morro das Tacas, 1979, Kalb 155, 156 & Poelt:

Praia de Pernibe, near Itanhaém, 1978, Kalb 46, 229: Serra da Cantareira, 30 km N of Sao Paulo, 1978, Kalb 42

& Hannack, Serra do Mar, Serra do Garraozinha, between Mogi Gruzes and Bertioga, 1978, Kalb 53 & Plobst,

ditto, 1979, Kalb +148; ditto, 1980, Kalb +308; Serra do Mar, Serra de Maresias, Ribeirao Maresias near Maresias,

30 km W of Sao Sebastiao, 1980, Ka/b 211: Serra do Mar, Serra de Paranapiacoba, 60 km SW of Sao Paulo,

above Inquitiba, 1980, Ka/b 233. Peru. Dept. Cuzco, Paucartambo, c. 3 km §S of Pillcopata, 1981, Santesson,

Tehier & Thor P1OL: 23 (S). Ivery Coast. Adiopodomé, 7 km W of Abidjan, at the institute of IDERT, 1954,

Santesson 10321b CUPS); Cercle of Agboviile, the forest of Yapo, 45 km N of Abidjan, 1954, Santesson 10357a,

10359a (UPS); Cercle of Man, 6-7 km NNE of Tai, 1954, Santesson 10543:1a, 710455, 10459a, 10462: 2a (UPS).

Fiji Islands. Viti Levu: Serua, hills W of Waivunu Creek, 1953, Saiith +9233 (US); Ovalau, ‘hills E of Lovoni

Valley: 1953, Smith 7265 (UPS). New Guinea. NE New Guinea, Sepik River, Yessan, 1929, Herre (UPS); Monrobe,

Boana, 1940, Clemens (UPS). [+ = fertile specimen].

Distribution: Anisomeridium folticola is a pantropical species. It is now known from 30

localities (in 40 collections), but only seven specimens (from Brazil, Ivory Coast and

Fiy

Fiji) bore perithecia.

Notes and Observations: This the first Anisomeridium species reported to be foliicolous.

More than 15 species of the genus are known, most of them being corticolous, but some

are saxicolous. A. follicola is characterized by the very thin but continuous thallus, the

cylindrical asci with uniseriately arranged, smooth spores and especially by the pycnidia

that partly are covered by a whitish thallus tissue and have a more or less star-like top.

Also some other species in Anisomeridium have characteristic pycnidia, e.g. A. nyssde-

genum (Ellis & Everhart) R.C. Harris with pycnidia of the Sarcinulella—type (Sutton &

Alcorn 1983. Sarcinulella banksiae was described from Queensland).

sues

cet

rhe uh

caret ott Blo

lp eee et

Fig. 1. Anisomeridium foliicola: perithecia (P) and pycnidia (py) (Fiji, Smith 9233). Scale = I mm.

** Arthonia cyanea Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WipE Bay District: 10 km SW of Nambour, Kondalilla National Park,

26°41’S, 152°54’E, alt. c. 380 m, in rather open guily in subtropical rainforest, on leaves of Cordyline, 1981, Tibeil

12570a.

Distribution: Arthonia cyanea is a widely distributed species, known for example from

the West Indies, South America, the Philippines and the Moluccas and recently reported

from Africa (Serusiaux 1984, Farkas 1987).

Notes and Observations: Arthonia cyanea and A. trilocularis are the first foliicolous

Arthonia species to be reported from Australia.

333

** Arthonia trilocularis Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland, Cook DisTRicT: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°1L6’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of rainforest, 1983, Tibe// 14331; 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, alt. c. 960 m,

in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14420 (with Mficrotheliopsis uleana) and 14421 (with Badimiia politiensis).

New South Wales. SOUTH Coast: Batemans Bay, 1884, F. vy. Adueller (UPS).

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known i.a. from Papua-New Guinea.

Aspidothelium fugiens (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

** Aulaxina dictyospora R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON District: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont,

Tullawailah, 28°01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Acronychia pubescens, 1981, Tibell 12730; Lamington

National Park, Morans Falls, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 700 m, in wet sclerophyll forest, on Denhamia pittosporoides,

1981, Tibelf 12690a (with Gyalectidium filicinum). New South Wales. NoRTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park,

ae ee Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Rhkipogonitim discolor, 1981, Tibell

72,

Distribution: A rare species previously reported only for Brazil (Santesson 1952) and

Venezuela (Hertel 1974).

Aulaxina epiphylla (Zahlbr.) R. Sant.

Distribution: A widely distributed species in tropical areas, but not known from Neo-

tropica; previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

** Aulaxina opegraphina Fée

Specimens examined: Queensland. CooK DistRIcT: 30 km WSW of Innisfail, Palmerston National Park, Henrietta

— at intersection with the Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°45S’E, alt. c. 400 m, in rainforest area, 1983,

Tibeli 14552.

Distribution: A widely distributed, probably pantropical species previously known from

Papua-New Guinea, Fiji, the Philippines, Java, South America and Africa.

**Bacidia aplahica (Mueli. Arg.) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Wipe Bay District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on ?Sarcopteryx Stipitata, 1981, Tibell 12628.

New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’,

152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Linospadix monostachya, 1981, Tibell 12476.

Distribution: Bacidia apiahica is a pantropical species, known i.a. from New Zealand.

Notes and Observations: Several species of Bacidia sens. lat. have recently been described.

Reviews have been published by Vézda (1975b, 1980). A discussion of the variability

of B. apiahica and the relationship to other species is given by Vézda (1983).

**Bacidia mastothallina Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook Districr: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, 7rbel/ 14328 (with Porina albicera), 14331; 22 km ESE of Milla Milla,

Crawfords Lookout, along Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°47’E, alt. c. 360 m, 1983, Tibel/l 14560c.

Distribution: A species with Southeast Asian—Australian distribution previously reported

for Papua-New Guinea, Sumatra, Java and the Philippines.

Bacidia pallidocarnea (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E

of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Riipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibelf 12469.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in New South

Wales.

334

**Badimia polillensis (Vainio) Vézda

Bacidia polillensis (Vainio) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14327; 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°34’S, 145°16E, alt.

c, 1020 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14621; ditto, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, alt. c. 960 m, 1983, Tibell 14421;

fond vert ee 18 km E of Atherton, Lake Eacham, !7°17’S, 145°37’E, alt. c. 720 m, in montane rainforest,

, £10e 84.

Distribution: Badimia polillensis is previously reported for the Philippines, Sumatra and

Papua-New Guinea (Santesson 1952, Serusiaux 1986).

Notes and Observations: Vézda (1986) established the genus Badimia to accommodate

S1x species previously included in the large genus Bacidia and characterized i.a. by special

campylidia with a very strange type of conidia. Some other species, formerly included

in Bacidia and Lopadium, are very closely related and will most probably also be

accepted in Badimia. The campylidia and conidia are of the Pyrenotrichum foliicola-

type. The conidia are long, with hooked ends and lateral appendages. Conidia of B.

polillensis are shown in Fig. 2, those of B. dimidiata by Vézda (1986, Abb. 3, Fig. 9c)

and B. elegans by Vézda (1986, Abb. 4, Fig. 10) and Serusiaux (1986, Figs. 28-31).

Fig. 2. Badimia polillensis: macroconidia from a campylidium (Queensland, Tibell 14621). Scale = 50 um.

Byssoloma leucoblepharum (Nyl.) Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts Of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14333b; 22 km ESE of Milla Milla, Crawfords Lookout, along

Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°47’E, alt. c. 360 m, 1983, Tibell 14560a. New South Wales. NoRTH Coast:

Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum

discolor, 1981, Tibelf 12474d. ditto, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12492b.

Distribution: A pantropical species also extending into warm temperate areas; previously

known from three localities in Queensland and one in New South Wales (Shirley 1889,

Santesson 1952),

Byssoloma subdiscordans (NyI].) P. James

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, allt. c.

960 m, on leaves of Calamus muelleri and unidentified plant in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14423, 14427,

14463; Atherton Tableland, 18 km E of Atherton, Lake Eacham, [7°17/S, 145°37’E, alt. c. 720 m, in montane

rainforest, 1983, Tibell 15382. Wipe Bay District: 6 km N of Jimna, 26°35’S, 152°26’E, alt. 550 m, in open,

planted Araucaria cunninghamii stand, on Macrozamia, 1981, Tibell 12779; 34 km NNW of Kilcoy, Jimna, 0.3

km S of the Forest Camp, 26°39’S, 157°27’E, on Araucaria cunninghamii, 1981, Tibell 12845.

Distribution: Byssoloma subdiscordans is a pantropical species, and has previously been

reported (partly as B. rotuliforme (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.) for Queensland by Filson (1983).

535

**Calenia leptocarpa Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°1L6’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14327.

Distribution: Previously reported only for the Philippines.

Notes and Observations: The genus Ca/enia is newly reported for Australia.

**Calenia thelotremella Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, {6°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, 7rbel/ 14326.

Distribution: Previously reported for Papua-New Guinea and Vietnam (Santesson 1952,

Vézda 1977).

*Calopadia fusca (Muell. Arg.) Vézda

Lopadium fuscum Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E

of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12474c; ditto, 1981, Tibell

12486a; ditto, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12489.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

Notes and Observations: The genus Calopadia was established by Vézda (1986) for

species of the Lopadium fuscum-group.

Numerous campylidia of the Pyrenotrichum splitgerberi-type were found in n.

12486a.

Calopadia puiggarli (Muell. Arg.) Vézda

Lopadium puiggarii (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE BAy District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at smali creek in subtropical rainforest, on Diospyros pentamera, 1981, Tibell 12623;

ditto, 12629; Imbil, 1920, Cleland (UPS). Moreton District: Lamington National Park, Morans Falls, 28°02’S,

152°56’E, alt. c. 700 m, in wet sclerophyll forest, on Denhamia pitiosporoides, 1981, Tibell 12689. New South

Wales. NortTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt.

c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12467, ditto, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12491.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known from one locality each in Queensland

and New South Wales.

Notes and Observations: Campylidia of the Pyrenotrichum splitgerberi-type were found

inn. 12491 and 12629.

Dimerella epiphylla (Muell. Arg.) Malme

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in New South

Wales.

**Dimerella fallaciosa (Muell. Arg.) Vézda

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, 7Tibe// 14325 (with Dimerella hypophylla). New South Wales. NORTH

Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on

Bosistoa flovdii. 1981, Tibell 12504b, 12505. SouTH Coast: Batemans Bay, 1887, F. vy. Mueller (G).

Distribution: A pantropical species.

Notes and Observations: This species was included in D. /utea (Dickson) Trevis. by

Santesson (1952). Vézda, however, considered it a distinct species, a position agreed to

here. The thallus in D. fallaciosa i is usually epiphyllous, and similar to that of D. zonata

(Muell. Arg) R. Sant., but differs in not having a distinct hypothallus. The apothecia are

hypophyllous, and usually located to the edge of the leaf. Dimerella fallaciosa has been

distributed by Vézda (Lich. exs. 1721) and Kalb (Lich. Neotrop. 90), both from Brazil.

536

**Dimerella hypophylla Vézda

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14325.

Distribution: A pantropical species reported for Africa, South America, Cuba and Sumatra.

Dimerella zonata (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland

(Miuller-Argoviensis 1890, Santesson 1952).

*Echinoplaca epiphylla Fée

Specimens examined: Queensland. Wipe Bay District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26° 34'S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on ?Sarcopteryx stipitata, 1981, Tibell 12360:

Imbil, 1920, Cleland (UPS). New South Wales. NORTH COAST: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5

km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12492b (with Byssoloma

leucoblepharum).

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

Echinoplaca leucotrichoides (Vainio) R. Sant.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

Echinoplaca pellicula (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

**Fellhanera dominicana (Vainio) Vézda

Bacidia dominicana (Vainio) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E

of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12489.

Distribution: Previously only reported for the West Indies and South America.

Notes and Observations: The genus Fe//hanera was established by Vézda in 1986 to

accomodate a number of species previously referred to Bacidia, Catillaria and Lopadium.

It was included in Pilocarpaceae.

**Fellhanera semecarpi (Vainio) Vézda

Catillaria semecarpi Vainio

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E

of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12470 (with Bacidia pailidocarnea,

12469).

Distribution: A rare species previously reported /.a. for Brazil, Tanzania and the Phil-

ippines (Santesson 1952). It was reported from Guinea by Vézda (1975a).

Notes and Observations: A key to the foliicolous Catillaria species, including the recently

described ones was published by Vézda (1980).

Fellhanera subternella (Nyl.) Vézda

Bacidia subternella (Nyl.) R. Sant.

Distribution: A rare pantropical species reported for Australia (Queensland) by Filson

(1983). We have seen Australian specimens and can confirm its presence in the continent.

Notes and Observations: It seems very probable that the previously reported foliicolous

specimens of Bacidia leucoloma (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr. (Filson 1965) refer to this species.

537

**Gyalectidium caucasicum (Elenkin & Woronichin) Vézda

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton Tableland, [5 km E of Malanda, close to Bora

Ground, 17°22’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 700 m, fringe of montane rainforest, 1983, Tibeli 15375b.

Distribution: A pantropical species.

Gyalectidium filicinum Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE BAy District: 10 km SW of Nambour, Kondalilla National Park,

26°41’S, 152°54’E, alt. c. 380 m, in rather open gully in subtropical rainforest, 1981, 7ibel/ 12572. MORETON

DIsrRict: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont, Tullawallah, 28°01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical

rainforest, on Akania lucens, 1981, Tibell 12733b (with Porina impressa), ditto, on Acronychia pubescens, 1981,

Tibell 12729; Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt.

c. 670 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Wilkiea, 1981, Tibell 12655d; Lamington National Park, Morans Falls,

28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 700 m, in wet sclerophyll forest, on Denhamia pittosporoides, Tibell 12690a. New South

Wales. NORTH COAST: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt.

c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12468; ditto, 1981, Tibel/ 12474d (with Byssoloma leucoblepharum).

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from three localities in Queensland

and one in New South Wales.

**T asioloma arachnoideum (Krempelh.) R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewts, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, alt. c.

960 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, 7ibeli 14427; Atherton Tableland, 15 km E of Malanda, close to Bora

Ground, 17°22’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 700 m, rainforest fringe, 1983, 77bel/ 15376a (with Porina lucida). Wipe BAY

District: 25km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth, 26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at smal! creek in

subtropical rainforest, on Diospyros pentamera, 1981, Tibell 12622; ditto, on Cordyline, 1981, Tibell 12634.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported i.a. for Papua-New Guinea.

Notes and Observations: The genus Lasioloma is here newly reported for Australia.

**T oflammia gabrielis (Muell. Arg.) Vézda

Bacidia gabrielis (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14332.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported for Papua-New Guinea, the

Philippines, Sumatra, South America and Africa.

Notes and Observations: Loflammia Vézda (1986) includes a few species previously

referred to Lopadium and Bacidia.

*Mazosia melanophthalma (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibe// 14331 (with Bacidia mastothallina). SouUrTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

66 km W of Mackay, Eungella National Park, along Broken River, 21°11’S, 148°20’E, fringe of rainforest, 1983,

Tibell 14700a. New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo,

30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12493.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

Mazosia phyllosema (Nyl.) Zahlbr.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14331 (with Bacidia mastothallina), 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt

Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibe/l 14419. Wipe Bay District: 25 km WNW of

Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth, 26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on

Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12627b; 10 km SW of Nambour, Kondalilla National Park, 26°41’S, 152°54’E,

alt. c. 380 m, in rather open gully in subtropical rainforest, on Cordyline, 1981, Tibelf 12570b. MORETON DISTRICT:

Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 670 m, in

subtropical rainforest, on Wilkiea, 1981, Tibell 12655a; ditto, 1981, Tibell 12658a.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from six localities in Queensland.

538

**Miicrotheliopsis uleana Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, [4S°17’E, in

montane rainforest, 1983, 7ibelf 14420. New South Wales. NORTH COasT: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga

Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’8, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, 1981, Tibell 12483.

Distribution: A pantropical species occurring i.a. in Papua-New Guinea.

Notes and Observations: The genus Microtheliopsis is here newly reported for Australia.

*Opegrapha puiggarii Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton Tableland, 18 km E of Atherton, Lake Eacham,

17°17’S, 145°37’E, alt. c. 720 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, 7Tibe/l/ 15383. New South Wales. NORTH COAST:

Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Calanius

muelleri, 1981, Trbell 12492c, 12499b; ditto, on Rhipogenum discolor, 1981, Trbell 12497.

Distribution: A pantropical, not very common species previously reported from one

locality 1n Queensland.

**Phyllobathelium nigrum R. Sant. & Tibell, sp. nov.

Thallus tenuis continuus, laevigatus, cinereus vel glauco-cinereus. Perithecia simplicia,

nuda, nigra, superne verrucis paucis (4—6) ornata. Paries peritheciorum interior incolor-

atus. Paraphyses simplices, 1-1.5 um crassae. Asci bitunicati, clavati. Sporae 4nae, raro

2nae, incolores, murali-divisae, fusiformes, 95-115 um X 9-14 um. Pycnidia subimmersa,

5~7(-8) circulatim ageregata. Conidia 3- -septata, fusiformia, 18-23 um X 3-4 um. Alga

verosimiliter ad Trentepohliam pertinens. Fig. 3.

Typus: Fiji Islands. Taveuni: slopes of Mt Manuka, E of Wairiki. Alt. 300-600 m. On

leaves in a dense forest. 3-14 Aug. 1953, A.C. Smith n. 8174 (holo: US; 1so:

UPS).

Thallus up to 12 mm across, continuous, smooth, pale grey to glaucous grey, nitidous,

15-25 um thick. No distinct hypothallus. Perithecia simple with an angular upper part

and constricted base, 0.20-0.25 mm across and c. 0.2 mm high, black, naked. On the

upper part of the perithecia 4-6 black, ovoid masses with more or less amorphous

structure are arranged to form a somewhat star-like figure with the ostiole in the centre.

The black masses are 75-175 um X 50-75 um and 75-90 um high. Inner perithecial

wall colourless more or less paraplectenchymatous. Perithecial chamber c. 150 wm in

diameter. Paraphyses simple, free, septate, 1-1.5 um thick. Asci clavate, 95-120 um X

20-25 um, bitunicate, thick walled, with a small apical chamber. Spores usually 4, rarely

2 in the asc, fusiform, colourless, muriform with 20-30 transsepta and 1-3 longisepta,

95-115 um x 9-14 um. Pycnidia semi-immersed, aggregated, 5-7(~8) forming more or

less circular groups, each pycnidium c. 0.05 mm in diameter, the groups 0.5-0.7 mm

across. Pycnidial wall dark brown, the upper part naked. Conidia when mature always

3-septate, narrowly fusiform, straight, 18-23 pe x 3-4 um. Photobiont probably a

Trentepohlia species. Cells somewhat angular, 5~6(-—7) um across.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton Tableland, 15 km E of Malanda, close to Bora

Ground, 17°22’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 700 m, rainforest fringe, 1983, 7ibell 15373, 15376b.

Further material investigated: Java. Mt Gedeh, Tjibodas, 1950, Schréter 5477 (UPS). Fiji. Viti Levu: Namosi, N

slopes of Korombasambasanga Range, in drainage of Wainavindrau Creek, 1953, Smith 8710 (US).

Distribution: The three Phyllobathelium species previously known seem to be exclusively

neotropical. P. nigrum is so far known only from Java, Australia and Fiji.

Notes and Observations: The occurrence of black amorphous to pulverulent structures

on the upper part of the perithecial wall is characteristic for all Phyllobathelium species.

In contrast to conditions in previously known species in the genus, P. nigrum has naked

black structures not covered by any algiferous thallus tissue. Furthermore the new species

is characterized by the small perithecia and circularly-arranged pycnidia. It differs from

species with simple perithecia also in that the asci contain only four, long and relatively

narrow spores.

Phyllobathelium is here newly reported for Australia.

ane

en ee

side ol teddes

Pe NN ea ee ee emcee

‘4

“

ry oe

eure

;

= ive oe

paeneiae:

Fig. 3. Phyllobathelium nigrum: A. two groups of perithecia. B. pycnidia. P. epiphyllum: C. two perithecia (P)

and groups of pycnidia (py). A Fiji, Smith 8174. B Queensland, Tibell 14330. C Brazil, Malme 896a. Scales: A

= 0.5 mm; B = 0.2 mm; C = 0.5 mm.

*Phylloporis multipunctata (R. Sant.) Vézda

Porina multipunctata R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE Bay District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

6°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek tn subtropical rainforest, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12627c.

New South Wales. NortTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S,

152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on RAipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12474b.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known from one locality in Queensland.

Notes and Observations: The genus Phy/loporis Clements, i.e. the Porina phyllogena-

group in Santesson (1952), was re-established by Vézda (1984), who emphasized its close

affinity to Strigula. Recently a number of corticolous species have been referred to

Strigula making it somewhat more heterogeneous. The inclusion of Phylloporis in Strigula

perhaps now seems more natural.

The spores in P. multipunctata are easily fragmented into two parts. Unfortunately

this was not mentioned in the description of the species (Santesson 1952). Easily

fragmented spores also occur in Strigula concreta (Fée) R. Sant. and S. nitidula Mont.,

and, although not so frequently, in S. schizospora R. Sant. and Raciborskiella janeirensis

(Muell Arg.) R. Sant. Thus the recognition of a var. schizospora Vézda (Vézda 1975)

seems unwarranted, a position also later shared by Vézda (1984).

*Phylloporis obducta (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. & Tibell, comb. nov.

Phylloporina obducta Muelil. Arg., Flora 73: 198 (1890). Lectotype: Brazil, Glaziou

18086 (G), designated by Santesson (1952: 213).

Porina obducta (Muell. Arg.) Schilling

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km

of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12469 (with Bacidia

pallidocarnea).

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known from two localities in Queensland.

540

**Phylloporis phyllogena (Mueil. Arg.) Clements

Porina phyllogena Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE BAY District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on Calanius miuelleri, 1981, Tibell 12627a.

MOoRETON DISTRICT: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont, Tullawaillah, 28°01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical

rainforest, on Sarcopetalum harveyanum, 1981, Tibell 12723.

Distribution: A pantropical species occurring 7.a. in Papua-New Guinea.

**Porina albicera (Krempelh.) van Overeem-de Haas

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14328.

Distribution: Previously known from the Philippines, Malaysia and Vietnam, but also

collected in the Ivory Coast (1954, Santesson, UPS - unpublished).

Porina conica R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, 77be// 14328 (with P. albicera), 14331; 30 km WSW of Innisfail,

Palmerston National Park, Henrietta Creek, at intersection with Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°45’E, allt. c.

400 m, in rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14552 (with Aulaxina opegraphina). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 66 km W of

Mackay, Eungella National Park, 21°11’S, 148°20’E, fringe of rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14700b.

Distribution: A species occurring in Southeast Asia, Australia and Africa (Ivory Coast,

1954, Santesson, unpublished); previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

Porina epiphylla (Fée) Fée var. epiphylla

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14328 (with P. albicera), 14331 (with Bacidia mastothallina); 14

km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, alt. c. 960 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibe// 14420; 30

km WSW of Innisfail, Palmerston National Park, Henrietta Creek, at intersection with Palmerston Highway,

17°37/S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 400 m, in rainforest, 1983, Trbel/ 14552 (with Aulaxina opegraphina). SOUTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: 66 km W of Mackay, Eungella National Park, along Broken River, 21°11’S, 148°20’E, fringe of rainforest,

1983, Tibell 14700c (and with P. conica, 14700b). WIDE BAY District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of

Kenilworth, 26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on Diospyros pentamera, 1981,

Tibell 12624; ditto, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12625. MORETON District: Lamington National Park, 9

km §S of Beechmont, Tullawallah, 28°01’S, [53°00’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Akania lucens, 1981, Tibell

12733a; Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c.

670 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Wilkiea, 1981, Tibell 12655c, ditto, 1981, Tibel/ 12657 (with Strigula

subtilissimay, Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, in

montane rainforest, 1981, 77rbef/ 12652. New South Wales. NoRTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga

Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Calamus miuelleri, 1981, Tibell 12492a; ditto,

on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12495; ditto, on Lomandra sp., 1981, Tibell 12512.

Distribution: One of the most widely distributed and most common folticolous lichens.

Abundant in several of the localities reported here; previously reported from six localities

in Queensland (Bailey 1895, Santesson 1952).

Porina epiphylla (Fée) Fée var. atriceps Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibel/ 14331 (with Bacidia mastothallina),; 30 km WSW of Innisfail,

Palmerston National Park, Henrietta Creek, at intersection with Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°45’E, alt. c.

400 m, in rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14552 (with Aulaxina opegraphina).

Distribution: A pantropical taxon previously reported from three localities in Queensland.

**Porina fulvella Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON District: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont,

Tullawallah, 28°O1’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Sarcopetalum harveyanuim, 1981, Tibell 12723 (with

Phylloporis phyllogena),; Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S,

152°56’E, alt. c. 670 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Wilkrea, 1981, Tibell 12653; ditto 1981, Tibel/ 12656. New

South Wales. NorTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Waik, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E,

alt. c. 650 m, on Bosistoa floydii, 1981, Tibe/l 12502.

Distribution: A pantropical species reported i.a. for Papua-New Guinea.

341

*Porina impressa R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont,

Tullawallah, 28°O01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Akania lucens, 1981, Tibell 12733b; ditto, 1981, Tibell

12725; Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 670

m, in subtropical rainforest, on Wilkiea, 1981, Tibell 12655b. New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National

Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, on Calamus muelleri, 1981,

Tibell 12492c, 12501; ditto, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell (with Phylloporis multipunctata).

Distribution: Previously reported from some localities in Queensland (Santesson 1952,

Conran & Rogers 1983).

Notes and Observations: The only folicolous species so far known to be endemic to

Australia.

*Porina limbulata (Krempelh.) Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DistRicT: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14333a; 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17’E,

alt. c. 960 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14421 (with Badimia polillensis), 14425. New South Wales.

miceens Coast: Dorrigo National Park, along Wonga Walk, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650

on Calamus miuelleri, 1981, Tibell 12498.

Distribution: A common, pantropical species earlier reported from two localities in

Queensland.

Porina lucida R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton Tableland, 15 km E of Malanda, close to Bora

Ground, 17°22’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 700 m, rainforest fringe, 1983, 71bel/ 15375b (with Gyalectidium caticasicum),

15376a; 30 km WSW of Innisfail, Palmerston National Park, Henrietta Creek, at intersection with Palmerston

Highway, 17°37’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 400 m, in rainforest, 1983. Tibell 145582 (with Aulaxina opegraphina).

Distribution: A species restricted to Southeast Asia and Australasia; previously reported

from two localities in Queensland.

**Porina nitidula Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE Bay District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on Calamus muelleri, 1981, Tibell 12626,

ditto, on Diospyros pentamera, 1981, Tibelf 12621.

Distribution: A pantropical species rare in Asia and Australasia.

*Porina rufula (Krempelh.) Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 14 km SW of Mossman, Mt Lewis, 16°35’S, 145°17’E, alt. c.

960 m, in montane rainforest, 1983, Tibe// 14418.

Distribution: A common, pantropical species previously reported from one locality in

New South Wales.

Porina semecarpi Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON DisTRicr: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont,

Tullawallah, 28°01’S, 153°0Q0’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Akania lucens, 1981, Tibell 12732; ditto, on Sarco-

petalum harveyanum, 1981, Tibell 12722; Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool

Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 670 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Waiikiea, 1981, Tibell 12655e; ditto, 1981,

Tibell | 2658b; ‘Lamington National Park, Morans Falls, 28°02’S, 152°56E, alt. c. 700 m, in wet sclerophyll forest,

on Denhamia pittosporoides, 1981, T; ibell 12690e. New South Wales. NorTH COAST: Dorrigo National Park, 4. 5

km E of Dorrigo, along Wonga Walk, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12474£ ditto, on Calamus muelleri,

1981, Tibell 12488, 12492d, 12497.

Distribution: A widely distributed species, which, however, so far has not been reported

from Neotropica; previously reported from three localities in Queensland and one in

New South Wales.

542

Porina virescens (Krempelh.) Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 27 km NNE of Mossman, Mt Alexandra, 16°16’S, 145°32’E,

outskirts of low altitude rainforest, 1983, Tibe/f 14328 (with P. albicera), 14329; 30 km WSW of Innisfail,

Palmerston National Park, Henrietta Creek, at intersection with Palmerston Highway, 17°37/S, 145°45’E, alt. c.

400 m, in rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14552 (with Aulanxina opegraphina).

Distribution: A species restricted to Southeast Asia and Australasia and previously

reported from one locality in Queensland.

**Raciborskiella janeirensis (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 22km ESE of Milla Milla, Crawfords Lookout, along Palmerston

Highway, 17°37’S, 145°47’E, alt. c. 360 m, 1983, Tibell 14559, New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National

Park, 4.5 km E of Dorri o, along Wonga Walk, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in subtropical rainforest, on

Bosistoa floydti, 1981, T7 ell 12504.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known i.a. from Papua-New Guinea.

Notes and Observations: The genus Raciborskiella is here newly reported for Australia.

**Raciborskiella prasina (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 66 km W of Mackay, Eungella National Park,

along Broken River, 21°11’S, 148°20’E, fringe of rainforest, 1983, 7ibel/ 14699.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known j.a. from New Zealand, Sumatra,

Java and the Philippines.

**Sporopodium leprieurii Mont.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 30 km WSW of Innisfail, Palmerston National Park, Henrietta

Creek, at intersection with Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°45’E, alt. c. 400 m, in rainforest, 1983, Tibell 14553.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously known from Papua-New Guinea, the

Philippines, Java, Sumatra, Africa and South America.

**Sporopodium phyllocharis (Mont.) Massal. var. phylocharis

Specimens examined: Queensland. Wipe Bay District: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek in subtropical rainforest, on Cryptocarya bowiei, 1981, Tibell 12631.

MORETON DISTRICT: Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02'S,

152°56’E, alt. c. 670 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Wilkiea, 1981, Tibell (26556.

Distribution: This pantropical taxon is previously known from Papua-New Guinea, the

Philippines, Java, Tonga, Samoa and Society Islands, Africa and South America.

Sporopodium phyllocharis var. flavescens R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Lamington National Park, Morans Falls, 28°Q2’S, 152°56’E,

alt. c. 700 m in wet sclerophyll forest, on Denhamia pittosporoides, 1981, Tibell 12688. New South Wales. NorTH

Coast: Dorrigo National Park, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, along Wonga Walk, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in

subtropical rainforest, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibelf 12465.

Distribution: A taxon restricted to Australia and New Caledonia; previously reported

from three localities in Queensland and one in New South Wales (Shirley 1890, Miller-

Argoviensis 1891, Bailey 1893, Santesson 1952).

Notes and Observations: The bright yellow campylidia of the Pyrenotrichum irregulare-

type are abundant 1n both specimens cited here (Fig. 4). Numerous pycnidia concentrated

to the peripheral parts of the thalli are also found in most specimens. Pycnidia hemi-

spherical, c. 0.1 mm in diameter, covered at the base by greyish thallus tissue, naked

apically; pale brownish and with a distinct ostiolum. Conidiophores simple, 6- 7 Lim xX

1-1.5 um. Conidia bacilliform or slightly dumb-bell-shaped, 4.5-5 um x 0.7-1 um.

Sporopodium xantholeucum (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr.

Distribution: A pantropical species, previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

phat

eee

ees

2 “=f

wer oy

screamer

Fig. 4. Sporopodium phyllocharis var. flavescens: apothecia (A), one campylidium (ca) and numerous pycnidia

(py) concentrated to the peripheral parts of the individual thalli (New South Wales, Tibell 12465). Scale = 1 mm.

strigula elegans (Fée) Muell. Arg.

pecimens examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, alon

ae Walk, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Sarcopteryx stipitata, 1981, Tibeil

12513.

wee ee ete ee eats Peete a VTE mane eeeeeeeee eee

aadeae

Teeter. tt

Distribution: A very common pantropic species also extending into subtropical areas;

previously reported from four localities in Queensland and one in New South Wales

(Miuller-Argoviensis 1895, Santesson 1952).

eS A A ees eee

**Strigula macrocarpa Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON District: Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of Beechmont,

along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 670 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Wrikiea, 1981, Tibell 12651.

Distribution: A species occurring in Africa, Southeast Asia and Australasia.

Strigula maculata (Cooke & Massee) R. Sant.

ee ee

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from two localities in Queensland.

HPLOM See etre

Strigula nemathora Mont.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

TCS UTS A ee Ss ee

*Strigula nitidula Mont.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 22 km ESE of Millia Milla, Crawfords Lookout, along

Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°47’E, alt. c. 360 m, 1983, Tibeli 14560b. New South Wales. NORTH COasrT:

Dorrigo National Park, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, along Wonga Walk, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in subtropical

rainforest, on Bosistoa floydii, 1981, Tibelf 12503.

nT Sane ed

Pera

atin l ihn

Distribution: A common, pantropical species previously reported from one locality in

Queensland.

PMC ee

Pre

Pred

544

Strigula subtilissima (Fée) Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. WIDE BAy Districr: 25 km WNW of Nambour, 3 km N of Kenilworth,

26°34’S, 152°44’E, alt. 90 m, at small creek 1n subtropical rainforest, on Cordyline, 1981, Tibelf 12633b. MORETON

DISTRICT: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont, Tullawallah, 28°01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical

rainforest, 1981, 7ibe/l 12724; Lamington National Park, Morans Falls, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 700 m, in wet

sclerophyll forest, on Denhamia pittosporoides, 1981, Tibell 12690d; Lamington National Park, 13 km SW of

Beechmont, along Blue Pool Track, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 670 m, in subtropical rainforest, 1981, 77bel/ 12657.

New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National Park, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, along Wonga Walk, 30°23’S,

152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in subtropical rainforest, on Rhipogonuni discolor, 1981, Tibell 12471.

Distribution: A common, pantropical species previously known from one locality each

in Queensland and New South Wales.

*Tapellaria phyllophila (Stirton) R. Sant.

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON District: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont,

Tullawallah, 28°01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Acronychia pubescens, 1981, Tibell 12730 (with

Aulaxina dictyospora), 12729 (with Gyalectidium filicinum). New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Dorrigo National

Park, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, along Wonga Walk, 30°23’S, [52°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in subtropical rainforest, on

Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12467 (with Calopadia pitigegarii).

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from two localities in New South

Wales.

Tricharia vaimiol R. Sant.

Distribution: A pantropical species previously reported from one locality in Queensland.

Trichothelium alboatrum Vainio

Distribution: A widely distributed species, but not known from Neotropica; previously

reported from one locality in Queensland.

**Trichothelium epiphyllum Muell. Arg.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: 22 km ESE of Milla Milla, Crawfords Lookout, along

Palmerston Highway, 17°37’S, 145°47’E, alt. c. 360 m, 1983, 7rbell 14558.

Distribution: A pantropical species common in Neotropica but otherwise rare; reported

from South and Central America, Africa, the Philippines and Papua-New Guinea.

**Trichothelium minus Vainio

Specimens examined: Queensland. MORETON District: Lamington National Park, 9 km S of Beechmont,

Tullawallah, 28°01’S, 153°00’E, in subtropical rainforest, on Acronychia pubescens, 1981, Tibeil 12728; ditto, on

Akania lucens, 1981, Tibell 12731; Lamington National Park, Morans Falls, 28°02’S, 152°56’E, alt. c. 700 m, in

wet sclerophyll forest, on Denhamiia pittosporoides, 1981, Tibell 12690b. New South Wales. NORTH COAST:

Dorrigo National Park, 4.5 km E of Dorrigo, along Wonga Walk, 30°23’S, 152°43’E, alt. c. 650 m, in subtropical

rainforest, on Rhipogonum discolor, 1981, Tibell 12473; ditto, on Calanius miuelleri, 1981, Tibell 12490.

Distribution: A species previously only reported for Neotropica.

Acknowledgements

We are very grateful to Mrs K. Ryman for skilful technical assistance in curating

the material and processing the manuscript. Dr R. Rogers, Brisbane, and Mr B. Hyland,

Atherton, kindly supplied very valuable help and advice during the field work in

Queensland. Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service and National Parks and

Wildlife Service of New South Wales are gratefully thanked for supplying collecting

permits for the national parks concerned.

345

References

sate fs ae t). The Lichens of Queensland. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasinania

1880-1881: 26-39.

BAILEY, F.M. (1893). Contributions to the Queensland Flora (Lichenes). Queensland Department of Agriculttre,

Botany Bulletin No. 8: 91-106.

BAILEY, F.M. (1895). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Queensland Department of Agriculture, Botany

Bulletin No.0: 21-38.

CONRAN, J.G. & ROGERS, R.W. (1983). Lichen Succession on leaves of Wilkiea macrophylla in Southeast

Queensland. The Bryologist 86: 347-353.

FILSON, R. (1965). Folitcolous Lichens from South East Gippsland. Victorian Naturalist 82(3): 68-69.

FILSON, R. (1983). Checklist of Australian Lichens. Melbourne: National Herbarium of Victoria.

FILSON, R. (1986). Checklist of Australian Lichens. Second edition. Melbourne: National Herbartum of Victoria.

ee ae (1974). Krustenflechten aus Venezuela. Mittetlungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung Munchen 1:

MULLER-ARGOVIENSIS, J. (1890). Lichenes epiphylli novi. Geneve.

MULLER-ARGOVIENSIS, J. (1891). Lichens Bellendenici. Hedwigia 30: 47-56.

MULLER-ARGOVIENSIS, J. (1895). Pyrenocarpae Queenslandiae. Reports of the Australasian Association for

the Advancement of Science 6: 449-466.

SANTESSON, R. (1952). Fohticolous Lichens 1. Syiibolae Botanicae Upsalienses 12(1): 1-590.

SERUSIAUX, E. (1984). New species or interesting records of foliicolous lichens. Afycotaxon 20: 283-306.

SERUSIAUX, E. (1985). Gontocysts, goniocystangia and Opegrapha lambinonii and related species. The Lich-

enologist 17: 1-25.

SERUSIAUX, E. (1986). The nature and origin of campylidia in lichenized fungi. The Lichenologist 18: 1~35.

SHIRLEY, J. (1889). Lichen flora of Queensland. IH. The Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6:

165-218.

SHIRLEY, J. (1890). The Lichen Flora of Queensland. 1V. Brisbane: Royal Society of Queensland.

SUTTON, B.C. & ALCORN, J.L. (1983). Sarcinulella banksiae gen. et sp. nov., a Coelomycete with a unique

method of conidial dispersal. Mycotaxon 16: 557-564.

VEZDA, A. (1975a). Foliicole Flechten aus der Republik Guinea (W~Afrika). II. Acta Musei Silesiae ser. A, 24:

117-126.

VEZDA, A. (1975b). Foliicole Flechten aus Tanzania. Folia Geobotanica et Phytotaxonomica, Praha 10: 383-432.

VEZDA, A. (1977). Beitrag zur Kentniss foliikoler Flechten Vietnams. Acta Musei Silesiae, ser. A, 26: 21-33.

VEZDA, A. (1980). Foliicole Flechten aus Zaire. Folia Geobotanica et Phytotaxonomica, Praha 15: 75-94.

VEZDA, A. (1983). Foliicole Flechten aus der Kolchis (West-Transkaukasien, UdSSR). Folia Geobotanica et

Phytotaxonomica, Praha 18: 45-70.

VEZDA, A. (1984). Foliicole Flechten der Insel Kuba. Folia Geobotanica et Phytotaxonomica, Praha \9: 177-210.

VEZDA, A. (1986). Neue Gattungen der Familie Lecideaceae s. Jat. (Lichenes). Folia Geobotanica et Phytotax-

onomica, Praha 21: 199-219,

347

Austrobaileya 2(5): 547-553 (1988)

NEW ORCHID TAXA FROM SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND

D.L. Jones*

Currumbin Creek Road, Currumbin Valley, Qid

and M.A. Clements

Australian National Botanic Gardens

GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601

Summary

Five new species of Orchidaceae are described from south-eastern Queensland: Corybas montanus D. Jones,

Corybas barbarae D. Jones, Pterostylis nigricans D. Jones & M. Clements, Thelymitra fragrans D. Jones & M.

Clements and Caladenia atreclavia D. Jones & M. Clements.

In the course. of studies on the orchids of south-eastern Queensland by the senior

author, it has become apparent that a number of undescribed taxa occur in the region.

This paper is presented to validate the names of five species for the forthcoming third

volume of the Flora of South-eastern Queensland. All species have been discovered

during field work. Subsequent examination of the collections of BRI and NSW has |

shown that with the exception of Corybas barbarae, these new taxa are poorly represented

and have been overlooked by collectors.

Corybas montanus D. Jones species nova afhnis C. unguiculati R. Br. pedicellis longior-

ibus, floribus rubescentibus labello dentibus prominentibus in pagina ventrali

intra orifictum ornato differt. Typus: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Maroon,

30 May 1987, D.L. Jones 2483 and T.D. Jones, dense open forest in valley

between north and south peak (holo: BRI; 1so: BRI,CBG,K,MEL,NSW).

Glabrous terrestrial herb. Leaf 22-38 mm long, 17-30 mm wide, cordate, dark bluish-

green above, 3-5 main veins light-coloured, underside greenish-purple, shiny, veins

raised, apex recurved, with a very short apiculus. Peduncle 10-13 mm long, 1 mm wide,

reddish-pink. Floral bract 5-7 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, broadly ovate, acuminate, closely

sheathing. Ovary 6-8 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, linear, curved. Flower 12-14 mm long,

nodding, reddish to reddish-purple. Dorsal sepal 11-12.5 mm long, 4.5—6 mm wide when

flattened, reddish-purple, the narrow basal stalk to 4 mm long, 2 mm wide, curved,

eradually expanded into an ovate, strongly concave lamina, apex more or less ‘truncate.

Lateral sepals ca 5 mm long, 0.6 mm wide, linear, acuminate, white, embracing the base

of the labellum. Petals ca 5 mm long, 0.4 mm wide, linear, acuminate, white, curved

around side of labellum. Labellum 13-14 mm long, ca 15 mm wide when flattened,

reddish, tubular, dorsal margins connate, longer than dorsal sepal, 3-lobed. Lateral lobes

ca 4 mm across, more_or less rectangular, falcate. Mid-lobe ca 6 mm across, elliptical.

Labellum callus central, smooth in proximal 3 mm, next 5 mm densely packed with

dark red, cylindrical, moniliform, slightly backward sloping glands in ca 10 rows, each

gland ca 1 mm long, mass ca 2 mm across, next 3 mm of dark red teeth decrescent to

0.25 mm long, whole surface around orifice with similar, short, dark red teeth. Labellum

orifice ca 6 mm across, laterally curved upwards to the apex, margins dark purple, with

numerous marginal teeth ca 0.25 mm long. Labellum auricles ca 3 mm long, white,

nearly horizontal, opening ca | mm wide, narrow, column auricles not protruding through

orifice. Column ca 4 mm long, curved in distal half: basal auricles ca 2 mm long, curved.

Anther cap ca 1.6 mm long, pale yellow with a dark red blotch, more or less papillate,

opening widely. Stigma cordate, sunken, ca 1.2 mm across. Pollinarium ca 1.2 mm long.

Pollinia yellow, mealy, quickly losing cohesion. Capsule 9-11 mm long, 3-4 mm wide,

ovoid, on elongated peduncle 6-12 cm long. Fig. 1A-C.

Other specimen examined: Queensland. MORETON District: Mt Maroon, Jun 1962, £verist 7191 (BRI).

*Now Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT 2601.

548

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland, probably extending south over the border but

not represented in the New South Wales herbarium.

Habitat: Mountain tops of the McPherson Ranges in open forest and among rocks, in

sandy gravelly soils.

Flowering period: June-July.

Affinities: C. montanus has affinities with C. unguiculatus but can be distinguished by

its longer peduncle, reddish rather than purple flowers and the surface around the orifice

of the labellum being covered with short, erect teeth.

Notes: This species grows in loose colonies and the flowers are self-pollinating. Aithough

not recorded in New South Wales its abundance in some parts of Queensland close to

the border suggests a logical extension into that state.

Conservation status: This species is well conserved in National Parks.

Etymology: The specific epithet was chosen because this orchid grows in mountainous

habitats.

Corybas barbarae D. Jones species nova affinis C. aconitiflori Salisb. floribus albis

multum grandioribus sepalo dorsal usque 20 mm lato, labello valde hirsuto

labelli auriculis grandioribus a columna prorsum projectentibus constatis differt.

Typus: Queensland. MORETON District: Heritage Creek, south-eastern side of

Mt Tamborine, 21 May 1987, D.L. Jones 2484 & B.E. Jones, protected slopes in

open forest (holo: BRI; tso: CBG,K,MEL,NSW).

Glabrous terrestrial herb. Leaf 16-32 mm long, 18-36 mm wide, cordate to orbicular,

dull green above, mid-vein whitish, secondary veins not conspicuous, light reddish purple

and pellucid beneath, apex apiculate. Peduncle 1-2 mm long. Floral bract 5-6 mm long,

2.5-3 mm wide, ovate, closely sheathing, acuminate. Ovary ca 10 mm long, 2.5 mm

wide, recurved. Flower solitary, 15-22 mm long, 12-16 mm wide, crystalline white with

pink suffusions towards the apex, becoming pinker with age. Dorsal sepal to 32 mm

long, 20 mm wide when flattened, broadly elliptical, narrowed at base, curved throughout,

concave, bulbous when viewed from front, margins more or less incurved, apex apiculate,

outer surface suffused pink, inner suface heavily blotched with purplish-red. Lateral

sepals ca 1.8 mm long, 0.2 mm wide, linear, acuminate, projected upwards against the

base of the labellum. Petals ca 1 mm long, 0.2 mm wide, linear, acute, falcate, hidden

behind the labellum auricles. Labellum ca 12.5 mm long, 7 mm wide, mostly hidden

by dorsal sepal, translucent white, a large, dark purple blotch on the inner base, tubular

for most of its length, distal margins flared and reflexed against tube, the surface of

flared part covered with hispid bristles ca 0.25 mm long extending into distal half of

tube. Labellum callus thickened, fleshy, folded, opaquely white. Labellum auricles ca

5-7.5 mm long, ca 2 mm wide, closed, curved forwards from ovary, white. Column ca

4 mm long, 2 mm wide, more or less erect, white, broadened towards base. Column

wings ca 0.5 mm long. Anther ca 2 mm long, 1 mm wide, with a very short, blunt

rostrum. Stigma ca 1 mm across, | mm high, rectangular, sunken. Pollinarium ca 1.2

mm long, 1 mm wide. Pollinia yellow, mealy. Capsule 14-16 mm long, 5-7 mm wide,

ovoid, on elongated peduncle 15-20 cm long. Fig. 1D-F.

Selected specimens examined (all BRI): Queensland. Cook District: Herberton Range, Apr 1963, Deckriil s.n.

NortH KENNEDY District: Mt Spec, Jun 1955, Abell s.n. MORETON District: Mt Coolum, Jun 1982, Sharpe

3205. New South Wales. CENTRAL COAST: Wardell, May 1987, Jones s.n.

Distribution: North-eastern Queensland to central-eastern New South Wales (Atherton

Tableland to northern suburbs of Sydney).

Habitat: Protected areas in open forest and woodland, usually on sheltered slopes or

close to streams in shallow clay loams.

Flowering period: May-July.

Affinities: C. barbarae has affinities with C. aconitiflorus but can be distinguished by its

much larger flowers of a crystalline white coloration, a dorsal sepal twice as wide, a

strongly hirsute labellum lamina and larger labellum auricles which project forwards

from the ovary.

549

= i

ey O

TS |

ae td *

y Ll hs “

xf (ete *, As oe

ial ae -* _ mF

4 ite . #* pe a

Se Some aE eed

7 my i] eal

at r

La * en .

tt ™ *. L

ey co G

wae Ts a * ba - i

1 I . i F ' “ a |

r ns al ae

“! - * . r r f, wt f all

* wt * « #

— 4 cr rl . #

F OF tel Am ye atl a”. . + 4 r ‘ Li

ats : ef is Z o ~ ted

4 # + |

‘ t *

‘ a

‘ } i

ere te K

“ s r

¢° 4 ‘| je wl ¢

4 they so ” 2 he

id Ya te St a % ~

aon ‘ at ae "a: ‘,

d “ t

Pow eee eg © wee ; =

Keele abate Rennie

* * sy ” OF <

* }

4 at » hh = 4 ” . bee EE EL iy mes —e ne rapt

fun areata

_ Pen ie “aan “ae ad aoe ty ee ae C)

r ed - \ al ee el sad

yw i » ”

” Cal “ay wry

wy of ” nr “my shee

»*”

D. flower from

D-F Jones 2484.

de. B. L.S. of labetlum. C. leaf. Corybas barbarae

A. flower from s

. of flower. F. leaf. A-C Jones 2483

_ 1. Corybas montanus

de, E. L.S

Fig

Be Eee eee en Pree ee ee ee

550

Notes: This common widespread species often forms extensive colonies. It is remarkable

that such a well-marked species has been confused with C. aconitiflorus for so long.

Conservation status: This species is well conserved in National Parks.

Etymology: This species 1s named in honour of Barbara Elizabeth Jones, who has

encouraged and assisted the orchid research of D.L. Jones for more than 20 years.

Pterostylis nigricans D. Jones & M. Clements species nova affinis P. parviflorae R. Br.

statura elatiore, floribus grandioribus atrochoclatinis labello rhomboideo praeditis

differt. Typus: Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Stradbroke Island, 26 May 1987,

Jones 2482, open forest and heathland (holo: BRI; 1so: BRI,CBG,NSW).

Glabrous terrestrial herb. Plants 12-32 cm tall, bearing 1-6 flowers. Rosette 1, basal,

borne on a lateral growth. Leaves 3-11, ovate to sagittate, 5-16 mm long, 5~8 mm wide,

mid-green to bluish-green. Petioles slender, 3-5 mm long. Inflorescence slender, flowers

well spaced, 1-3 open at once. Sterile bracts 2-6, 10-14 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, ovate-

lanceolate, sheathing to spreading, acuminate. Floral bracts similar. Flowers 9-10 mm

long, dark chocolate brown, green and white at base, shiny, with prominent trichomes

on the dorsal sepal. Dorsal sepal ca 14 mm long, 4.5 mm wide, erect in proximal half

then curved forwards, as long as petals, apex bluntly acute. Lateral sepals erect, closely

embracing the galea, united part ca 6 mm long, 4.5 mm wide; free points ca 3 mm long,

tapered, erect or curved forwards; sinus step-like, hardly protruding, notched at the centre

then flat; labellum not visible. Petals ca 9 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, obliquely lanceolate,

falcate, dark brown striped with white. Labellum ca 3 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, rhomboid,

dark brown with narrow white areas on either side of central callus, hardly curved, apex

obtuse. Labellum callus of a raised central ridge, dark brown. Basal appendage ca 1.5

mm long, broad at base, triid, more or less decurved. Column ca 5 mm long, erect.

Wings ca 1.5 mm long, brown, outer margins curved or more or less indented, upper

part produced into a linear lobe ca 0.6 mm long, lower part obtuse, slightly hairy. Anther

ca 1 mm long, with a short rostrum. Stigma ca 1.5 mm wide, 1.5 mm high, scutiform,

more or less central. Pollinia ca 1.2 mm long, linear-clavate, yellow, mealy. Capsule 7-9

mm long, 4-5 mm wide, ovoid. Fig. 2E-G.

Other specimen examined: New South Wales. NORTH Coast: Byron Bay, May 1986, Jones s.n. (BRI).

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales.

Habitat: Scrubs and heathland in coastal and near-coastal districts in sandy souls.

Flowering period: March—May. -

Affinities: P. nigricans is closely related to P. parviflora R. Br. but can be readily

distinguished by its much taller habit and the larger, chocolate brown flowers with a

rhomboid labellum.

Notes: This species grows in colonies and 1s often locally common. The flowers exude

an unusual smell resembling semen, most noticeable in showery weather.

Conservation status: Although fairly widely distributed, this species is only known to be

represented in one National Park. Much of its habitat is likely to be destroyed by coastal

development. Suggested status 3RC according to Leigh, Briggs and Hartley (1981).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the very dark coloration of the flowers.

Thelymitra fragrans D. Jones & M. Clements species nova afhinis 7. nudae Lindley folia

multum latiore membranaceiore flaccido, pilorum caespitibus globosis, floribus

odorem valde aromate conditum exhalentibus differt. Typus: Queensland. MORETON

DISTRICT: O’Reilly’s property, Green Mountains, 14 September 1987, Harman

s.n., in clumps of Dendrobiurn kingianum on exposed escarpments (holo: BRI;

iso: AD,BRI,CBG,NSW).

Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers to 5 cm long, 2 cm wide, obovoid to ovoid, brown,

fleshy. Leaf 8-27 cm long, 10-22 mm wide, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, usually flaccid,

bright green, shiny, not thick textured, shallowly channelled, acute to acuminate. Inflo-

rescence 15-35 cm tall, slender, wiry, with 2 closely ensheathing, lanceolate, acuminate

351

o Pa ”

Lot el ey

ne eee eee ee eemnne eee neme nee oe eeeeeeeeeee oe ee eeeeeeeee emer eee ee Tem

»“

v4 * " * * gg +

~— ee Tee Fe pee t TF EFF FF

a '

* re ww

F) * 4 r oe ! + ? “

4 a a tel

eat oe et ap ma 7

”

“om “y

cm fh i wt

Se ea

” *

od ‘i etm 5

Cy hater a ©

al * ‘

» , *h ©

hf " hh

oe La

‘a’ | 4 es

“ at ie) fae: (fo

> ce ee tel a SO 2

o L.

apy, a - + wf ‘’ rd be 7 4 “ells Lt

hort he » fA + ' * y " " a

wen " r ™ )

nv oN ~ rh ” ret * Paar ay " y aie aia

rhage at tee . “ a s Fy h 4 ‘te!

mye yt, 5 ‘ 7 ” " ar 5 a ‘ Perry ‘ i *4

‘hyn owe » »

oy te ry ~~ ” i = i :™ ot Me 4 »? bi

** Past TY Cot” oot Ly ow» 8

vt. SAG ” " wo , va oa am ae a

» * rm, he

KW ” > ¢. ‘ 2, / 0 hy

a : » weg

ite a: . * " 4

» wil ’ rd my » ”

“yee J + Fm r »" 4 LS ur.

ten ” » ‘hn » td nid * nai”

K m yo” Fre « we ‘ _ i, apt gy Eee ee “wn sear oe :

ada) x Mine ar ” ” : oF

een See PLY, et weg sae OF ay Sr cae

4 4

~ . ‘ 8 ; ? s " <A Sie det a)

" of " ’ am eee at epee

Na iat ¥ ih ” ae ot ag tH

¥ ” *

Ne ” lame “ . ” vm wt, "

ae oh, ° an ory , ” . : ¥ 2a "3

an 4

ars. beg “oagey 8 ve of |

9 ry +? hy t “—"

a. mow ’ an ee Q Fr eye Ll = » Ped

mote bru “ < re r _™

oe Me ‘oP -, 4 * ro td

hr an » ee oh *.

el ee ” ” » >

i ee Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eer

palette Tie Pema te lene beeeee Dem ere meee m een ereem seem eemeeee etbttties Dafeegtegheees Fememeenne teen eeeeeegLeeeemensnnes San teag tee Stee BR bese Lyrae Bares

C. flower from front.

tra fragrans

de. B. LS. of labellum. Thelymi

E, flower from side. F. flower from front. G. labeilum from above.

C,D Harman s.n.; E-G Jones 2482.

iS HigricaHs

A. flower from s

D. column from side. Prterostyil

Fig. 2. Caladenia atroclavia

A.B Jones 2485

Re I ance ae eee ee tee tee Peewee te a Me

te Tian tee tee eee fee ee eee tees cee

552

sterile bracts 3-5 cm long, 6~8 mm wide. Floral bracts 10-20 mm long, 6-8 mm wide,

ovate-lanceolate, acuminate. Flowers 2-11, 25-30 mm across, bright blue to mauve,

sometimes with pinkish tinges, the segments spreading readily or reflexing at temperatures

above ca 18°C, with a strong, spicy fragrance. Dorsal sepal 10-15 mm long, 4-6 mm

wide, lanceolate, unequally acute to acuminate. Lateral sepals 10-15 mm long, 4-6 mm

wide, lanceolate, unequally acute to acuminate. Petals 10-14 mm long, 5~7 mm wide,

ovate, subacute. Labellum 10-14 mm long, 5~6 mm wide, obovate-spathulate, obtuse

to subacute. Column 6-7 mm long, slightly recurved, white, hooded, Column-arms ca

i mm long, more or less terete, projected forwards, the basiscopic margins abruptly

turned upwards near the apex, ending in hair tufts; cilla ca 2 mm long, white, clavate,

not moniliform, numerous, crowded in more or less globose masses. Post-anther lobe

cinnamon-brown, yellowish at the margin, deeply notched, dilated laterally, smooth with

a few very small papillae adjacent to the notch, overlapping the hair tufts. Anther ca 3

mm long, 2-8 mm wide, with a very short rostrum ca 0.2 mm long, concealed by the

stigma. Pollinartum ca 2 mm long, 2 mm wide, consisting of 2 pairs of cohesive, white

_ pollinta ca 2 mm long, | mm wide, attached directly to a scuttform viscidium ca 0.5

mm long, 0.5 mm wide. Stigma ca 3 mm wide, 2.8 mm high, more or less rectangular

to scutiform, deeply notched, upper margin more or less crenate. Capsule 10-14 mm

long, 6~8 mm wide, obovoid. Fig. 2C & D,

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales (McPherson

Range to Whian Whian State Forest but probably extending further south).

Habitat: Rocky escarpments and rocky slopes in open forest, often adjacent to streams.

This species occurs in similar habitats to D. kingianum and in fact is usually found

growing in clumps of this epiphyte, with the tubers buried among its pseudobulbs and

root system.

Flowering period: August-—October.

Affinities: 7. fragrans is closely related to 7. nuda (with which it has been previously

confused) but can be readily distinguished by its broad, thinner-textured, flaccid leaf, its

more or less globose hair tufts and its strong, spicy floral fragrance. By contrast T. nuda

has a thick, ribbed, erect leaf, brush-like hair tufts and a sweet, but much less noticeable,

perfume. It grows in sclerophyl! forests but does not favour rocky slopes and escarpments.

The predeliction of 7. fragrans for clumps of Dendrobium kingianum is notable.

Conservation status: 7. fragrans is widespread and well represented in National Parks.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the strong floral fragrance.

Caladenia atreclavia D. Jones & M. Clements species neva afiinis C. Atzeeraldii Rupp

labelli dentis marginalibus longioribus, clavis apicalibus longioribus crassioribus

fuscatis In sepalis ornatis differt. Typus: Queensland. DARLING Downs District:

A ie 11 October 1987, Jones 2485, in open forest in gravelly soil (holo:

BRD.

Hirsute terrestrial herb. Leaf 8-12 cm long, 5-10 mm wide, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate,

erect, hirsute with patent, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 2.5 mm long, base irregularly

blotched with red-purple. Inflorescence 25-35 cm tall, wiry, hirsute with spreading

uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 2.5 mm long. Sterile bract ca 20 mm long, 2 mm

wide, linear-lanceolate, involute, acuminate, externally hirsute, sttuated near middle of

scape. Fertile bract ca 20 mm long, 4 mm wide, lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing,

externally pubescent. Flower usually solitary, ca 6 cm across, segments spreading then

drooping in distal half, pale greenish cream with red suffusions especially on petals, the

sepals with prominently thickened, dark reddish purple osmophores (clubs), floral fra-

grance resembling an overheated electrical motor. Dorsal sepal 38-45 mm long, 1.5-2

mm wide, erect, incurved, linear-lanceolate at base then narrowed to a channelled part

ca 0.5 mm wide, central stripe reddish, narrow, terminated by a thickened, dark reddish

purple osmophore ca 13 mm long, 1 mm across, consisting of minute, densely packed,

reddish purple, globular, sessile glandular cells. Lateral sepals 39-45 mm long, 3~3.5

mm wide, linear-lanceolate, falcate, divergent, with a narrow central reddish stripe,

abruptly narrowed in distal half to a channelled section ca 0.3 mm wide, terminated by

an osmophore similar to that of the dorsal sepal. Petals 30-35 mm long, 1.3~-1.5 mm

353

wide, linear-lanceolate, long-acuminate, with a prominent red central stripe. Labellum

articulated on a short claw ca 1.4 mm long, 0.5 mm wide. Lamina 13-15 mm long,

8-10 mm wide, narrow ovate to narrow cordate when flattened, green in proximal half,

dark maroon in distal half, erect in proximal half then somewhat flattened, strongly

recurved in distal third; proximal margins with 6-8 linear, spreading, curved, somewhat

clavate teeth to 1.5 mm long; distal margins with broad, forward-facing, obtuse teeth

decrescent to irregular protrusions near the apex. Lamina calli in 4 rows extending about

half way to apex, dark maroon, congested at labellum base, stalked, decreasing in size

and becoming sessile; basal calli ca 2 mm long, stalked, head swollen, clavate, ca 0.5

mm across; longest lamina calli ca 2.2 mm long, long-stalked, flat-topped, teardrop-

shaped from above. Column 8-10 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, recurved 1n proximal half

then strongly incurved, green, broadly winged; basal glands ca 1.2 mm long, 0.8 mm

wide, asymmetrically clavoid, shiny yellow with red base. Anther ca 2 mm long, 2 mm

wide, green, with a very short rostrum. Pollinia 4, ca 2 mm long, boomerang-shaped,

flat, yellow. Stigma ca 1.5 mm wide, green, more or less circular. Capsule not seen. Fig.

2A & B.

Distribution: South-eastern Queensland (Wyberba in the Darling Downs district); probably

extending into similar terrain in northern New South Wales.

Habitat: Open forest in grey gravelly soils of granitic origin.

Flowering Period: October.

Affinities: C. atroclavia has been confused with C. fitzgeraldii Rupp (Rupp 1943, Hunt

1947) and to a lesser extent C. reticulata Fitzg., neither of which occur in Queensland.

It can be immediately distinguished from both taxa by the very prominent, much longer,

dark-coloured terminal osmophores on the sepals. Also its marginal labellum teeth are

longer than those of C. fitzgeraldii and extend nearly to the apex as irregular protrub-

erances (entire in C. fitzgeraldii) but much shorter than those of C. reticulata which has

teeth to 3 mm long, The senior author was unable to find any herbarium material of

this species in either BRI or NSW.

Conservation Status: C. atroclavia is at present known only from the Wyberba area, but

it is known to be conserved in Girraween National Park. Its conservation status is

suggested as 2RC following the criteria of Leigh, Briggs and Hartley (1981).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the prominent, dark coloured sepalline osmo-

phores (clubs).

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank Les Pedley, Queensland Herbarium for furnishing the

Latin diagnoses and Jim Armstrong, Australian National Botanic Gardens for criticism

of the draft; Bob Johnson, Director of Queensland Herbarium for support and assistance

to D.L. Jones and providing access to material at BRI; Lex Barton, John Roberts, Jean

Harslett, Colin Harman and Vern Charlsworth for information and specimens and

Barbara Jones for processing the manuscript. The work of D.L. Jones was partly funded

by a grant from the Australian Biological Resources Study.

References

HUNT, T.E. (1947). A Census of South Queensland Orchids. Brisbane: Queensland Orchid Society.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 7. Canberra: Australian Nattonal Parks and Wildlife

Service.

RUPP, H.M.R. (1943). The Orchids of New South Wales. Glebe: Australian Medical Publishing Coy Ltd.

555

Austrobaileya 2(5): 555 (1988)

NEW COMBINATIONS FOR SOLANUM AMERICANUM

MILLER (SOLANACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND

R.J.F. Henderson

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

The new combinations Solanum americanum subsp. nodiflorum and Solanum americanum subsp. nutans are made.

In the account of Solanum americanum Miller in Flora of Australia 29 (Purdie

et al. 1982), no infraspecific taxa were recognized. I believe I have shown convincingly

(Henderson 1974) that, within the plants concerned in Australia, two infraspecific taxa

can be recognized. Though there has been a diversity of world opinion as to whether or

not S. americanum and S. nodiflorum Jacq. are synonyms, in the Australian region,

including New Zealand, the majority of workers have, in the light of this, taken the

pragmatic view that one variable species is represented here and that its name 1s S.

americanum. I have published my views on this (Henderson, /oc. cit.) but concede that

if a broad specific concept is followed, all material I included in S. nodiflorum in 1974

can be included in S. americanum. However, for field workers recognizing the two taxa

Ive indicated, there are no distinctive names under S. americanum to distinguish them.

For their benefit then, the following new combinations are provided.

Solanum americanum subsp. nodiflorum (Jacq.) R. Henderson, comb. nov.

Solanum nodiflorum Jacaq., Collectanea 2: 288 (1789) (17887); Icon. pl. rar. 2: t.

326 (1789), p.11 (1795).

Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. subsp. nodiflorum, fide R.J.F. Henderson, Contr. Queens-

land Herb. 16: 29 (1974).

Solanum americanum var. nodiflorum (Jacq.) Edmonds, J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 634

(1971).

Type: cult. Vienna, hb. Jacq. (lecto: BM, fide Henderson, /oc. cit.).

Solanum americanum subsp. nutans (R. Henderson) R. Henderson, comb. nov.

Solanum nodiflorum subsp. nutans R. Henderson, Contr. Queensland Herb. 16:30

(1974). Type: Department of Primary Industries grounds, Indooroopilly, Queens-

land, 3 July 1969, R.J.F. Henderson H518 (holo: BRI; iso: GFW,K,MEL,NSW).

I consider these taxa are at least subspecifically distinct from each other and from

the type of S. americanum subsp. americanum for reasons stated previously (Henderson,

op. cit.), a situation intimated by Edmonds (1977).

The subspecies nodiflorum is not definitely known from New Zealand but the

subspecies nutans is recorded from the north of the South Island, is reasonably widespread

in the North Island and is abundant on many offshore islands (W. R. Sykes, pers. comm.).

Some New Zealand specimens of this latter subspecies have a somewhat different facies

from typical Australian and New Zealand ones but are still distinguishable by the

diagnostic characters of the subspecies.

References

EDMONDS, J.M. (1977). Taxonomic Studies on Solanum section Solanum (Maurella). Botanical Journal of the

Linnean Society 75: 141-178.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1974). Solanum ee unt L. (Solanaceae) and Related Species in Australia. Contributions

from the Queensland Herbarium 16: {-78.

PURDIE, R.W., SYMON, D.E. & HAEGI, L. (1982). Solanaceae. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 29:

[-197, Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

33%

Austrobaileya 2(5): 557-566 (1988)

VARIATION IN GYNURA DRYMOPHILA (F. MUELL.) F.G.

DAVIES (ASTERACEAE: SENECIONEAE)

P.J. Forster and A. Thongpukdee

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

On the basis of a comparative growth experiment with subsequent morphological and anatomical investigations,

Gynura drypmophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies is considered to be a variable species, comprising two varieties. G.

drymophila var. glabrifolia var. nov. is described. Notes on the distribution, habitat and conservation status of the

yarieties are provided.

The genus Gynura Cass. (Asteraceae) has been revised for Malesia and Australia

(Davies 1981), with one species G. drymophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies recognised to

occur in Australia. Predominantly Asian (Davies 1979), the genus in Australia comprises

two species, G. drymophila and one undescribed (R.J. Henderson, pers. comm. 1986).

In her 1981 account Davies provided a description for G. drymophila which was

apparently based on examination of relatively few dried collections from BM and K.

There are several obvious discrepancies in the morphological description when compared

with fresh material and the account does not indicate the much wider distribution of

this species, nor does it make any comment on its habitat. In fact Davies’s distribution

map ignores the south-eastern Queensland locality of the type collection giving only far

north-eastern coastal Queensland for the species. During field collecting in south-eastern

Queensland, several populations of Gynura drymophila were encountered that were at

variance with the descriptions for the species by Davies (1981) and Stanley and Ross

(1986). These plants differed either in floral dimensions or in vegetative characters such

as the presence or absence of pubescence.

Reported here are the results of a study of living plants with recourse to dried

material for general distribution and typification.

Materials and Methods

The holdings of Gynura at BRI and selected material at K were examined.

Plants from six populations sampled (populations 1-6 in Table 1) were grown

individually in pots in a peat:sand mixture (50:50) under 30% shading sarlon cloth for

up to two years. The vegetative and reproductive material that developed in this period

provided the majority of data utilised in the study.

Table 1. Collection sites for Gynura drymophila populations studied in cultivation or

from live material (All vouchers at BRI)

No. Location Lat. Long. Voucher

1 Mt Perry 29°12’S, 151°41’E Forster 2115

2 Mt Edwards 2802'S, 182°33’E Forster 2397

3 2km SW of Boolbunda Rock 25°08’S, I151°41’E Forster 2425

4 Carlisle Island 20°37'S, 149°18’E Batianoff s.n.

5 Windsor Tableland 16°25’/S, 145°02’E Tucker 91

6 Flinders Peak 27°49’S, 152°49’E Forster 2735 & Orford

7 Black Gin Ck 25°29'S, 151°S5S’E Forster 2909

8 Ben Lomond 28°06’S, 152°44/E Bird & Bellotti

AQ436143, AQ436144

358

For study of leaf anatomy, leaves approximately 8 cm long from cultivated plants

were fixed in FAA, dehydrated through a tertiary butyl alcohol series (Johansen 1940)

and cross-sectioned at 7um. Sections were cut at two positions on the leaf, (1) the middle

of the lamina which was also usually the broadest position, (2) 0.5 cm from the bottom

of the lamina. Non-permanent epidermal strips of both upper and lower epidermis were

prepared from these two positions. Upper and lower surfaces from populations 1-3

(Table 1) from the widest point of the lamina, between the midrib and edge were sputter

coated with gold and viewed in a Phillips 500 Scanning Electron Microscope.

For studies of floral morphology, capitula from cultivated plants of populations

1-6 in Table 1 were sampled (between 0700 and 1000 hours) as well as those of the

two populations obtained subsequently to the comparative growth experiment (viz Forster

2909, Bird & Bellotti AQ436143, 436144).

Results

Pubescent-leaved plants (populations 1,2,4,5,7, and 8[AQ436144] in Table 1)

possessed uniseriate multicellular trichomes (Fig. 1A 1C) whereas plants that appeared

glabrous to the naked eye (populations 3,6, and 8140436143) showed no evidence of

trichome initiation (Fig. 1B,1D). Similarly the leaf cross-sections of the glabrous plants

did not provide any evidence of abscissed trichomes or trichome initiation, in comparison

to the pubescent plants which had noticeable multicellular trichomes. Little variation

was evident in epidermal cell patterning with the more pronounced ridging on the surface

of the glabrous leaf lamina examined in the SEM (Fig. 1B,1D) being due to excessive

drying of the sample under vacuum. Leaf shape is quite variable on any one plant with

laminas ranging from totally entire to strongly dissected (Figs 2,5). Leaves of the pubescent

plants are generally more weakly concave adaxially, grey green and less rigid when fully

turgid, in comparison to the strongly concave, light-green and strongly rigid (when fully

turgid) leaves of the glabrous plants (Figs 2,4).

No major morphological differences (apart from presence or absence of hairs)

were discernible in epidermal strips from the various populations. Stomata were evenly

distributed over the leaf surface but more frequent on the lower epidermis.

From the leaf cross-sections examined no major morphological differences were

observed in the shape, size or number of various cell types such as epidermis, hypodermis,

palisade and spongy mesophyll or vascular tissue.

Capitula from the various populations did not vary significantly in bract number,

phyllary number, pappus structure, style and stigma size or morphology, or corolla colour

and shape, apart from population 5 where the overall capitulum diameter was 6-7 mm

in comparison to 7-9 mm for the other populations studied. Staminal filaments from

flowers of the glabrous plants (populations 3,6, and 8[AQ436143]) were often swollen

below the anther (Fig. 5B), whereas those from some of the pubescent plants (populations

1,2,4,5,7) were generally not (Fig. 3E). This distinction did not prove to be reliable and

appears to be dependent on the age of the flower, as flowers of pubescent plants collected

at around 1600 hours tended to have anther filaments indistinguishable from those of

glabrous plants.

Phyllaries from capitula of the glabrous plants were devoid of hairs whereas those

of the pubescent plants had similar hairs to those found on the leaves.

Discussion

Pubescence is a common morphological feature used in the delimitation of both

specific and infraspecific taxa in many plant groups. In many cases this feature may be

under close genetic control and be rigidly selected for or against in differing environments.

An excellent example is provided with various populations of Encelia (Asteraceae) as

studied by Ehleringer and colleagues 1n north and south America. In Encelia farinosa,

a species from hot, arid habitats, the presence of leaf pubescence results in decreased

leaf absorptance of solar radiation and consequently decreased leaf temperature and

transpiration, in comparison with leaves of a glabrous leaved species, £. cali ifornica from

mild, wetter habitats (Ehleringer & Bjorkman 1978, Ehleringer & pone, 1978). The

distribution of other pubescent/glabrous species-pairs of Encelia is essentially parapatric

TR RE ee ; Busatana Rita alate

é tat aratahat

tal

aratahareta erate! ‘aa

seine es

seeeraacstsc tn

aes me

, = as ce

Pha)

Fig. 1. SEM photographs. A-B upper leaf surface: A. Gynura drymophila var. drymophila, B. G. drymophila var.

glabrifolia. C-D lower leaf surface: C. Gynura drymophila var. drymophila, D. G. drymophila var. glabrifolia.

A,C Forster 2115; B,D Forster 2425.

560

with occurence of the various taxa being related to vegetation type (Ehleringer et al.

1981). Where overlap does rarely exist, hybridisation between species occurs with

intermediately pubescent individuals resulting.

A similar morphological situation appears to exist with Gynura drymophila in

eastern Australia, with both glabrous and pubescent populations occurring, but usually

in different habitat types throughout much the same overall distribution range. In all

populations studied in the field, except for that at Ben Lomond (Bird & Bellotti AQ436143,

436144), plants are either entirely glabrous or entirely pubescent.

Where populations are in close geographical proximity (e.g. populations | and 3)

the rock type of the substrate and associated species are different. Pubescent populations

are known to occur on rhyolite at Mt Perry, Mt Edwards, Mt Walsh (Crisp 2635), Black

Gin Creek (Forster 2909) and Glen Rock, Esk (D. Orford, pers. comm. 1986) and

glabrous populations on trachyte at Flinders Peak and intruded granite 2km SW of

Boolbunda Rock. Examination of the Ben Lomond population (13 Feb 1988) revealed

an interesting distribution of plants in the habitat. On the more restricted outcroppings

of highly weathered rhyolite, a mixture of glabrous and pubescent plants occurred

(roughly 3:1 for approximately 20 plants seen). On the more predominant, lightly

weathered rhyolite cliff lines, only pubescent plants occurred. Occasional plants of either

type occurred in adjacent eucalypt forest among long grass where survival rates with

respect to fire would be expected to be low.

Both pubescent and glabrous populations occur in high light environments, and

the function of pubescence remains to be investigated. It is probable that pubescence is

important in the reflection of incident radiation as was found for G. aurantiaca DC.

(Gausman & Cardenas 1969), a mesomorphic species (Fahn 1986) from Java, but whether

to the same extent as in Encelia remains to be seen. Lightly weathered rhyolite tends

to shed moisture very quickly, whereas highly weathered rhyolite, intruded granites and

trachytes tend to be more moisture retentive (M.F. Olsen, pers. comm. 1988), so perhaps

the different morphological forms of Gynura di -ymophila differ in tolerance to water

deficit stress. This also remains to be investigated.

G. drymophila may be considered as a species in the process of differentiation

into different habitat forms and appears to encompass two distinct genetic groups that

differ primarily in pubescence, but also show some slight difference in anther-filament

swelling and leaf colour and rigidity. As the character of foliage pubescence is consistent

both within and between different populations over a wide range and does not change

under conditions of uniform cultivation, it is considered that two distinct varieties of

G. drymophila occur. As the pubescent variety is far more commonly encountered and

more widely distributed, it 1s considered that the glabrous variety has arisen independently

at several localities. This glabrous variety 1s now established at several localities on

parent volcanic material of differing types from that with the pubescent variety present,

except at Ben Lomond where both occur on rhyolite, albeit under differing weathering

regimes.

GYNURA DRYMOPHILA

Gynura drymophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies, Kew Bull. 35: 733 (1981) (“drymophilus’’).

Senecio drymophilus F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857).

Lectotype (designated here): Australia, Brisbane River, Oct. 1856, Hill & Mueller

(holo: K i seen); iso: K (photo seen, mixed sheet with Dallachy collection),

MEL? n.y.).

Gynura pseudochina auct. non (L.) DC.; Benth., Fl. austral. 3: 661 (1867); F. Muell.,

Syst. census Austral. pl. 84 (1882); Second Syst. census 142 (1889); Bailey, Syn.

Queensl. fl. 265 (1883); Cat. pi. Queensland 26 (1890); Queensl. fl. 3: 873 (1900);

Queensland Agric. J. 28: 198 (1912); Compr. cat. Queensland pl. 275 (1913);

Domin, Biblhoth. Bot. 89: 1239 (1929),

Senecio shirleyanus Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1240 (1929). Type: Sud-Queensland,

Regenwalder der Tambourine Mts, in der Nahe der Wasserfalle, Mar 1910, Domin

(holo: PR, photo!).

561

PONE RHOdHOe ReneHE ees Bee oo HS, opr eye oreo rece rrererem Da yeanseinnes cannes seoasansnsataniter Se OMe? fe Oe OP OP MO h tee

oe etre

telat ety Tete reee, eeeewenenes eeeerromeeveme te ee eT aT

wee

A. habit X 0.45. B. leaf series from base of stem to base of inflorescence

ymophila

ila var. dr

Fig. 2. Gynura drymoph

{top to bottom) X 0.45. A,B Forster 2397.

562

Succulent herbaceous perennial or biennial to 50 cm high, base woody, to 10 cm diameter.

Basal leaves petiolate, petiole 1-3 cm long; upper leaves sessile; margin irregularly

toothed: blades obovate, ovate-oblong or narrowly ovate; light-green to grey-green,

sometimes purplish in adaxial interveinal areas; scabrous, secondary veins indistinct,

3-6 pairs; apex obtuse; 5~16 cm X 1-6 cm. Inflorescence terminal, 20-40 cm long, hght-

green to grey-green with purplish blotching; with 2-3 branches 20-30 cm long, each

bearing 1-3 capitula on light-green peduncles 20-50 cm long. Capitulum campanulate,

6-9 mm diameter; subtended by ca 10 linear, light-green purple-tipped bracts, 7-10 mm

x 1 mm; 30-50-flowered. Phyllaries 13, linear, 15-18 mm long, light-green. Corolla

14-15 mm long, orange-yellow, limb 4 mm long; lobes acute, cucullate, 0.8-—1 mm long.

Style 18-20 mm long, orange-yellow, glabrous. Stigma ca 2 mm long, minutely puberulous,

orange-yellow. Ovary ca 3 mm X 0.75 mm, light-green. Stamens 5, in collar around

style. Anthers 1.6-1.7 mm X 0.23-0.26 mm, colourless. Filaments 0.8-1 mm X 0.06-0.09

mm: colourless. Achenes 1.5-—6 mm long, pale to dark brown, pappus of 140-160 filiform,

translucent, minutely spiculate hairs, 7-13 mm long.

Senecio shirleyanus described by Domin (1929) from Mt Tamborine, is considered

by R.O. Belcher (pers. comm. 1986) to be a synonym of G. drymophila. A photograph

of the type (PR) in the possession of Dr Belcher showed a plant with pubescent foliage.

Key to Varieties

Plant pubescent Ds te ee eeeeee se 1. G, drymophila var. drymophila

Plant glabrous ................ 0... 2. G. drymophila var. glabrifolia

1. G. drymophila var. drymophila

Foliage pubescent, grey-green (live). Leaves when fully turgid, weakly rigid and weakly

concave adaxially.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DisTRicT: Windsor Tableland, 16°25’S, 145°02’E, Oct 1986, Tucker 91

(BRI. NORTH KENNEDY District: Holbourne Is, Great Barrier Reef, 19°45’S, 148°21’E, Mar 1971, Heatwole

AQ007728 (BRI); Edwards Is, Great Barrier Reef, 20°15’S, 149°15’E, May 1969, Heatwole AQ006477 (BRI);

Hayman Is, Jun 1934, White 10146 (BRD; Long Is, Jul 1935, White 12170 (BRI. SouTH KENNEDY DisTRICT:

Bailey Islet, Great Barrier Reef, 21°02’S, 149°33’E, May 1969, Firth AQO07888 (BRD); Carlisle Is, Sep 1986,

Batianoff AQ451404 (BRI); The Neck, Shaw Is, 20°29’S, 149°09’E, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3151 & Dalliston (BRD.

LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Brigalow Research Stn, 20 miles [32 km] NW of Theodore, Sep 1967, Johnson 2689

(BRI). PorT Curtis District: Pine Islet, Great Barrier Reef, 21°39’S, 150°13’E, Feb 1971, Heatwole AQO0640I

(BRI); S Percy Isles, Mar 1906, Tryon AQ247920 (BRD; Rockhampton, undated, Daflachy s.n. (K, mixed sheet

with isolectotype). BURNETT District: Mt Perry, 25°12’S, ISI1°41’E, undated, Keys 926 (BRI); ditto, Aug 1985,

Forster 2115 (BRI), WIDE BAy District: The Gorge—Biggenden Bluff, May 1931, White 7739 (BRI); Coast Range,

Biggenden Shire, Feb 1981, Randai/ 5 (BRD); Mt Walsh, 6 km S of Biggenden, 25°34’S, 152°02’E, May 1977,

Crisp 2635 (BRI,CBG); Black Gin Ck, T.R. 580, 25°29’S, 151°SS’E, May 1987, Forster 2909 (BRI). MORETON

District: McPherson Range, Feb 1912, Anon. AQ247923 (BRI); Taylor’s Range, Feb 1917, Bailey AQ247925

(BRI); Upper Ithaca Ck, undated, Bailey AQ247928 (BRI; Mt Edwards, 28°02’S, 152°33’E, Mar 1986, Bird

AQ399794 (BRI); ditto, Forster 2397 (BRD; Tambourine Mt, Feb 1917, Tryon & White AQ247926 (BRD; Mt

Greville, Jun 1963, Pedley 1265 (BRI); 1 km E of the Sawmili on Border road, 18 km S of Main road from

Boonah to Rathdowney, Apr 1973, Sharpe 375 (BRI); Shipstern Range, Lamington N.P., Jul 1945, Blake 5841

(BRI); Ben Lomond, 28°06’E, 152°44’E, Jan 1987, Bird & Bellotti AQ436i44 (BRD.

Habitat and Conservation Status: G. drymophila var. drymophila often occurs in cracks

or detritus of rhyolitic rocks or aiternatively on deep sand. Mainland populations may

be associated with Eucalyptus acmenoides Schauer/Casuarina torulosa Salisb. dominated

communities, often in high rainfall areas (>1300mm per annum) at an altitude from

near sea level to over 800 m. Plants (especially if lithophytic) may be found in association

with other succulent or semi-succulent plants such as Hoya australis R. Br. ex Traill.

(Asclepiadaceae), Peperomia leptostachya Hook. & Arn. (Peperomiaceae), Plectranthus

geraveolens R. Br. and P. parviflorus Willd. (Lamiaceae).

G. drymophila var. drymophila is infrequently collected and is relatively rare at

some of its recorded localities (e.g. Mt. Perry) with an attempt to recollect material at

the locality of Sharpe 375 being unsuccessful. At this stage it 1s not endangered.

Both von Mueller (1889) and Maiden and Betche (1916) record G. drymophila

(as G. pseudochina) as occurring in New South Wales, but Jacobs and Pickard (1981)

discount these records. Some of the Queensland localities are very close to New South

Wales (e.g. Sharpe 375) and as similar rock types occur over the border, then the species

could well occur there.

sacemtenttann Kmmme tun Ahnentafel AN A UL Sa ety at tse Be fmm mtaetnaha yRall lAN n NAUNIM RN LL A eM ly ay oman Se Seth a A EA

ay Be POE PREM EUAN EN MA oy yale Beg a

teeta A et

OT ean ean Den aan Dad Denk Pa Deer Dal

tg ag

OE nano

NB A ng NL NL

563

oe ee

Fig. 3. Gynura drymophila var. drymophila: A. seedling X 0.45. B. first seedling leaf x 0.45. C. cotyledon X 0.45.

D. dissected floret showing anthers around style x 8. E. anthers (note no filament thickening) x 8. F. floret x

3.5. A-C Forster 2115: D-F Forster 2397.

564

2. G. drymophila var. glabrifolia P. Forster & Thongpukdee var. nov. a G. drymophila

(F. Muell.) F.G. Davies subsp. drymophila folus glabris differt. Typus: cultivated

Specimen ex BURNETT DISTRICT: Map Reference: MOUNT PERRY 9247-681198,

2km SW of Boolbunda Rock. 25°08’S, 151°41’E, 15 May 1986, P.I. Forster 2425

(holo: BRI+spirit).

Foliage glabrous, light-green (live). Leaves when fully turgid, strongly ngid and strongly

concave adaxially.

Additional material examined: LEICHHARDT DIsTRICT: Brigalow Research Station, 20 miles [32 km] NW of

Theodore, Sep 1967, Johnson 2670 (BRI). MORETON DISTRICT: Flinders Peak, 27°49’S, 152°49’E, Nov 1986,

Forster 2735 & Orford (BRI); Ben Lomond, 28°06’S, 152°44’E, Jan 1987, Bird & Bellotti AQ436143 (BRI).

Habitat and Conservation Status: The live collections of G. drymophila var. glabrifolia

studied were from exposed trachyte, intruded granite or highly weathered rhyolite outcrops

in low heathland with occasional Eucalyptus overstorey. Plants were relatively common

at the type locality, but only one individual was seen at Flinders Peak. A visit to the

Brigalow Research Station near Theodore was unsuccessful in locating any plants of

Gynura (of either variety) and plants have not been observed at this locality since ca

1967 (R.W. Johnson, pers. comm. 1986). From label information on Johnson 2670 and

wot both varieties occurred in different vegetation types at the Brigalow Research

tation.

Unlike G. drymophila var. drymophila, the distribution of G. drymophila var.

glabrifolia is disjunct over much greater distances, but further field collections on suitable

rock types may provide additional localities. A strong possibility is that the new variety

is a rarely occurring genetic variant of G. drymophila var. drymophila and further studies

on breeding systems of the two varieties would be of value. An appropriate conservation

coding for the new variety is 3R (Leigh et al. 1981).

Acknowledgements

Dr R.W. Johnson and Messrs G. Batianoff, L.H. Bird, P.D. Bostock, D. Orford

and M.C. Tucker assisted either in discussion of various aspects of this study, collecting

material or providing information on localities. Messrs R.J. Henderson and L. Pedley

made useful comments on the manuscript and the latter provided the Latin diagnosis.

Dr R.O. Belcher kindly allowed examination of his photograph of type material of

Senecio shirleyanus. Dr G.P. Guymer while Australian Botanical Liaision Officer at Kew,

U.K., examined material and arranged for a photograph of the type to be taken. Staff

of the Brigalow Research Station, Department of Primary Industries, Theodore provided

assistance to one of us (PIF) on a field visit. Staff of the Queensland Geological Survey

and Department of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Queensland assisted in rock

identification. Mr J. Hardy of the Electron Microscopy Unit, University of Queensland

prepared the Scanning Electron Micrographs. Mr J. Bertram, Histologist, Botany Depart-

ment, University of Queensland sectioned the leaf material.

References

DAVIES, Pe (1979). The genus Gynura (Compositae) in Eastern Asia and the Himalayas. Kew Bulletin 33:

629-640.

DAVIES, F.G. (1981). The genus Gynura (Compositae) in Malesia and Australia. Kew Bulletin 35: 711-741.

DOMIN, K. (1929). Senecio. In Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca Botanica 89:

1239-1241.

EHLERINGER, J.R. & BJORKMAN, O. (1978). Pubescence and leaf spectral characteristics in a desert shrub,

Encelia farinosa. Oecologia (Berlin) 36: 151-162.

EHLERINGER, J.R. & MOONEY, H.A. (1978). Leaf hairs: effects on physiological activity and adaptive value

to a desert shrub. Oecologia (Berlin) 37: 183-200.

EHLERINGER, J.R., MOONEY, H.A., GULMON, S.L. & RUNDEL, P.W. (1981). Parallel evolution of leaf

pubescence in Encelia in coastal deserts of North and South America. Oecologia (Berlin) 49: 38-41.

FAHN, A. (1986). Structural and functional properties of trichomes of xeromorphic leaves. Annals of Botany 57:

631-637.

GAUSMAN, H.W. & CARDENAS, R. (1969). Effect of leaf pubescence of Gynura aurantiaca on light reflectance.

Botanical Gazette 130: 158-162.

This content downloaded from 136.154.22.73 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 01:32:07 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

565

yyyst

Fig. 4. Gynura drymophila var. glabrifolia: A. habit X 0.45. Forster 2425.

This content downloaded from 136.154.22.73 on Wed, 12 Jul 2023 01:32:07 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

566

JACOBS, S.W.L. & PICKARD, J. (1981). Plants of New South Wales. Sydney: Government Printer.

JOHANSEN, D.A. (1940). Plant Microtechnique. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company.

LEIGH, J., BRIGGS, J. & HARTLEY, W. (1981). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. Australian National

Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No.7. Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife

Service.

MAIDEN, J.H. & BETCHE, E. (1916). A Census of New South Wales Plants. Sydney: Government Printer.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland. 2: 572. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries.

VON MUELLER, F. (1889). Second Systematic Census of Australian Plants. Meibourne: McCarron, Bird &

Company.

Fig. 5. Gynura arymophila var. glabrifolia: A. \eaf series from base of stem to base of inflorescence (left to right)

x 0.45. B. dissected floret showing anthers around style X 8. C. anthers (note flament thickening) x 8. D. floret

xX 3.5. A-D Forster 2425.

367

Austrobatleya 2(5): 567-569 (1988)

A NEW SPECIES OF BACKHOUSIA HOOK. & HARVEY

(MYRTACEAE) FROM QUEENSLAND AND A REAPPRAISAL

OF BACKHOUSIA FLORIBUNDA A.J. SCOTT

G.P. Guymer

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

A new species of Backhousia, B. kingii, is described and a key to the species of the genus is provided. Backhousia

floribunda A.J. Scott is transferred to Austromyrtus.

Backhousia kingii has been known for some years from several, mostly infertile,

specimens in the Queensland Herbarium. In recent years a number of flowering and

fruiting collections of this species have been sent to the Herbarium for identification. A

study of these collections has confirmed that the taxon is specifically distinct from

Backhousia sciadophora F. Muell.

Backhousia kingii Guymer, sp. nov. afinis B. sciadophorae sed foliis minoribus ovatis

vel oblanceolatis attenuatis et hypanthiis pedicellis que pedunculis que pubentibus

differt. Typus: Queensland. PorT Curtis District: Along Moore Ck, 23°20/S,

150°33’E, ca 2 km N of Rockhampton, 14 April 1985, £.R. Anderson 3976 (holo:

BRI).

Trees 8-17(-20) m high, d.b.h. 16-40 cm; bark pale brown or grey, smooth, shed in

strips. Branchlets terete, slightly fluted or angular near apex, puberulent with pale brown

hairs. Leaves opposite; lamina ovate, oblanceolate or obovate, 2.2-5.7 cm long, 1.2—2.9(—3.5)

cm wide; apex obtuse or rounded; base attenuate; midvein shallowly channelled above,

raised below; secondary veins 5-7 pairs, slightly raised below, at 28-46° to the midvein,

looping well inside the margin; tertiary veins inconspicuous; oil glands dense, conspicuous;

petioles puberulent, glabrescent, channelled above, 1.8-4 mm long. Inflorescences axillary,

consisting of | or 2 (or 3) dichasial clusters of 8-20 flowers, 2-5 cm long; peduncles

puberulent (hairs erect, simple, ca 0.1 mm long), flattened, 6-23 mm long; pedicels

puberulent, filiform, terete, 6-13 mm long. Flowers white. Calyx lobes 4 (or 5), concave,

obtuse or rounded, pubescent inside, sparsely puberulent outside, persistent, outer pair

0.7-1.1 mm long, 0.7~1.6 mm wide; inner pair 1.8-2.1 mm long, |.7-2.2 mm wide.

Petals 4, orbicular, sparsely puberulent, 1.8-2.3 mm long, 1.8-—2.2 mm wide. Stamens

30-37; filaments glabrous, free or occasionally 2 connate, 3.7-7.5 mm long; anthers

broadly oblong to globular with a small apical gland, 0.25-0.35 mm long. Hypanthium

puberulent outside, pubescent inside with white hairs, 1.4-2 mm long, 1.5—-2 mm diameter.

Ovary 2-locular, connate to bottom of hypanthium, pubescent, 1-1.2 mm diameter;

ovules 2-4 per loculus, on axile placentas; style pubescent at base, glabrous above,

recurved until after anthesis, finally erect, persistent, 4.5-6 mm long; stigma slender.

Capsule included in persistent hypanthium, dry, indehiscent, turbinate, bearing the 4

persistent spreading calyx lobes, puberulent, 1!.1-1.8 mm long, 1.4-2.1 mm diameter.

Seeds 2-4 per loculus, angular, smooth with a fine reticulate pattern, fawn or pale brown,

1.6-2 mm long. Fig. 1.

Specimens examined: Queensland. PORT CURTIS District: 14.4 miles [24 km] N of Rockhampton, Aug 1963,

Speck 1693 (BRI); Along Moore Ck, ca 2 km N of Rockhampton, 23°20’S, 150°33’E, Apr 1985, Anderson 3976

(BRI); Rockhampton, without date, Thozef 222 (MEL); Gracemere & Table Min, May 1869, O’Shanesy 1062

(MEL): Gracemere, Aug 1868, O’Shanesy 4 (ser. 12) (MEL). BURNETT DISTRICT: Cania Gorge, 24°30’S, 151°00°E,

May 1977, Olsen & Byrnes 3537 (BRI,NSW); State Forest 95, Minerva (Cpt. 3 South L.A.), near Kalpowar,

2440'S, [51° 10°E, Oct 1983, Epp AQ396149 (BRI); Kalpowar Scrub Reserve 95, Jan 1935, Afenadue s.n. (BRI),

Burnett Ra., Kalpowar R.95, Aug 1957, Webb & Tracey 3303 (BRI; Eidsvold, Jun 1923, Bancroft s.n. (BRI).

WibDeE Bay District: Bingera Plantation, 16 km W of Bundaberg, 24°50’S, 152°10’E, May 1983, Sarnadsky

AQ339626 (BRI.CANB,MO,K,SP,NA,N Y,LE,K W,B,AAU,BISH); Coringa Scrub, near Burnett R., NW of Biggen-

den, 25°20/S, 151°50’E, Jan 1980, Randali 7 (BRI); Bingera, i5 km SW of Bundaberg, 24°50’S, 152°10’E, Nov

1981, Sarnadsky 72 (BRI).

Distribution: The species is endemic in subcoastal central eastern Queensland from just

north of Rockhampton (23°20’S) to Bingera (24°55’S). It 1s geographically isolated from

the nearest Queensland population of B. sciadophora which is 180 km further south at

Imbil.

568

Habitat: B. kingii occurs in notophyll or microphyll vine thickets from near sea-level

to 400 m. The species often forms small pure stands in remnant patches of vine thicket

as a result of suckering.

Flowering period: January to May, with one flowering specimen collected in November.

Flowering appears to be irregular and dependent on favourable climatic conditions.

Fruiting period: Fruiting specimens have been collected in January, June and October.

Affinities: The species is closely related to B. sciadophora but differs in its smaller ovate

to oblanceolate attenuate leaves and its puberulent hypanthia, pedicels and peduncles.

Etymology: Named in honour of Dr J. King, author and historian, who organised the

First Fleet Re-Enactment to celebrate Australia’s bicentenary.

Key to Species of Backhousia

1. Pedicels filiform (ca 0.25 mm diameter), (6-)8-18 mm long .............. 2

Pedicels slender (ca 0.5 mm diameter), 0.5-8 mm long ................ 5

2. Leaves lemon-scented, lanceolate, acuminate; branchlets and infloresc-

ences pubescent. SE Qld .. 1... wo ee _ B. citriodora F. Muell.

Leaves not lemon-scented, orbicular, ovate, obovate, or oblanceolate,

obtuse; branchlets and inflorescences puberulent or glabrous ............ 3

3. Inflorescences of 3-11 dichasial clusters, 5-7 cm long; inner calyx lobes

SOSA AONPH Be, Se iS en, EE cele ay ha .... B. hughesti C. White

Inflorescences of 1 or 2 (or 3) dichasial clusters, 3-5 cm eee inner r calyx

lobes 2—2.5 mm long... ... a ts gy

4. Pedicels, peduncles and hypanthia glabrous; leaves orbicular to ovate

(4—)5—7.8 cm long, 2.5-5.3 cm wide. NE NSW, SE Qid

Lee ee ee ee ee ee be ee ee pe ee ee ee va ee es. .. B, scladophora F. Muell.

Pedicels, peduncles and hypanthia puberulent; leaves ovate, obovate or

oblanceolate, 2.2—5.7 cm long, 1.2-2.9 cm wide. Central E Qld

GRE a cet SET aay GenHIA a Ee x Gem o A eegtE ey ey RNP ok olson DR pens B. kingii Guymer

Pe ay ate, ee ee ote, sinteWie Lak tan we) wen ee ae) Be 1G

Inflorescences axillary . BG Ag tet PA Se IRM OE eee wth cor lcl ARSE canine BE

6. Leaves aniseed-scented, lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, apex acumi-

nate, 1-2.2 cm wide; inflorescences and flowers glabrous: calyx lobes

1-2 mm long. NE NSW... . B. anisata Vickery

Leaves not aniseed-scented, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-oblong, apex obtuse,

2.5-5 cm wide; inflorescences and flowers eeandis i calyx lobes 4-6

mm long. NE Qld ae a ee eer .B. bancroftii Bailey & F. Muell.

7, Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 2.2-6.5 cm long, 0.9-4 cm wide;

inflorescences 2.3—5 cm hie calyx | lobes + equal, 4-7 mm long in

fruit. E NSW, SE Qld... ..... B. myrtifolia Hook. & Harvey

Leaves lanceolate to linear-oblong, 1.7~3.4 cm long, 0.4-1 cm wide;

inflorescences 0.8-2.4 cm long; inner a lobes larger than outer, 2-3

mm long in fruit. E Qld, NNSW .............. B. angustifolia F, Muell.

A reappraisal of Backhousia floribunda

Scott (1984) described a new species in Backhousia from southern New Guinea,

thereby extending the distribution of the genus outside Australia. The sole collection

(Pullen 7510) on which Scott’s name, Backhousia floribunda A.J. Scott, was based consists

569

only of flowering material. Examination of this material and replicates at BRI and G

has revealed that B. floribunda is neither referable to Backhousia nor to the subfamily

Leptospermoideae. The inflorescence structure and completely inferior ovary preclude

its placement in Backhousia. Furthermore, the type collection was found to be conspecific

with Austromyrtus material (Gray 4275, 4281, and Hyland 10289; all BRI,QRS) from

Cape York Peninsula which has succulent, not dry, fruits. Backhousia floribunda is

therefore clearly a member of the subfamily Myrtoideae and -belongs in the genus

Austromyrtus as presently circumscribed. The consequential new combination for this

plant ae below and a description of its fruits is given based on the cited Australian

material.

Austromyrtus floribunda (A.J. Scott) Guymer, comb. nov.

Backhousia floribunda A.J. Scott, Kew Bull. 39: 659 (1984). Type: Kwinia Ck, near

Ellangowan Is., middle Fly R., Papua, 21 Oct 1967, R. Pullen 7510 (holo: K; iso:

BRLG,L).

Berry globular, glabrous, mauve to black, 6-7 mm diameter. Seeds | or 2, reniform,

smooth, fawn, 3.5-4 mm long.

Acknowledgement

_ I would like to thank Mr W. Smith for providing the illustration of the new

species.

Reference

SCOTT, A.J. (1984). Two new species of Myrtaceae from New Guinea. Kew Bulletin 39: 659.

Fig. 1. Backhousia kingii: A. young fruiting branchlet < 1.5. B. flower with petals and front sepal removed x 8.

C. petal X 8. D. fruit X 4. E. seeds X 8. A Forster 3321; B,C Sarnadsky 72; D,E Bancroft AQ93670.

S71

Austroballeya 2(5): 571-572 (1988)

RACOSPERMA MARTIUS (LEGUMINOSAE: MIMOSOIDEAE)

IN QUEENSLAND AND NEW ZEALAND:

SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHECKLISTS OF SPECIES

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

New combinations are Racosperma latescens, R. perryi and R. juliferum subsp. curvinervium based on Acacia

latescens Benth., A. perryi Pedley and A. curvinervia Maiden respectively. The first two are formally recorded for

Queensland for the first time. The combination R. mearnsif is discussed.

Because of a number of errors and omissions, the published checklists of species

of Racosperma Martius in Queensland (Pedley 1987a) and New Zealand (Pedley 1987b)

need to be amended.

Queensland

| The generic name Racosperma ES correct: the name Racospermum which occurs

in the checklist in five places is an unintentional error.

Racosperma juliferum (Benth.) Pedley

R. juliferum subsp. curvinervium (Maiden) Pedley, comb. et stat. nov.

Acacia curvinervia Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 30: 34 (1918).

As noted previously (Pedley 1978) A. curvinervia intergrades with A. julifera on

the eastern edge of its range, and subspecific rank is therefore appropriate.

Racosperma latescens (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia latescens Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 380 (1842).

This species which is common in the Northern Territory (Pediey 1974) has been

collected once on Cape York Peninsula.

Racosperma perryi (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia perryit Pedley, Contr. Queensland Herb. 11: 20 (1972).

The species which occurs in Western Australia and the Northern Territory has

been collected in two localities in the north-west of the state.

New Zealand

Racosperma mearnsii (De Wild.) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 358 (1987).

This combination was unnecessary as it had already been made (Pedley 1986).

Acknowledgements

My thanks are due to Dr Colin J. Webb and Mr K.A.W. Williams for pointing

out some of my published errors.

References

PEDLEY, L. (1974). Notes on Acacia, chiefly from Queensland IV. Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium

No. [5.

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-234.

572

PEDLEY, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae) with particular reference to Australia, and

the recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92: 219-254.

PEDLEY, L. (1987a). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Queensland: a checklist. Austrobaileyva

2: 344-357.

PEDLEY, L. (19876). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in New Zealand: a checklist. Austrobaileya

2: 358-359,

573

Austroballeya 2(5): 573-576 (1988)

NOTES

Notes on The Naturalised Flora of Queensland.

Publication of the Flora of Australia has resulted in modern taxonomic treatments

of many naturalised plant groups for the region. A number of succulent plants occur as

sporadic naturalisations, but are rarely collected due to difficulty in the preparation of

adequate herbarium collections. This paper updates several taxonomic treatments that

have been recently published.

Just what constitutes a naturalised plant is debatable. Quite a number of exotic

succulent plants are considered as naturalised in Australia. The criteria utilised in

allocating this status to taxa of Agavaceae and Aloeaceae (Pedley & Forster 1986, Forster

& Clifford 1986) were that populations of the taxon had persisted and multiplied after

abandonment of cultivation either in gardens or plantations. In some instances, certain

taxa are believed to have potential for naturalisation due to wide cultivation, e.g. Aloe

vera (L.) N.L. Burman (Forster & Clifford 1986) or Tillandsia usneoides (L.) L. (Conran

1987). Telford (1984) treated Hylocereus undatus (Haw.) Britton & Rose and Nyctocereus

serpentinus (Lagasca & Rodriguez) Britton & Rose as naturalised. Both are occasional

escapes from cultivation, but hardly serious weed species. Examination of two cited sites

of naturalisation for H. undatus (G.W.C. Marlowe (BRI) and Telford 8739 (CBG)) has

revealed isolated large plants which have not spread widely from the original sites of

cultivation or dumping. I have subsequently collected H. undatus next to the ‘Merri

Merri’ Housing Estate Park, Chapel Hill, 1.7 km SW of Mt Coot-tha Lookout, 27°29’S,

152°57’E (Forster 2526 & Bird (BRI)) and N. serpentinus at Ma Ma Creek, 2 km SW of

Mount Whitestone township, 27°41’S, 152°09’E (Forster 2261 & Bird (BRI)).

Epiphyllum phyllanthus var. hookeri (Cactaceae): a new naturalisation for south-eastern

Queensland.

Species and hybrids (some interspecific, but mainly intergeneric) of Epiphyllum

and other epiphytic cacti have long been cultivated and are much prized by horticul-

turalists. A number were offered in the Australian nursery trade as early as 1843

(Swinbourne 1982). In Australia, species of some eight genera of cacti were considered

naturalised by Telford (1984). However none of these are truly epiphytic (without root

contact with the ground). The recording of Epiphyllum phyllanthus var. hookeri as

naturalised in Australia adds an epiphytic cactus to the naturalised flora. Additional

collections of Hylocereus and Nyctocereus have also recently been made.

In September 1985, material of Epiphyllum phyllanthus (L.) Haw. var. hookeri

(Haw.) Kimnach was collected in an abandoned garden 3 km SSE of Mount Whitestone

township, 17 km SSW of Gatton, 27°42’S, 152°10’E (Forster 2164 & Bird (BRJ)). This

had formed an extensive population over fences and trees within an area encompassing

under 100 m?, and was probably due to vegetative reproduction.

E. phyllanthus is a variable species with some six formally recognised varieties

(Kimnach 1964) and was in European cultivation by 1732 (Barthlott & Rauh 1974,

1975). E. phyllanthus var. hookeri is common in general cultivation in Australia and is

often to be seen in old gardens. It is usually referred to as E. strictum Britton & Rose,

a name which was included in the synonymy of E. phyllanthus var. hookeri by Kimnach

ee Barthlott & Rauh (1974, 1975) noted that cultivated EF. phyllanthus var. phyl-

anthus often set fruit with viable seed. Plants of E. phyllanthus var. hookeri cultivated

at Didcot, 25°28’S, 151°52’E, often set fruit (in the absence of other Epiphyllum species

Or intergeneric hybrids in flower) from which plants indistinguishable from the parent

in both vegetative and reproductive morphology have been grown.

E. phyllanthus var. hookeri produces a fleshy, red coated fruit, not dissimilar in

general appearance to that of some Opuntia and Eriocereus species. It 1s conceivable

that bird dispersal of seed could occur, as has been observed with Opuntia and Eriocereus

(Johnston 1978, Mann 1970). Due to the spineless nature of the flattened cladodes, long-

range vegetative dispersal of £. phyllanthus var. hookeri is unlikely.

574

Inserting the following couplet into Telford’s (1984) generic key will enable

determination of material of this plant.

2 Stem-segments compressed 2A

2A Flowers with floral tube >5 cm long EPIPHYLLUM

2A: Flowers with floral tube <5 cm long OPUNTIA

Epiphyllum Haw., Syn. pl. succ. 197 (1812).

Type: £. phyllanthus (L.) Haw.

Stems epiphytic, spineless, long-jointed, leaf-like, flat or sometimes 3-winged; often with

aerial roots. Flowers mostly nocturnal, elongate, funnel-shaped or salver-shaped, white

or yellowish. Perianth spreading to rotate, segments usually linear-lanceolate. Stamens

numerous, filaments inserted in tube and around throat; anthers exserted. Style elongated,

stigma-lobes linear, exserted. Fruit fleshy, globular to oblong, bearing scales, splitting

along one side when ripe. Seeds numerous, ovate-reniform, testa shiny black.

Epiphyllum phyllanthus (L.) Haw. var. hookeri (Haw.) Kimnach, Cact. Succ. J. (Los

Angeles) 36: 113 (1964), (with excellent tlustration).

Epiphylluim hookeri Haw., Philos. Mag. 6: 108 (1829).

Epiphyllum strictum Britton & Rose, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 16: 259 (1913).

Stems erect or pendant, terete or subterete near base, strongly trigonous for up to ca 50

cm, then flattened for up to 150 cm of total length; to 6-9 cm wide; areoles ca 3-8 cm

apart. Flowers 17-23 cm long, limb 10-15 cm wide; receptacle 16-19.5 cm long, ca 7

mm wide; podaria to 14 cm long, ca 3 mm wide, up to | mm high; petaloid lobes white.

Fruit 4-7 cm long, 3~3.5 cm diameter, red; pulp white. Seeds 3.25-3.5 mm long, 1.75-2

mm wide, 1-1.5 mm thick.

Additional records of Aloe (Asphodelaceae) naturalised in Australia.

The Flora of Australia account of Aloeaceae described four species of Aloe as

naturalised, and commented that few collections existed in Australian herbaria (Forster

& Clifford 1986). In the system of classification proposed by Dahlgren ef al. (1985), the

genus A/oe is included in the family Asphodelaceae which is used here.

Reid (1987) has commented that Aloe saponaria (Aiton) Haw. is a synonym of

A, maculata All., citing the study of Dandy (1970), Wiynands (1983) by comparison,

considered that A. maculata was a homotypic synonym of Gasteria carinata (Mill.)

Duval, and outlined some of the problems surrounding the typification of A. saponaria.

Wijnands did not refer to the work of Dandy and until the typification of the taxon

presently called Aloe saponaria (Aiton) Haw. is satisfactorily resolved, it is recommended

that the name (which has been long in common usage) is continued to be utilised.

Under the account of A/oe saponaria (Aiton) Haw., material of an apparent hybrid

(Forster 1718 & Sharpe) was discussed. H.R. Toelken (AD) has subsequently suggested

(in litt.) that this material is similar to that described as A. saponaria var. ficksburgensis

Reynolds. On re-examination of the material and Reynold’s (1950) treatment of A.

saponaria, I would agree with this and an appropriate account is given here. As well

several additional distribution records for other naturalised taxa are given. Species

numbering is as in Forster and Clifford (1986). These data may be inserted on pages

66-70 of the Flora of Australia treatment.

1. Aloe arborescens Miller

South Australia. Near boat ramp, at Pine Pt, Yorke Peninsula, Sep 1985, Conran 304 (AD,BRILMUCYV).

Queensland. MORETON District: “Merri Merri’ Housing Estate, Chapel Hill, 1.7 km SW of Mt Coot-tha Lookout,

Aug 1986, Forster 2531 & Bird (BRI).

This is the first herbarium record of this species for Queensland. Batianoff and

Sharpe (1987) also record A. arborescens for Point Arkwright and Point Perry on the

Sunshine Coast.

375

2. Aloe saponaria (Aiton) Haw.

Two varieties are recognised here.

Pedicels ca 35-45 mm long 2a. var. saponaria

Pedicels ca 25 mm long 2b. var. ficksburgensis

2a. Aloe saponaria (Aiton) Haw. var. saponaria

Racemes densely capitate-corymbose, 12-20 cm diameter, pedicels 35-45 mm long,

perianth 35-45 mm long, raceme bracts one-third to one-half length of pedicels.

Queensland. MORETON DisTRICcT: Ma Ma Creek, 2 km SW of Mt Whitestone, 27°41’S, 152°09’E, Oct 1985, Forster

2260 & Bird (BRD.

2b. Aloe saponaria var. ficksburgensis G. Reyn., J. S. African Bot. 3: 148 (1937).

T: Molen Spruit, 4 miles west of Ficksburg, Sep 1936, Revuol/ds 2087 (PRE, #.¥.).

Illustrations: G.W. Reynolds, The Aloes of South Africa 227 (1950), figs 232-233, Forster & Clifford, Fi. Australia

46: 69, fig. 13A-B.

Racemes broadly conical, ca 8 cm diameter, pedicels 25 mm long, perianth ca 35 mm

long, raceme bracts as long as pedicels.

Queensland. BURNETT DisTRICT: 15 km NNW of Murgon, Feb 1984, Forster 1718 & Sharpe (BRI).

At this locality, what appeared to be a single clone had formed an extensive

colony covering some several hundred square metres under eucalypt open forest on a

south facing slope. Associated was a large naturalisation of Agave americana L. var.

americana. The site had been abandoned as a homestead in 1938 (H. Sharpe, pers.

comm. 1985).

4a. Aloe vera (L.) N.L. Burman var. vera

Western Australia. Agricultural Lot 21 North West, Coastal Hwy, Northampton, 28°21’S, 114°38’E, Aug 1984,

Croasdale AQ440661 (BRI). Queensland. MORETON District: Junction View near Gatton, 27°48’S, 142°11/’E,

Feb 1985, Binglee AQ450800 (BRD.

Although it is not indicated on the specimen labels, these collections probably

represent cultivated material.

Acknowledgments

I would like to thank L. Pedley for reading and commenting on part of the

mauscript. H. Sharpe initially informed me about the naturalisation of A/oe near Murgon

and subsequently organised two visits to the site.

References

BARTHLOTT, W. & RAUH, W. (1974, 1975). Some notes on the morphology, palynology and geographical

eens af ae phyllanthus (L.) Haw. (Cactaceae). National Cactus and Succulent Journal 29:

113-115, 30: 8-10.

BATIANOFF, G.N. & SHARPE, P.R. (1987). Appendix I. Catalogue of plants of the Sunshine Coast, Qld (Mt

Coolum to Noosa National Park). In Batianoff, G.N., Plants of the Sunshine Coast Queensland. Fortitude

Valley: Society for Growing Australian Plants (Queensland Region) Inc.

CONRAN, J.G. (1987). Bromeliaceae. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 45: 12-15. Canberra: Australian

Government Publishing Service.

DAHLGREN, R.M.T., CLIFFORD, H.T. & YEO, P.F. (1985). The Families of the Monocotyledons. Berlin:

Springer/ Verlag.

DANDY, J.E. (1970). Annotated list of the new names published in Allioni’s Auctarium ad Synoposium Stirpium

Hort: Reg. Taurinensis. Taxon 19: 617-626.

FORSTER, P.I. & CLIFFORD, H.T. (1986). Aloeaceae. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46: 66-70.

576

JOHNSTON, T.N. (1978). The growth and control of Harrisia cactus on a State Forest in southern inland

Queensland. Department of Forestry Queensland, Research Paper No. LQ.

KIMNACH, M. (1964). Epiphyllum phyllanthus. Cactus and Succulent Journal (Los Angeles) 36: 105—115.

MANN, J. (1970). Cacti Naturalised in Australia and their Control. Brisbane: Department of Lands.

PEDLEY, L. & FORSTER, P.I. (1986). Agavaceae. In A.S. George (ed.) Flora of Australia 46: 71-88. Canberra:

Australian Government Publishing Service.

REID, C. (1987). Book Review. Flora of Australia (Vol. 46). Bothalia 17: 155.

REYNOLDS, G.W. (1950). The Aloes of South Africa. Cape Town: Balkema.

SWINBOURNE, R.F.G. (1982). The history of cacti and succulents in Australia, 1787-1981. Calandrinia 2:

36-41.

TELFORD, LR.H. (1984). Cactaceae. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 4: 62-80. Canberra: Australian

Government Publishing Service.

WIJNANDS, D.O. (1983). The Botany of the Commelins. Rotterdam: A. A. Balkema.

P. I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

CORRIGENDUM

Austrobaileya 2(4) 1987

p 328, 332. The correct spelling of the specific epithet of Diploglottis berniana should

be ‘bernieana .

p 347. line 20 should read Racosperma cretatum

p 354. line 36 should read Racosperma resinicostatum

p 355. line 11 should read Racosperma salignum

p 356. line 18 should read Racosperma tenuinerve

p 357. line 1 should read Racosperma uncinatum

p 361. The captions for Fig. 1C and D have been reversed. C is the rhizome palea. D

is the indusium.

577

INDEX

New names are in bold, all others are in italics. Page numbers in bold refer to the

principal description, those with an * refer to an illustration.

Acacia Miller difficilis Maiden 348

subseries Oligoneurae, key to group 323 dimidiata Benth. 348

acradenia F. Muell. 344 diphylla Tindale 345

adsurgens Maiden & Blakely 344 drepanocarpa F. Muell. 348

adunca Cunn. ex G. Don 344 subsp. /atifolia Pedley 348

alleniana Maiden 344 elata Cunn. ex Benth. 358

ambiygona Cunn. ex Benth. 344 eremophiloides Pedley & P. Forster 277, 278*, 279

ammiopnhila Pedley 344 eremophiloides Pedley & P. Forster 348

ancistrocarpa Maiden & Blakely 344 estrophiolata F. Muell. 348

aneura F, Muell. ex Benth. 344 everistti Pedley 348

angusta Maiden & Blakely 344 excelsa Benth. 348

aprepta Pedley 344 subsp. angusta Pedley 348

argyraea Tindale 344 faiciformis DC. 348

argyrodendron Domin 345 fasciculifera F. Muell. ex Benth. 348

armitii F. Muell. ex Maiden 345 filicifolia Cheel & Welch 348

asperulacea F. Muell. 345 fimbriata Cunn, ex G. Don 348

attenuata Maiden & Blakely 345 var. perangusta C. White 353

aulacocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. 345 flavescens Cunn. ex Benth. 348

var. fruticosa C. White 345 fleckeri Pedley 327, 348

baeuerlenii Maiden & R. Baker 345 flexifolia Cunn. ex Benth. 348

baileyana F. Muelil. 345 floydii Tindale 348

bakert Maiden 345 froggattii Maiden 318

bancroftii Maiden 345 galioides Benth. 349

baueri Benth. 345 georginae Bailey 349

betchei Maiden & Blakely 345 gittinsii Pedley 349

binervata DC. 345 glaucescens Willd. var. leiocalyx Domin 351

blakei Pedley 345 glaucocarpa Maiden & Blakely 349

brachycarpa Pedley 345 gnidium Benth. 349

brachystachya Benth, 345 gonoclada F. Muell. 349

brassii Pedley 345 grandifolia Pedley 349

briunioides Cunn. ex G. Don 346 granitica Maiden 349

subsp. granitica Pediey 346 gunnii Benth. 349

burbidgeae Pedley 346 uymeri Tindale 349

burrowii Maiden 346 Lakanides Cunn. ex Benth, 349

buxifolia Cann. 346 hammondii Maiden 349

subsp. pubiflora Pedley 346 handonis Pedley 349

calantha Pedley 346 harpophylla F. Muell. ex Benth. 349

calcicola Forde & Ising 346 hemignosta F. Muell. 349

calyculata Cunn. ex Benth. 346 hemsleyi Maiden 349

cambagei R. Baker 346 hilliana Maiden 349

cana Maiden 346 hockingsii Pedley 349

caroleae Pedley 346 holosericea Cunn,. ex G. Don 349

catenulata C. White 346 holotricha Pedley 350

centrinervia Maiden & Blakely 346 homatoclada F. Muell. 324, 350

chinchillensis Tindale 346 hubbardiana Pedley 350

chippendalei Pediey 346 humifusa Cunn. ex Benth. 350

chisholmii Bailey 346 hyaloneura Pediey 350

cincinnata F. Muell. 347 implexa Benth. 350

complanata Cunn. ex Benth. 347 irrorata Sieber ex Sprengel 350

conferta Cunn. ex Benth. 347 islana Pedley 350

conjunctifolia F. Mueil. 347 ixiophylla Benth. 350

cowleana Tate 347 ixodes Pedley 277, 350

crassa Pedley 347 Jackesiana Pedley 350

subsp. fongicoma Pedley 347 Johnsonti Pedley 350

crassicarpa Cunn. ex Benth. 347 jucunda Maiden & Blakely 350

cretata Pedley 347 julifera Benth. subsp. gifbertensis Pedley 350

cultriformis Cunn. ex G. Don 347 juncifolia Benth. 350

cunningham Hook. var. fropica Maiden & Blakely kempeana F. Muell. 350

356 laccata Pedley 350

curranit Maiden 347 lanigera Cunn. 350

curvinervia Maiden 571 latescens Benth. 571

cyperophylla F. Muell. ex Benth. 347 latifolia Benth. 350

dawsonti R. Baker 347 latisepala Pedley 351

dealbata Link 358 lauta Pediey 351

debilis Tindale 347 lazaridis Pedley 351

decora H.G. Reichb. 347 legnota Pedley 351

decurrens Wilid. 358 leichhardtii Benth. 351

deltoidea Cunn. ex G. Don 315 leptocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. 351

var, pungens Benth. 316 leptoloba Pediey 351

deuteroneura Pedley 347 leptostachya Benth. 351

dictyophleba F. Muell. 347 leucoclada Tindale 351

dietrichiana F. Muell. 347 subsp. argentifolia Tindale 351

578

ligulata Cunn. ex Benth. 351

limbata F. Muell. 351

lineata Cunn. ex G. Don 351

longipedunculata Pedley 351

longispicata Benth. 351

subsp. velutina Pedley 351

longissima H. Wendl. 352

loroloba Tindale 352

luehmannii F. Muell. 318

lysiphloia F. Muell. 352

maconochieana Pedley 235, 236*

macradenia Benth. 352

maidenti F. Muell. 352

mangium Willd. 352

imaranoensis Pedley 352

inearnsli De Wild. 358

ati eae F. Muell. 352

melleodora Pedley 352

melyillei Pedley 352

inicrocephala Pedley 352

microsperma Pedley 352

mimitla Pedley 352

montana Benth. 352

monticola J. Black 352

muelleriana Maiden & R. Baker 352

murrayana F. Muell. ex Benth. 352

neriifolia Cunn. ex Benth. 353

nesophila Pedley 353

nuperrima E.G. Baker 353

subsp. cassitera Pedley 353

obtusifolia Cunn. 353

oligophleba Pedley 353

omalophylla Cunn. ex Benth. 353

orites Pediey 353

orthocarpa F. Muell. 353

oshanesti F. Muell. & Maiden 353

oswaldii F. Muell. 353

parramatiensis Tindale 358

pendula Cunn. ex G. Don 353

pen a ervis Sieber ex DC. var. fongiracemosa Domin

perryi Pedley 571

phlebocarpa F. Muell. 353

platycarpa F. Muell. 354

plectocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. 354

podalyriifolia Cunn. ex G. Don 354

polifolia Pedley 354

polybotrya Benth. 354

polystachya Cunn. ex Benth. 354

pravifolia F. Muell. 354

pravissima F. Muell. 359

pravissima F, Muell. ex Benth. 359

pruinosa Cunn., ex Benth. 354

pubicosta C. White 354

pubifolia Pedley 354

pubirhachis Pedley 354

purpureapetala Bailey 354

pustula Maiden & Blakely 353

guadrilateralis DC. 354

ramiflora Domin 354

ramulosa W.V. Fitzg. 354

resinicostata Pedley 354

refivenea F. Muell, 354

rhodoxylon Maiden 354

rigens Cunn. ex G. Don 355

rothii Bailey 355

rubida Cunn. 355

ruppii Maiden & Betche 355

salicina Lindley 355

saxicola Pedley 355

semilunata Maiden & Blakely 355

semirigida Maiden & Blakely 355

shirleyi Maiden 355

simsit Benth. 355

var. miultisiligua Benth. 352

solandri Benth. 355

subsp. kajewskii Pedley 355

spania Pedley 355

sparsiflora Maiden 355

spectabilis Cunn. ex Benth. 355

spirorbis Labill. 355

spondylophylia F. Muell. 355

stenophylla Cunn. ex Benth. 355

stipuligera F, Muell. 356

var. glabrifolia Maiden & Blakely 356

stipulosa F. Muell. 317

storyi Tindale 356

stowardii Maiden 356

striatifolia Pedley 356

strongylophyllum F. Muell. 356

sublanata Benth. 318

fanumbirinensis Maiden 354

fenurnervis Pedley 356

fenuissima F, Muell. 356

tephrina Pedley 235, 356

tetragonophylla F. Muell. 356

tindaleae Pedley 356

torulosa Benth. 356

translucens Cunn. ex Hook. 356

friptera Benth. 356

umbellata Cunn, ex Benth. 356

uncifera Benth. 356

uncinata Lindley 357

venuiosa Benth, 357

verniciflua Cunn, 357

verticillata (L’Herit.) Willd.

var. /atifolia Benth. 358

var. latifolia DC. 358

victoriae Benth. 357

viscidula Benth. 357

wardellii Tindale 357

whitei Maiden 357

wickhamii Benth. 357

Acrobolbaceae 388

Acrolejeunea (Spr.)} Steph. 392

arcuata (Nees) Grolle & Grad. 392

aulacophora (Mont.) Steph. 392

novae-guineae Steph. 392

pycnocilada (Tayl.) Schiftn. 392

securifolia (Nees) Watts ex Steph. 392

wildii Steph, 392

Acromastiguin Evs, 385

colensoanum (Mitt.} Evs. ex Reim. 385

Adiantum L.

hispidulum Sw. var. whitei (Bailey) P. Bostock 362

hispidulum Sw. 363*

whitei Bailey 360, 361*, 362, 363*

Agropyron Gaertner

retrofractum Vickery 241

scabruim (R. Br.) P. Beauv. var. plurinerve Vickery

242

velutinuin Nees 241

Agrostocrinum F. Muell. 111

scabrim (R. Br.) Baillon 1f1

stypandroides F. Muell. 111

Alectryon Gaertner

coriaceus (Benth.) Radik. 338

key to related species 338

diversifolius (F. Muell.} S. Reyn. 335

oleifolius (Desf.) S. Reyn. 335

subsp. canescens S. Reyn. 336, 337

subsp. elongatus 8S. Reyn. 336, 337

subsp. oleifolius 336, 336

oleifolius, key to subspecies 335

pubescens (S. Reyn.) 8S. Reyn. 335

ramiflorus S. Reyn. 332, 333*

semicinereus (F. Muell.) Radlk. 338

tropicus (S. Reyn.} S. Reyn. 335

Alicularia hasskarliana Nees 386

Allophylus L. 31

cobbe (L.) Raeuschel 32, 33*

zeylanicus L. 31

Aloe 1.

arborescens Miller 574

saponaria (Aiton) Haw. 575

var. ficksburgensis G. Reyn. 575

var. saponaria S75

vera (L.) N.L. Burman var. vera 575

Amtpelocissus Planchon 81

key to species &2

acetosa (F. Muell.) Planchon 82, 84, 86*

acitleata (Spanoche) Planchon 84

579

frutescens B.R. Jackes 84, 86*

eet (Bailey) B.R. Jackes 84, 86*

tifolius (Roxb.) Planchon 81

Anastrophyllum (Spr.) Steph. 386

piligerum (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Steph. 386

Andrewsianthus Schust. 386

puniceus (Nees) Schust. 386

Aneura Dumort. 396

athertonensis Hewson 396

bipinnatifida Col. 396

eachamensis Hewson 396

rupicola Steph. 396

stolonifera Steph. 396

waltsiana Steph. 396

Aneuraceae 396

Anisomeridium foliicola R. Sant. & Tibell 531, 532*

Anthericum adenanthera G. Forster 421, 422*

Aporetica J.R. & G. Forster 31

fernata J.R. & G. Forster 3]

Archilejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 392

mariana (Gott.) Steph. 392

vickeryae B. Simon 94

Arthonia Ach.

cyanea Mueil. Arg. 532

trilecularis Muell. Arg. 533

Arthragrostis Lazarides

aristispicula B. Simon 238, 238, 240*, 242*

deschampsioides (Domin) Lazarides 238, 238, 239*,

242

Arytera Blume 158

key to species 158

bifoliolata S. Reyn. 161, {62*

dictyoneura S. Reyn. 164

distylis (F. Muell. ex rege Radlk. 160, 162*

divaricata F. Mueli. 162*, 164

exostemonea Domin 166

foveolata F. Mueli. 162*, 163

lautereriana (Bailey) Radlk. 159, 162*

leichhardtii (Benth.) Radik. var. hebepetala (Benth.)

Radik. 163

littoralis Blume 158

macrobotrys (Merr. & Perry) van der Ham 160

oltvacea (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Steph. 392

scutellata (Tayl.) Steph. 392

Aristida L.

key to species 98

annua B. Simon 87, 90*

arida B. Simon 87, 88, 90*

armata Henrard 96

australis B. Simon 88, 90*

benthamii Henrard 89

var. spinulifera B. Simon 94

biglandulosa J. Black var. laevis B. Simon 95, 97*

blakei B. Simon 88, 90*

borealis B. Simon 89, 90*

borealis B. Simon 92

browniana Henrard 283

var. latifolia B. Simon 95, 97*

var. /atifolia B. Simon 283

burbidgeae B. Simon 89, 90*

burraensis B. Simon 89, 90*, 91

calycina R. Br. 89

var. filifolia B. Simon 95

var. praeaita Domin 96

dissimilis $.T. Blake 96

dominii B. Simon 281, 282*

echinata Henrard 96

ranitica B. Simon 91, 93*

iitta Domin 91

holathera Domin 283

var. latifolia (B. Simon) B. Simon 283

kimberleyensis B. Simon 91

latzii B. Simon 91, 93*

latzii B. Simon 89

lazaridis B. Simon 92, 93*

lazaridis B. Simon 89

leichhardtiana Domin 87

leptopoda Benth. 92

lignosa B. Simon 92, 93*

weg Henrard subsp. queenslandica B. Simon

5, 97

muelleri Henrard 283

miuricata Henrard 88

bis (Henrard) S.T. Blake ex J. Black 87, 88,

, Gi

personata Henrard 96

platychaeta S.T. Blake 88

praealta (Domin) Henrard 96

pruinosa Domin var. tenuis Gardner 89

gueenslandica Henrard var. dissimilis (S.T. Blake)

B. Simon 96

ramosa R. Br. 92, 94

var. scaberula Henrard 96

var. speciosa Henrard 96

schultzii Mez 91

scurigides Domin 91

stipoides R. Br. 283

var. brachyathera Domin 283

var. normalis Domin 283

strigosa (Henrard) 8.T. Blake ex J. Black 87, 88

superpendens Domin 91, 281

utilis Bailey var. grandiflora B. Simon 95

microphylia (Benth.) Radlk. 161

oshanesiana (F. Muell.) Radtk. 164

pauciflora S. Reyn. 162*, 163

semiglauca F. Muell. 38

subnitida C. White 167

sp. 165

Asparagaceae, key to naturalised species 300

Asparagus L.,

africanus Lam. 302

sprengeri Rege! 300

Aspidlochelium fugiens (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. 533

Asplenium L.

australasicum (J. Smith) Hook. 475

bicentenniale D. Jones 477, 478*

capitisyork D. Jones 477, 478*

harmanii D. Jones 475, 476*

paleaceum R. Br. 477

unilaterale Lam. 284

Asterella Beauv. 397

australis (J.D. Hook. & Tayl].) Verd. 397

conocephala (Steph.) Schust. 397

drummondti (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Schust. 397

hemisphaerica (L.) Beauv. 397

whiteleggeana (Steph.) Schust. 397

Atalantia Correa

recurya Benth. 416

trimera Oliver 416

Atalaya coriacea Radik. 38

Aulaxina Fée

dictyospora R. Sant. 533

epiphylla (Zahlbr.) R. Sant. 533

opegraphina Fée 533

Australopyrum A, Love

pectinatum (Labill.) A. Love 241

retrofractum (Vickery) A. Love 241

subsp. velutinum (Nees) A. Love 241

velutinum (Nees) B. Simon 241

Austrofestuca pubinervis (Vickery) B. Simon 24]

Austrometzgeria saccata (Mitt.) Kuwahara 396

Austromyrtus (Niedenzu) Burret

floribunda (A.J. Scott) Guymer 569

gaertneri Schauer 138

Austrosteenisia Gees.

key to species 245

blackii (F. Muell.) Gees. 243, 244*

glabristyla Jessup 243; 244*

stipularis (C. White) Jessup 243

Aytonia rupestre Forst. 397

Aytoniaceae 397

Bacidia De Not.

apiahica (Mueil. Arg.) Zahlbr. 533

dominicana (Vainio) Zahibr. 536

gabrielis (Muell. Arg.) Zahibr. 537

mastothallina Vainio 5333

pallidocarnea (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr. 533

polillensis (Vainio) Zahlbr. 534

subternella (Nyl.) R. Sant. 536

380

Backhousia Hook. & Harvey

key to species 568

floribunda A.J. Scott 569

kingii Guymer 567, 569*

sciadophora F. Muell. 567

Badimia polillensis (Vainio) Vézda 534, 534*

Balantiopsidaceae 388

Balantiopsis Mitt. 388

brotheri Steph. 388

diplophylla (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Mitt. 388

Baloghia pancheri Baillon {12, 122

Bartlingia F. Muell. 248

gracilis (R. Br.) F. Mueli. 248

Bazzania S.F. Gra

accreta (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Trev. 385

adnexa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Trev. 385

baileyana (Steph.) Steph. ex Rodw. 385

filiformis Steph. 385

involuta (Mont.) Trev. 385

mittenti (Steph.) Steph. 385

novae-zelandiae (Mitt.) Besch. & Massal. 385

BENL, G.: A new species of Ptilotus distans (R. Br.)

Poiret in Queensland 17

Bertya Planchon

key to species 429

andrewsti W. Fitzg. 431

astrotricha Blakely 429

brownti S. Moore 429

glabrescens (C. White) Guymer 429

oleifolia Planchon 427

var. glabrescens C. White 429

opponens (F. Mueil. ex Benth.) Guymer 147

oppositifolia F. Mueli. & O’Shanesy 147

gquadrisepala F. Muell. 431

sharpeana Guymer 427, 428*

Bo.tin, A.: Some historical collection localities in and

around Brisbane 198

Bonamia Thouars

alatisemina R.W. Johnson 405

deserticola R.W. Johnson 406

erecta R.W. Johnson 406

linearis (R.Br.) H. Hallier 405

oblongifolia Myint 406

rosea (F. Muell.) H. Hallier 406

Bostock, P.D.: Rediscovery and status of Adiantum

whitei Bailey (Adiantaceae) 360

Botria Loureiro 81

Botrya Jussieu 81

Brachiolejeunea (Spr.) Steph. 391

eavesiana (Gott. & Muell.) Steph. 391

thozetiana (Gott. & Muell.) Steph. 391

Bredemeyera Willd.

defoliata (F. Muell.) Chodat ex Anon. 9

ericina (DC.) Chodat 12

praecelsa (F. Muell.) Steenis 12

retusa (Labill.) Chodat ex Anon. 12

meee (Banks ex DC.) Chodat ex Ewart & Davies

sphaerocarpa (Steetz) Steenis 8

sylvestris (Lindley) Chodat ex Ewart & Davies 11

volubilis (Labill.) Chodat ex Anon. 9

BROOKER, M.LH.: The ironbarks ailied to Eucalyptus

crebra F. Muell. and the description of a new species,

E. quadricostata, in the group [48

Bryopteris fruticosa Lindenb. & Gott. 393

BYRNES, N.B.: A new species of Darwinia (Myrtaceae)

for Queensland 15

BYRNES, N.B.: A revision of Afelaleuca L. (Myrtaceae)

in northern and eastern Australia, [. 65

BYRNES, N.B.: A revision of Melaleuca L. (Myriaceae)

in northern and eastern Australia, 2. 131

Byrnes, N.B.: A revision of Afelaleuca L. (Myrtacaea)

in northern and eastern Australia, 3. 254

Byssoloma Trev.

leucoblepharuin (Nyl.) Vainio 534

subdiscordans (Nyl.). P. James 534

Caladenia R. Br.

atroclavia D. Jones & M. Clements 551*, 552

fitzgeraldii Rupp 552

Calenia Muell. Arg. emend R. Sant.

leptocarpa Vainio 535

thelotremella Vainio 535

Callistemon R. Br.

nervosus Lindley 254

speciosus auct. non DC.; Bailey 75, 261

ee (Sol. ex Gaertner) G. Don ex Loudon 75,

Calopadia Véezda

fusca (Muell, Arg.) Vézda 535

puiggarii (Muell, Arg.) Vézda 535

Cardiospermum L. 30

key to species 30

elegans Kunth 30

grandiflorum Swartz 30, 33*

forma elegans (Kunth) Radlk. 30

forma /irsutian (Willd.) Radlk. 30

halicacabum L. 30, 31

key to varieties 31

var. halicacabum 31

var. microcarpum (Kunth) Blume 31

hirsutum Willd. 30

microcarpum Kunth 31

fruncatum A. Rich, 31

Castanospora F. Muell. 34

alphandi (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 33*, 34, 34

Caiellaria semicarpi Vainio 336

Caudalejeunea Steph. 391

reniloba (Gott.) Steph. 391

Cayratia Juss. 365

key to species 366

acetosa {(F. Muell.) Domin 82

acris (F. Muell.) Domin 370*, 371, 372*, 373, 379

calcicola Domin 8&4

cardiophylla B.R. Jackes 370*, 371, 372*, 377

carnosa (Lamk.) Gagnepain 368

clematidea (F. Muell.) Domin 374*, 378, 379

cuneata Domin 496

eurynema B.L. Burtt 374*, 375, 379

grandifolia (Warb.) Merrill & Perry 373

japonica (Thunb.) Gagnepain 374*, 376, 379

maritima B.R. Jackes 366, 367*, 370*, 377

pedata (Louriero) Jussieu & Gagnepain 365

saponaria (Seem. ex Benth.) Domin 369, 372*, 379

strigosa (Bailey) Domin 369

trifolia (L.) Domin 366, 367*, 368, 370*, 377

Cenchrus L.

Syne F. Muell. var. brevisetosus B.K. Simon

elymoides F. Muell. var. elyinoides 21

Cephalozia (Dum.) Dum.

argentea (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.} Lindenb. 385

hirta Steph. 385

setulosa (Leit.) Spr. 385

Cephaloziella (Spr.) Schiftn. 385

arctica Bryhn & Douin 385

exiliflora (Tayl.) Doutn 385

hirta (Steph.) Schust. 385

Cephaloziellaceae

Ceratolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 393

oceanica (Mitt.) Steph. 393

Chandonanthus Mitt. 386

hirtellus (Web.) Mitt. 386

Cheilanthes Sw.

cavernicola D. Jones 469, 470*

dunlopii D. Jones 470, 471*

fragillima F. Muell. 469

nudiuscula (R. Br.) T. Moore 472

pinnatifida D. Jones 472, 473*

praetermissa D. Jones 471*, 472

so ela a (H. Quirk & T. Chambers) D. Jones

pumilio (R. Br.) F. Muell. 470

sieberi Kunze subsp. pseudovellea H. Quirk & T.

Chambers 479

fenuissima Bailey 472

Cheilolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 393

cevlanica (Gott.) Kachroo & Schust. 393

falsinervis (Sande Lac.) Kachroo & Schust. 393

intertexta (Lindenb.) Steph. 393

longidens (Steph.) Kachroo & Schust. 393

581

mimosa (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Schust. 393

serpentina (Mitt.}) Mizut. 393

trifaria (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Mizut. 393

vittata (Steph. ex Hoffm.) Schust. 394

Chiloscyphus Corda 386

argutus (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees 386

var. spathulifolius Steph. 386

communis Steph. 387

fissistipus (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. 387

friacanthus (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Steph. 387

Chioris Sw.

acicularis Lindley 4

var. queenslandiae Domin 4

moorei F. Muell. 4

Cissus L. 481

key to species 483

sect. Cayratia (Juss.) Pianchon 365

sect. Eucissus Planchon 481

acetosa F. Muell. 82

acrantha Lauterb. 482

acris (F. Mueli.) Planchon 373

acutifolia Poiret 368

adnata Roxb. 489, 490*, 504

var. montana Lauterb. 482

antarctica Vent. 484, 485*, 503

var. integerrima Domin 484

var. pubescens Domin 484

aristata Blume 490, 492, 493*, 504

arthroclada Lauterb. 482, 499

assamica (Lawson) Craib var. pilosissima Gagne-

pain 492

australasica F. Muell. 500

baudiniana Planchon 484

bauerleni Planchon 482

behrmannii Lauterb. 482

bicolor Domin 369

brachypoda (F. Muell.) Planchon 498

cardiophylla (F. Muell.) B.R. Jackes 491, 492*, 503

carnosa Lamk. 368

cinerea Lamk. 368

clematidea (F. Muell.) Planchon 378

conchigera Ridley 482

cordata Roxb. 486

crenata Vahi 368

discolor Blume 482

glandulosa Poiret 484

gsrandifolia Warb. 373

hastata Miq. 493, 495*, 505

hypoglauca A. Gray 500, 501*, 505

Japonica Willd. 376

javana DC. 482

ledermannii Lauterb. 482

muelleri Planchon 491

nodosa Blume 482

oblonga (Benth.) Planchon 485*, 486, 503

obovata Lawson 376

obtusifolia Poiret 368

opaca F. Muell. 496, 497*, 505

pennineryis (F. Muell.) Planchon 499, 501*, 505

pentaclada B.R. Jackes 490*, 490, 503

psoralifolia (F. Muell.} Planchon 368

pyrrhodasys Mig. 492

reniformis Domin 487*, 488, 504

repens Lam. 486, 487*, 494, 503

rhamnoidea Planchon 482

rostrata (Miq.) Korth. ex Planchon 482

saponaria (Seem.) Planchon 369

simplex Blanco 492

stercultifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Planchon 498,

499*, 505

trifolia OL.) K. Schum. 368

vinosa B.R. Jackes 494, 495*, 503

vitiginea L. 481

wightii Planchon 489

CLARKSON, J.R.: Jedda, a new genus of Thymelaeaceae

(subtribe Linostomatinae) from Australia 203

CLARKSON, J.R. & HYLAND, B.P.M.: Combretiam tri-

foliatum Vent. (Combretaceae), a new record for

Australia 274

CLEMENTS, M.A. with Jones, D.L.: New orchid taxa

from south-eastern Queensland 547

Codiaeum pancheri (Baillon) Muell. Arg. 122

Collyris Vahl 507

major Vahl 510

Cololejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 395

amphibolus Thiers 395

floccosa (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Steph. 395

leonidens Benedix 395

mamillata (Aongst.) Hodgs. 395

maritima Tixier 395

minutissima (Sm.) Schiftn. 395

frichomanis (Gott.) Steph. 395

wiehtii Steph. 395

Columella Loureiro 365

japonica (Thunb.} Merrill 376

trifolia (L.) Merrill 368

Colura (Dumort.) Dumort. 395

australiensis Jovet 395

bisvoluta Herz. & Jovet 395

herzogii Jovet-Ash. 395

Combretaceae, key to Australian genera 276

Combretum trifoliatum Vent. 274, 275*

Comesperma Labill.

key to Queensland species 7

breviflorum Pedley 11

defoliatum F. Muell. 9

ericinum DC, 11, 12

forma esulifolium Gandoger 12

var. oblongatum R. Br. ex Benth. 13

var. patentifolium CF. Mueil.) Benth. 10

esulifolium (Gandoger) Pedley 12

hispidulum Pedley 10

oblongatum (R. Br. ex Benth.) Pediey 13

pallidum Pediey 13

patentifolium F. Muell, 10

praecelsum F. Muell. 12

retusum Labill. 12

secundum Banks ex DC, 9

sphaerocarpum Steetz 8

sylvestre Lindley 11

volubile Labull. 9

Conchophyllum Blume 507

unbricatum Blume 507

CONRAN, J.G. & FORSTER, P.I.: Protasparagus africanus

(Lam.) Oberm. (Asparagaceae), a serious weed for

south-eastern Queensland 300

CONRAN, J.G., with FORSTER, P.L: Laxmannia com-

pacta (Anthericaceae), a new species from eastern

Australia 246

Convolvulus L.

clementii Domin 408

eyreanus R.W. Johnson 408, 409*

microsepalus R.W. Johnson 409%, 410

remotus R. Br. 410

Corindum Miller 30

halicacabum L. 30

Corybas Salisb.

aconitiflorus Salisb. 548

barbarae D. Jones 548, 549*

montanus D. Jones 547, 549*

unguiculatus R. Br. 547

CRISP, M.D.: A new species of Jsotropis Benth. and a

new record of Daviesia Smith from Queensland 412

Critesion Raf.

glaucum (Steudel) A. Léve 241

murinum (L.) A. Love subsp. glaucum (Steudel) B.

Simon 241

Croion opponens F. Muell. ex Benth. 147

Ctenopteris repandula Kunz 285

Cupania L.

alphandi F. Muell. 34

anacardioides A. Rich. 44, 48

var. parvifolia Bailey 48

anacardioides auct. non A. Rich.; F. Muell. 38

anodonta (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 171

bidwillii Benth. §55

cordierorum F. Muell. 186

curvidentata Bailey 50

daemeliana F. Muell. 178

dunnii Maiden & Betche 41

erythrocarpa F. Muell. 176, 178

exangulata F. Muell. 167

582

flagelliformis Bailey 50

foveolata F. Muell. 47

grandissima (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 169

howeana Maiden 38

lachnocarpa (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 168

laurifolia Ettingsh. 170

martyana F, Muell. 55

mortoniana F. Muell. 41, 42

nervosa F, Muell. 157

oshanesiana F, Muell. 164

pyriformis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 170

robertsonti F, Muell. 41, 42, 44

semiglauca (F. Muell.} F. Muell. ex Benth. 38

var. acutifolia F. Muell. 37

serrata F. Muell. 50

Shirleyana Bailey 46

stipata F. Muell. 33

fenax (Cunn. ex Benth.) F. Muell. 177

are? auct. non (Cunn. ex Benth.) F. Muell. 184,

185

tomentella F. Muell. ex Benth. 51

wadsworthii (F. Muell.} F. Muell. 46

xylocarpa Cunn. ex F. Muell. 155

var. nervosa (F. Muell.) C. Moore 157

zippeliana Blume 154

Cupaniopsis Radlk. 44

key to species 45

anacardioides (A. Rich.) Radik. 44, 47, 48, 52*

forma parvifolia (Bailey) Radik. 48

var. parvifolia (Bailey) Domin 48

baileyana Radlk. 47

curvidentata (Bailey) Radlk. 50

dunnii Maiden & Betche 41

flagelliformis (Bailey) Radlk. 49, 50, 52*

key to varieties 51

var. australis S, Reyn. 51

var. flagelliformis 51

fleckeri S. Reyn. 47, 52*

foveolata (F. Muell.) Radlk. 47, 52*

newman 8,T. Reyn. 49, 52*

parvifolia (Bailey) L. Johnson 47, 48

serrata (F. Muell.) Radlk. 50, 52*

was tomentella (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Radlk.

var. tomentella (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Domin

shirleyana (Bailey) Radlk. 46, 52*

tomentella (F. Muell. ex Benth.) S. Reyn. 51, 52*

wadsworthii (F. Muell.) Radlk. 46, 52*

Cuspidatula Steph. 386

monodon (Tayl. ex Lehm.) Steph. 386

Cynanchum L.

brachystelmoides P. Forster 451, 452*, 454*, 457

carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. 526

carnosum (R,. Br.} Domin 526

Darwinia Raf.

decumbens Byrnes 15

fascicularis Rudge 15

Daviesia arthropoda F. Muell. 415

Desmos Lour,

goezeanus (F. Muelil.) Jessup 227

wardianus (Bailey) Jessup 227

Dianelia Lam.

ir (G. Forster} R. Henderson 421, 4285,

intermedia Endl. 424*, 425

Dicranopteris linearis (N. Burman) Underwood

key to Australian varieties 285

var. altissima Holttum 284

Dictyoneura Blume 153

acuminata Blume 153

microcarpa Radlk. 153

Dimerella Trev.

epiphylla (Muell. Arg.) Malme 535

fallaciosa (Muell. Arg.) Vézda 535

hypophylia Vézda 536

zonata (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. 536

Diploglottis J.D. Hook.

Key to related species 332

bernieana S. Reyn. 328, 329*, 576

cunninghamii (Hook.) J.D. Hook. 328

diphyllostegia (F. Muell.) Bailey 330

obovata S. Reyn. 330, 331*

Dischidia R. Br. 507

key to species 508

bauerlenii Schitr. 510

clavata Wall. 510

major (Vahl) Merr. 510, 513*, 514

mergiensis Becc. 510

nummiuttaria R. Br. 507, 510, 5i1*, 514

ovata Benth. 508, 509%, 514

pubifiora Schltr. 510

rafflesiana Wall. 510

fimorensis Decne. 510

Dischidiopsis Schltr. 507

Distichostenion F. Muell. 57

key to species 58

arnhemicus S. Reyn. 61, 64*

barklyanus S. Reyn. 59, 63, 64*

dodecandrus Domin 60, 64*

filamentosus S. Moore 59, 64*

hispidulus (Endl.) Baillon 57, 61

var. aridus S. Reyn. 63, 64*

var. aridus S. Reyn. 59

var. hispidulus 62, 64*

var. phyllopterus (F. Muell.) S. Reyn. 62, 64*

malvaceus Domin 60, 64*

phyllopterus F. Muell. 57, 61, 62

phyllopterus auct. non F. Muell., Britten 60

Dodonaea hispidula Endl. 61

Drake-Brockmannia Stapf 212

Drepanolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffin. 394

angustifolia (Mitt.} Grolle 394

filicuspis Steph. 394

leyicornua Steph. 394

micholitzii Steph.

var. genuina Herz. 394— - -

var. micholitzii 394

obliqua Steph. 394

tenuis (Nees) Steph. 394

fernatensis (Gott.) Steph. 395

vesiculosa (Mitt.) Steph. 395

Duke, N.C.: A mangrove hybrid Sonneratia X guingai

(Sonneratiaceae) from north-eastern Australia 103

Diurmortiera Nees 398

hirsuta (Sw.) Nees 398

Echinoplaca Fée

epiphylla Fée 536

leucotrichoides (Vainio) R. Sant. 536

pellicula (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. 536

Ectrosia R. Br. 212

Elattostachys (Blume) Radlk. 154

key to species 154

bidwillii (Benth.) Radlk. 155

megalantha S. Reyn. 155, 156*

microcarpa 8, Reyn. 156*, 157

nervosa (F. Muell.) Radlk. 157

xylocarpa (Cunn. ex F. Muell.} Radlk. 155

zippeliana (Blume) Radik. [54

Elymus scabrus (R. Br.) A. Love var. plurinervis (Vick-

ery) B. Simon 242

Enteropogon Nees

key to species 6

acicularis (Lindley) Lazarides 1, 4

Form A 4

dolichostachyus (Lag.) Keng ex Lazarides |

minutus Lazarides [

paucispiceus (Lazarides) B. Simon 1, 2*

ramosus B. Simon 1, 3*, 5*

key to related species 4

unispiceus (F. Muell.) W. Clayton var. paucispicetus

Lazarides |

Epiphyllum Haw. 574

hookeri Haw. 574

phyllanthus (L.) Haw. 574

var. hookeri (Haw.) Kimnach 574

strictum Britton & Rose 574

ca ee te tg ig te tert

383

Erioglossum Blume 35

edule Blume 35

Eucalyptus L’ Herit.

crebra F, Muell. 151

key to related species 149

quadricostata Brooker 150*, 151, 151*, 152

Euilejeunea (Spruce) Schiffn.

armitit Steph. 394

cuspidistipula Steph. 394

flaya (Sw.) Steph. 394

Euosmolejeunea baileyana Steph. 393

Euphoria leichhardtii Benth. var. hebepetala Benth. 163

Fellhanera Vézda

dominicana (Vainio) Vézda 536

semecarpi (Vainio) Vézda 536

subternella (Nyl.) Vézda 536

Festuca L.

pectinata Labill. 241

pubinervis Vickery 241

friticoides Steudel 241

Fimbriaria Nees corr. Lindenb.

australis J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 397

conocephala Steph. 397

drummondii J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 397

whiteleggeana Steph. 397

Fitzalania , eteropetala (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 523

Fontatnea Heckel 112

key to species 113

australis Jessup & Guymer 116, 118*, 12!

oraria Jessup & Guymer 119, 120%, 121

pancheri (Baillon) Heckel 112, [2?, 124*

picrosperma C. White 116, 117%

rostrata Jessup & Guymer 114, 115*, 121

venosa Jessup & Guymer 122, 123*, 121

FORSTER, P.I.: Notes on the naturalised flora of Queens-

land 573

FORSTER, P.L: Studies on the Australasian Asclepia-

tee Il. A new combination in Gymnema R. Br.

FORSTER, P.J.: Studies on the Australastan Asclepia-

daceae, V. Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schitr. and

its synonymy 525

FORSTER, P.I. & CONRAN, J.G.: Laxmiannia compacta

a al a new species from eastern Australia

FORSTER, P.I. & LIDDLE, D.J.: Studies on the Austra-

lasian Asclepiadaceae, IV. Dischidia R.Br. in Aus-

tralia 507

ForsTER, P.I]. & THONGPUKDEE, A.: Studies on the

Australasian Ascleptadaceae, HI. A new species of

al L. and a new name in AMarsdenia R. Br.

FORSTER, P.I. & THONGPUKDEE, A.: Variation in Gyn-

ura drymophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies (Asteraceae:

senecioneae) 557

FORSTER, P.L., with CONRAN, J.G.: Protasparagits afri-

canus (Lam.) Oberm. (Asparagaceae), a serious weed

for south-eastern Queensland 300

FORSTER, P.I., with PEDLEy, L.: Acacia eremophiloides

(Mimosae), a new species from south-eastern Queens-

land 277

Fossombronia Raddi 395

papillata Steph. 395

Fossombroniaceae 395

Frullania Raddi 390

allanii Hodgs. 390

apiculata (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Dum. var. parva

Hatt. 390

australis Steph. 390

baileyana Steph. 390

cataractarum Steph. 390

crassitexta Steph. 390

dietrichiana Steph. 390

ayes Steph. 390

elongata Steph. 391

ericoides (Nees) Mont. 390

exigua Steph. 390

faiciloba Tayl. ex Lehm. 390

ferdinandi-muelleri Steph. 390

filipendra Steph. 391

flexuosa Hatt. 390

forsythiana Steph. 390

fugax (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. 390:

hampeana Nees 390

hasskarliana Lindenb. subsp. gueenslandica Hatt.

390

hicksiae Hatt. 390

johnsonii Steph. 390

monocera (J.D. Hook. & Tayi.) Tayl. 390

var, depauperata Hatt. 390

neosheana Hatt. 390

nodulosa (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees 390

var. plana Schifin. 390

pentapleura Tayl. 390

probosciphora Tayl. 390

queenslandica Steph. 391

reptans Mitt. 390

ae (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) J.D. Hook. & Tayl.

rubella Gott. ex Steph. 391

var. elongata secaaey 8 Hatt. 391

seriata Gott. ex Steph. 391

serrata Gott. 391

sheana Hatt. 391

simmonadsii Steph. 391

spinifera Tayl. 391

squarrosa (Reinw., Bhime & Nees) Nees 390

squarrosula (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. 391

subhampeana Hodgs. 391

subtropica Steph. 391

fernatensis Gott. var. non-appiculata Hatt. 391

wildii Steph. 391

yorkiana Steph. 391

sp. aff. F. pentapleura Tayl. 391

sp. i. 391

sp. 2. 391

Ganophyllum Blume 32

ys eobeen Biume 32, 32, 33*

Gardenia Ellis 434 |

key to northeastern Queensland species 434

actinocarpa Puttock 435, 436*, 449

actinocarpa Puttock 443

edulis F. Muell. 446

macgillivraei Benth. var. [-] F.M. Batley 437

megasperma auct. non F. Muell.; F.M. Bailey 444

ee Batley 435, 437, 439*, 440, 441, 443, 444,

psidioides Puttock 439*, 440, 449

psidioides Puttock 441

rupicola Puttock 441, 442*, 449

rupicola Puttock 440

scabrella Puttock 442*, 443, 449

scabrella Puttock 435

tessellaris Puttock 444, 445*, 449

vilhelmit Domin 444, 445*, 446, 449

Geocalycaceae 386

Gleichenia miinet Baker 284

Glenniea alphandi F. Muell. 34

Goebelobryum Grolle 388

grossitextum (Steph.) Grolle 388

unguiculatum (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Grolle 388

Goniothalamus australis Jessup 224, 225*

GRAY, B., with Jones, D.L:: New fern records for

Australia 284

GRAY, B., with Jones, D.L.: Two new epiphytic species

of Lycopodium (Lycopodiaceae) from north-eastern

Queensland [26

Guioa Cav. 36

key to species 36

acutifolia (F. Muell.}) Radlk. 37, 40*

chrysantha Radlk. 39

coriacea Radlk. 38, 40*

crenifoliola Merr. & Perry 37, 40*

lasioneura Radik. 37, 40*

lentiscifolia Cav. 36

montana C. White 39, 40*

semiglauca (F. Muell.) Radlk. 38, 40*

GUYMER, G.P.: A name change in the genus Bertya

(Euphorbiaceae) 147

384

GUYMER, G.P.: A new species of Backhousia Hook. &

Harvey (Myrtaceae) from Queensland and a reap-

praisal of Backhousia floribunda A.J. Scott 567

GUYMER, G.P.: Notes on Bertya Planchon (Euphorbi-

aceae) 427

GUYMER, G.P.: Rhodaninia pauciovilata, a new species

of Myrtaceae from Queensland 515

GUYMER, G.P.: Two new species of Nofelaea Vent.

(Oleaceae) from south-eastern Queensland 339

GUYMER, G.P. & Jessup, L.W.: New species of Rito-

damnia Jack (Myrtaceae) from Australia 228

GuYMER, G.P., with Jessup, L.W.: A revision of Fon-

tainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae—Cluytiae) 112

Gyalectidium Muell. Arg.

caucasicum (Elenkin & Woronichin) Vézda 537

filicinum Muell. Arg. 537

Gymnanthe unguiculata (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Mitt. 388

Gymnema dunnii (Maiden & Betche) P. Forster 401,

402*, 404

Gymnomitrium orbiculatum Col. 386

Gynura drymophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies 560

key to varieties 562

var. drymophila 559*, 561*, 562, 563*, 564

var. glabrifolia P. Forster & Thongpukdee 559*,

564, 565*, 5667

pseudochina auct. non (L.) DC.; Benth. 560

Hardenbergia Benth.

bimaculata (Curtis) Domin var. trifoliclata Domin

192

perbrevidens R. Henderson 192, 193*

yiolacea (Schneev.) Stearn 192

Harpalejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 394

filicuspis (Steph.) Mizut. 394

Harpullia wadsworthii F. Muell. 46

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: A note on F.M. Bailey’s Botany

Bulletins 107

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: New combinations for Solanum

americanum Miller (Solanaceae) in Australia and

New Zealand 555

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: New species from Blackdown

Tableland, Central Queensland — 1. 192

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: Nomenclatural studies in Dianella

Lam. ex Juss. (Phormiaceae) 1. 419

HENDERSON, R.J.F.: Thelionema, a new genus of the

Phormiaceae from Australia 109

Herpetium involutum Mont. 385

Heterachne Benth. 2

Heterodendrum Desf.

diversifolium F. Muell. 335

floribundum Pritzel 337

macrocalyx Radlk. 337

microcalyx Radik, 337

oleifoliuin Desf. 335, 336

var. euryphyllum Domin 336

var. miacrocalyx (Radik.) Domin 337

var. mticrocalyx (Radik.) Domin 337

var. oleifolium S. Reyn. 336

pubescens S. Reyn. 335

fropicum S. Reyn. 335

Hibbertia Andr.

linearis R. Br. ex DC. 27

monticola Stanley 27

obtusifolia DC. 27

HoLiAND, A.E. & REYNOLDS, S.T.: Five new species

of Sida L. (Malvaceae) from Australia 459

Hordeum L.

glaucum Steudel 241

murinuim L. subsp. glaucum (Steudel) Tzvelev 241

Hyalolepidozia S, Arneil 385

sp. aff. H. longiscypha (Tayl.) Grolle 385

Hyegrolejeunea sacculifera Steph. 394

HYLAND, B.P.M., with CLARKSON, J.R.: Combretunt

trifoliatum Vent. (Combretaceae), a new record for

Australia 274

Hymenophytaceae 396

Hymenophyton Dumort. 396

flabellatum (Labill.) Dumort. ex Trev. 396

Ipomoea L.

antonschmidii R.W. Johnson 217, 218*

argillicola R.W. Johnson 217, 219*

macrantha Roemer & Schultes 222

muelleri Benth. 217

polpha R.W. Johnson 220, 221*

saintronanensis R.W, Johnson 222, 222*

velutina R. Br. 217

Ischaemum L.

arundinaceum F. Muell. ex Benth. 21

australe R. Br. var. arundinaceum (F. Muell. ex

Benth.) B. Simon 21

Ischnostemma King & Gamble

carnosum (R. Br.) Merrill & Rolfe 526

selangorica King & Gamble 526

Tsotropis Benth.

key to Queensland species 414

foliosa Crisp 412, 413*

JACKES, B.R.: Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, |.

Ampelocissus Planchon 81

JACKES, B.R.: Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 2.

Cayratia Juss. 365

JACKES B.R.: Reviston of the Australian Vitaceae, 3.

Cissus L. 481

Jackiella Schiffn. 386

javanica Schiffn. 386

Jackiellaceae 386

Jedda J. Clarkson 203, 204

multicaulis J. Clarkson 203, 204, 206*, 209

Jessup, L.W.: A new combination and new species in

Austrosteenisia Geesink (Fabaceae — Milletieae) 243

Jessup, L.W.: A revision of Xy/osina G. Forster (Fla-

courtiaceae) in Australia 77

JEssuP, L.W.: New combinations in Australian Annon-

aceae 227

Jessup, L.W.: The genus Goniothalamus (Blume) J.D.

Hook. & Thomson (Annonaceae) in Australia 224

Jessup, L.W.: The genus Afifiusa Leschen. ex A. DC,

{Annonaceae) in Australia 517

Jessup, L.W.: The genus Pseuduvaria Mig. (Annona-

ceae) in Australia 307

JEssuP, L.W. & GUYMER, G.P.: A revision of Fontainea

Heckel (Euphorbiaceae - Cluytieae) [12

JOHNSON, R.W.: Four new species of Zpomoea L. (Con-

volvulaceae) from Australia 217

JOHNSON, R.W.: Three new species of Bonamia Thouars

(Convolvulaceae) from Central Australia 405

JOHNSON, R.W.: Two new species of Convolvulus L.

(Convolvulaceae) from South Australia 408

J yer D.L.: New fern species from northern Austraha

JONES, D.L. & CLEMENTS, M.A.: New orchid taxa from

south-eastern Queensland 547

J oe D.L. & GRAY, B.: New fern records for Australia

JONES, D.L. & Gray, B.: Two epiphytic species of

Lycopodium (Lycopodiaceae) from north-eastern

Queensland 126

Jubulaceae 390

Jungermannia L. 386

abietina Nees 387

adnexa Lehm. & Lindenb. 385

arbuscula Bridel ex Lehm. & Lindenb. 387

arcuata Nees 392

argentea J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 385

arguta Remw., Blume & Nees 386

bantamensis Reinw., Blume & Nees 387

biciliata J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 386

blepharophora Nees 387

buccinifera J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 389

capilligera Schwaegr. 384

crassa Schwaegr. 396

cucullata Reinw., Blume & Nees 394

dendroides Nees 387

diclados Bridel. ex Web. 389

diplophylla J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 388

ericoides Nees 390

exiliflora Tayl. 385

exilis Reinw., Blume & Nees 394

fissistipa J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 387

flabellata Labill. 396

Hloccosa Lehm. & Lindenb, 395

fruticella J.D. Hook, & Tayl. 387

fugax J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 390

Jurcata L. 396

hasskarliana (Nees) Steph. 386

hippurioides J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 384

hirtella Web. 386

karsteniana Beauv. 386

laevifolia J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 384

lyellti Hook. 395

mimosa J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 393

minutissima Sm, 395

monocera J.D, Hook. & Tayi. 390

monodon Tayl. ex Lehm. 386

montana (Steph.) Steph. 386

nodulosa Reinw., Blume & Nees 390

olivacea J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 392

opposita Reinw., Blume & Nees 388

orbiculata (Col.) Grolle 386

piligera Reinw., Blume & Nees 386

pleurata Tayl., 387

pluma Reinw., Blume & Nees 384

podophylla Thunb. 396

punicea Nees 386

renitens Nees 387

rostrata J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 391

securifolia Nees 392

semirepanda Nees 393

semiteres (Lehm, & Lindenb.) Mitt. 386

spathulistipa Reinw., Blume & Nees 393

sguarrosula J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 391

striata Lehm. & Lindenb,. 393

subfusca Nees 392

tetradactyla J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 385

trifaria Reinw., Blume & Nees 393

unguiculata J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 388

wattsiana Steph. 386

xanthocarpa Lehm. & Lindenb. 394

Jungermanniaceae 386

Jungermanniales 384

Kunstleria stipularis (C. White) Polhill 243

Kurzia yon Martens 384

caicarata (Steph.) Grolle 384

compacta (Steph.) Grolle 384

hippurioides (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Groile 384

lateconica (Steph.} Grolle 384

reyersa (Carr. & Pears.) Grolle 384

Lasioloma arachnoideum (Xrempeth.) R. Sant. 537

Laxmannia R. Br. 2

compacta Conran & P. Forster 248, 251*, 252

gracilis R. Br. 248, 248, 249*, 252

key to related species 250

illecebrosa Reichb. 248

Lejeunea Libert 394

angustifolia Mitt. 394

apiculata Sande Lac. 394

armiutit Steph.) Steph. 394

caespitosa Lindenb. 394

ceylanica Gott. 393

cucullata (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Nees 394

cuspidistipula (Steph.) Steph. 394

discreta Lindenb. 394

drummondti Tayl. 394

epiphylla Mitt. 395

eulopha Tayl. 392

exilis (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Grolle 394

falsinervis Sande Lac. 393

flava (Sw.) Nees subsp. orientalis Schust. 394

herzogii Mizut. 394

intertexta Lindenb. 393

maculata Mitt. 395

mamillata Aongst. 395

mariana Gott. 392

385

nigricans Lindenb. 392

oceanica Mitt. 393

polymorpha Sande Lac. 393

punctiformis Tayl. 394

serpentina Mitt. 393

sordida Nees 394

stephensonianus Mitt. 393

fenuis Nees 394

ternatensis Gott. 395

trichomanis Gott. 395

tumida Mitt. 394

vesiculosa Mitt. 395

Lejeuneaceae 391

Lepidolaena Dumort. 389

sp. aff. L. taylorti (Gott.) Trev. 389

Lepidolaenaceae 389

Lepidopetalum Blume 175

perrottii Blume 175

subdichotomum Radlk. 175

fenax (Cunn. ex Benth.) Ewart 177

Lepidozia (Dumort.) Dumort. 384

caicarata Steph. 384

capillaris (Sw.) Lindenb. 384

capilligera (Schwaegr.) Lindenb. 384

centipes Tayl. ex Gott., Lindenb. & Nees 384

contpacta Steph. 384

dispar Mont. 384

eeni S. Arnell 384

laevifolia (J.D. Hook, & Tayl.) Tayl. 384

lateconica Steph. 384

procera Mitt. 384

reversa Carr, & Pears, 384

Sp.

Lepidoziaceae 384

Lepisanthes Blume 35

montana Blume 35

rubiginosa (Roxb.) Leenh. 35

Leptolejetinea (Spr.) Schiffn. 395

denticulata Steph. 395

epiphylla (Mitt.) Steph. 395

maculata (Mitt.) Schiffn. 395

Leptostemma Blume 507

Lethocolea Mitt. 388

squamata (Tayl.) Hodgs. 388

Leucolejeunea Evs. 394

xanthocarpa (Lehm, & Lindenb.) Evs. 394

LIDDLE, D.J., with FORSTER, P.L: Studies on the Aus-

tralasian Asclepiadaceae, IV. Dischidia R. Br. in Aus-

tralia 507

Linostomatinae 204

key to subtribe 208

Loflammia gabrielis (Muell. Arg.) Vézda 537

Logania R, Br.

albiflora (Andr.) Druce 194

diffusa R. Henderson 194, 195*, 196*

Lolium L.

x hubbardii Jansen & Wachter ex B. Simon 21

multiflorum Lam. 21

rigidum Gaudin 21

Lonchocarpus stipularis C. White 243

Lopadium Korb.

fuscum Muell. Arg. 535

puiggarit (Muell. Arg.) Zahlbr. 535

Lophocolea (Dumort.) Dumort. 386

biciliata (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Mitt. 386

heterophylloides Nees 386

semiteres (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Mitt. 386

triacantha J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 387

Lopholejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 392

australis Steph. 392

eulopha (Tayl.) Steph. 392

fimbriata (Gott.) Schiffn. 392

hispidissima Steph. 392

loheri Steph. 392

nigricans (Lindenb.) Schiffn. 392

plicatiscypha (J.D. Hook. & Tayi.) Steph. 392

subfusca (Nees) Schiffn. 392

Lunularia Adanson 397

cructata (L.} Dumort. 397

yulgaris Micheli ex Raddi 397

Lunulariaceae 397

586

Lycopodium L.

key to species [28

carinatum Desv.126

lockyeri D. Jones 126, 127*

marsupiiforme D. Jones 128, 129*

proliferum Blume 128

Macarthuria Huegel ex Endl.

complanata E. Ross 25, 26*

ephedroides C. White 25

Madotheca Dum.

cranfordii Steph. 389

stangeri Steph. 389

Marchantia L. 397

berteroana Lehm. & Lindenb. 397

cruciata L, 397

foliacea Mitt. 397

hemisphaerica L. 397

hirsuta Sw. 398

pallida Steph. 397

pileatea Mitt. 397

polymorpha L. 397

tabularis Nees 397

Marchantiaceae 397

Marchantiales 397

Marsdenia R. Br.

lloydii P. Forster 452*, 455, 456*

rostrata R. Br. var. dunnii Maiden & Betche 401

suberosa S.T. Blake 455

Mastigobryum Lindenb. & Gott.

accretum Lehm. & Lindenb, 385

baileyanum Steph. 385

colensoanum Mitt. 385

filiforme (Steph.) Steph. 385

mittenit Steph. 385

novae-hollandiae Lindenb. & Gott.

novae-zelandiae Mitt. 385

Mastigolejeunea (Spr.) Steph, 391

humilis ots Steph. 391

integrifolius Steph. 391

ligulata (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Schiffn. 392

phaea Gott. ex Steph. 392

Mastigophora Nees 389

diclados (Bridel ex. Web.) Nees 389

Mastigophoraceae 389

Mazosia Massal.

melanophthalma (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. 537

phyllosema (Nyl.) Zahlbr. 537

Melaleuca L. 65

key to species 67

acacioides F. Muell. 139, 145

var. angustifolia Domin 139

acuminata F. Muell. 136, 145

adnata Turez. 74

alsophila Cunn. ex Benth. 139

alternifolia (Maiden & Betche) Cheel 265, 272

angustifolia Gaertner 138, 138, 145

arcana S.T, Blake 262, 272

argentea W.V. Fitzg. 257, 271

armillaris (Sol. ex Gaertner) Smith 264, 272

arnhemica Byrnes 74

arnhemica Byrnes 138, 145

biconvexa Byrnes 74

biconvexa Byrnes 133, 144

bracteata F. Muell. 260, 271

brassii Byrnes 74

brassti Byrnes 140, 145

cajuputi Powell 256, 271

capitata Cheel 269, 273

cheelii C, White 74, 134, 144

cornucopiae Byrnes 74

cornucopiae Byrnes 141, 146

coronata Andr. 137

cunninghamii Schauer var. glabra C. White 74, 259

dealbata S.T. Blake 255, 271

deanei F. Muell. 263, 272

decora (Salisb.) J. Britten 265, 272

decussaia R. Br. 135, 144

densispicata Byrnes 74

densispicata Byrnes 135, 144

diosmatifolia Dum.-Cours. 266, 273

discolor Reichb. 137

dissitiflora F. Muell. 269, 273

drumimondii Schauer 142

ericaefolia Andr, 264

ericifolia Smith 75, 268, 273

var. erubescens (Otto) Benth. 266

erubescens Otto 266

foliolosa Cunn. ex Benth. 71, 76

fraseri Hook. 2

gibbosa Labill. 135, 144

elomerata F. Muell. 141, 146

enidiaefolia Vent. 137

graminea 8. Moore 139

groveana Cheel & C. White 263, 272

gunniana Schauer 268

var. capitata F. Muell. ex Miq. 268

hakeoides F. Muell. ex Benth. [41

halmaturorum F. Muell. ex Miq. 133, 144

hamata Field & Gardner 142

heliophila F. Muell. ex Miq. 268

howeana Cheel 270, 273

hypericifolia Smith 131, 144

irbyana R. Baker 72, 76

juniperina Sieber ex Reichb. 142

juniperoides Reichb. 142

kunzeoides Byrnes 75

kunzeoides Byrnes 264, 272

lanceolata Otto 270, 273

lasiandra F. Muell. 143, 146

leucadendra (L.) L. 65, 257, 271

var. angustafa Riviere 257

var. angustifolia L.f. 74, 260

forma ruscifolia Cheel 262

linartifolia Smith 131, 44

var. alternifolia Maiden & Betche 265

var. finariifolia 132

var. trichostachya (Lindley) Benth. 132

linophylla F. Mueli. 266, 273

loguei W. Fitzg. 143

magnifica Specht 74, 138, 145

minutifolia F. Muell. 71, 76

myrtifolia Vent. 132

neglecta Ewart & Wood 137, 145

nervosa (Lindley) Cheel 254, 271

forma latifolia Byrnes 74

forma /atifolia Byrnes 254

forma nervosa 74, 254

forma pendulina Byrnes 74

forma penduflina Byrnes 255

nodosa (Gaertner) Smith 142, 146

var. stenostoma Domin 142

var. tenutfolia (DC.) Penfold 142

oraria J. Black 137

ottonis Otto & Dietr. 268

pallescens Byrnes 72, 74, 76

parviflora Lindley var. latifolia Maiden & Betche

264

parvistaminea Byrnes 75

parvistaminea Byrnes 267, 273

pauciflora auct. non Turcz.; Benth. 74, 133

punicea Byrnes 71, 74, 76

pustiula J.D. Hook. 267, 273

quingquenervia (Cav.) S.T. Blake 74, 258, 260

saligna Schauer 74, 262, 272

semiteres Schauer £42

sericea Byrnes 74

sericea Byrnes 256, 271

sieberi Schauer 75, 264, 272

squamea Labill. 268, 273

var. glabra Cheel 268

squarrosa Donn ex Smith 132, 144

stenostachya S.T. Blake 255, 271

var. pendula Byrnes 74

var. pendula Byrnes 256

var. stenostachya 74, 256

stricta Dum.-Cours. [31

styphelioides Smith 260, 271

var. squamophloia Byrnes 74

var. squamophioia Byrnes 261

var. styphelioides 74, 261

587

symphyocarpa F. Muell. 74, 140, 145

forma aurantiaca C. White 140

famariscina Hooker 72, 74, 76

tenuifolia DC. 142

ternifolia F. Muell. ex Miq. 268

thymifolia Smith 137, 145

tortifolia Byrnes 74

tortifolia Byrnes 134, 144

trichostachya Lindley 131, 132

uncinata R. Br. 142, 146

viminalis (Sol. ex Gaertner} Byrnes 75

var. miner Byrnes 75

viininalis (Sol. ex Gaertner) Byrnes 261, 272

var. minor Byrnes 262

var. vimiinalis 75, 262

viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertner 258, 271

var. angustifolia (L.f.) Byrnes 74

var. angustifolia (L.f.) Byrnes 74, 260

var. attenuata Byrnes 74

var. attenuata Byrnes 259

var. canescens Byrnes 74

var. canescens Byrnes 259

var. glabra (C. White) Byrnes 74

var. glabra (C. White) Byrnes 259

var. rubriflora Brong. & Gris 260

var. viridiflora 74, 259

wilsonii F. Muell. 136, 145

Metrosideros Banks ex Gaertner

armillaris Sol. ex Gaertner 264

calycina Cav. 137

decora Salisb. 265

hyssopifolia Cav. 131

juniperina Reichb. ex A. Sprengel 142

juniperoides Reichb. 142

nodosa Gaertner 142

pungens Reichb. 142

quinquenervia Cav. 260

viminalis Sol. ex Gaertner 75, 261

Metzgeria Raddi 396

australis Steph. 396

conjugata Lindb. 396

decipiens (Massal.) Schiffn. & Gott. 396

furcata (L.) Dumort. 396

var. decipiens Massal. 396

hamata Lindb. 396

leptoneura Spr. 396

saccata Mitt. 396

Metzgeriaceae 396

Metzgeriales 395

Microlepidozia lateconica (Steph.) Fulf. & J. Tayl. 384

Microtheliopsis uleana Muell. Arg. 538

Miliusa Leschen. ex DC. 517

| key to species 517 |

bidwillfi (Benth.) R.E. Fries 523

brahei (F. Muell.) Jessup 227

brahei (F. Muell.) Jessup 519*, 520, 521*

horsfieldii Bennett 518, 519*, 521*

indica Leschen, ex DC. 517

traceyi Jessup 519*, 521*, 522

Mimosa L.

brownei Poiret 346

floribunda Vent. 348

saligna Labill. 355

ulicifolia Salisb. 356

Mischocarpus Blume 166

key to species 166

albescens S. Reyn. 169, 172*

anodontus (F. Muell.) Radlk. 171, 172*

australis S. Reyn. 172*, 174

exangulatus (F. Muell.) Radlk. 167, 172

grandissimus (F. Muell.) Radik. 169

lachnocarpus (F. Muell.) Radik. 168, 172*

macrobotrys Merr. & Perry 160

macrocarpus S. Reyn. 172*, 173

montanus C. White 170

pyriformis (F. Muell.} Radlk. 170

key to subspecies 170

subsp. pyriformis 170, 172*

subsp. retusus (Radik.} van der Ham 171

i da auct. non (F. Muell.) Radlk.; C. White

retusus Radlk. 170, 171

Stipitatus S. Reyn. 174

sundaicus Blume 166

key to related species 173

sundaicus auct. non Blume; van der Ham 173, 174

Mitrephora (Blume) J.D. Hook. & Thomson

froggattii F. Muell. 227, 308

jfrogeattii auct. non F. Muell.; B.P.M. Hyland 310

Myrtus leucadendra L. 65

Nardia (S.F. Gray) Lindb.

fragilis Steph. ex Bailey 386

montana Steph. 386

Nephelium L.

beckleri Benth. 164

callarrie J.F. Bailey 34

distylis (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. 160

divaricaium (F. Muell.) Benth. 164

foveolatum (F. Muell.) Benth. 163

lautererianum Bailey 159

microphyllum Benth. 161

semiglaucum (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 38

winterianunt Bailey 37

Nephrolepis Schott

arida D. Jones 473*, 474

cordifolia (L.) C. Presl 474

Nerium pulli Rneede 486

Notelaea Vent.

linearis Benth. 339

lloydii Guymer 341, 342*

mucrocarpa R. Br. 341

pungens Guymer 339, 340*

Noteroclada confluens auct. non J.D. Hook. & Tayl.;

Windolf 388

Noteroscyphus Mitt. 386

lutescens Schiffn. 386

Opegrapha ptuiggarii Muell. Arg. 538

Ophioglossum L.

intermedium J.D. Hook. 285

lineare Schiechter & Brause 286

Oxystelma carnosum R. Br. 526

Pailayicinia S.F. Gray 395

lyellii (Hook.) S.F. Gray 395

Pallaviciniaceae 395

Pancovia rubiginosa Roxb. 35

Pandanus Lf.

conicum St. John 294

solms-laubachii Warb. 288

xX nullumiae R. Tucker 294, 295*, 297*

yalna R. Tucker 288, 289%, 291*, 292* 294

Panicum L.

bicolor R. Br. 22

bisulcatum §.T. Blake 22

chillagoensis Domin 22

cymbiforme Hughes 23

effusum R. Br. var. simile (Domin) B. Simon 22

fu on Hughes 22

lide-fusca Schumach. 22

Toheiiustuis Domin vat. cairnsianum Domin 22

simile Domin 22

Paramignya trimera (Oliver) Burkill 416

PEDLEY, L.: Acacia maconochieana (Mimosaceae), a

new species from semi-arid Australia 235

PEDLEY, L.: A revision of Comesperma (Polygalaceae)

in Queensland 7

PEDLEY, L.: Notes on ae Martius (Legumi-

nosae: Mimosoideae), |.

PEDLEY, L.: Paramignya Wiaht (Rutaceae: Citreae) in

Australia 416

PEDLEY, L.: Racosperma deltoideum (Cunn. ex G. Don)

Pediey (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) and related spe-

cies in northern Australia 314

PEDLEY, L.: Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimo-

soideae) in New Zealand: a checklist 358

PEDLEY, L.: Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimo-

soideae) in Queensland: a checklist 344

588

PEDLEY, L.: Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimo-

soldeae) in Queensland and New Zealand: supple-

ment to the checklists of species 571

ss Ser L, reviewer. A Biology of Acacias by T.R. New

PEDLEY, L. reviewer. The European garden flora. Voll.

1. by S.M. Walters ef al. (eds) 417

PepDLEY, L. & Forster, P.1.: Acacia eremophiloides

(Mimosaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland 277

Pennisetum elymoides (F. Muell.) Gardner 21

Pentatropis novoguineensis Valeton 526

Phragmicoma Dum.

aulacophora Mont. 392

cumingiana Mont. 392

eavesiana Gott. & Muell. 391

haskarliana Gott. 392

humilis Gott. 391

ligulata Lehm. & Lindenb. 392

plicatiscypha J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 392

reniloba Gott. 391

thozetiana Gott. & Muell. 391

Phyllobathelium (Muell. Arg) Muell. Arg.

epiphyllum 539*

nigrum R, Sant. & Tibell 538, 539*

Phylloporina obducta Muell. Arg. 539

Phylloporis Clements

muitipunctata (R. Sant.) Vézda 539

obducta (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. & Tibell 539

phyllogena (Muell. Arg.) Clements 540

Physiotum Nees

articulatum Lindenb. 388

muelleri Gott. 388

Physocolea trichomanis (Gott.) Steph. 395

Plagiochasma Lehm. & Lindenb, 397

australe Nees 397

queenslandicum Steph. 397

rupestre (Forst.} Steph. 397

Plasiochila (Dumort.) Dumort. 387

abietina (Nees) Lindenb. 387

acutifolia Steph. 387

aren (Bridel ex Lehm. & Lindenb.) Lindenb.

baileyana Steph. 387

bantamensis (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Lindenb. 387

bellenderiensis Steph. 387

blepharophora (Nees) Nees 387

brother? Steph. 388

conturbata Steph. 387

dendroides (Nees) Lindenb. 387

dicksonii J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 387

fasciculata Lindenb. 387

PICe (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) J.D. Hook. & Tayl.

furcata Steph. 387

hicksii Inoue 387

lyallii Mitt. 387

mitienti Steph. 387

mutltifurcata Steph. 387

obscura Col. 387

obtusa Lindenb. 387

pleurata (Yayl.) J.D. Hook. & Tayl. 387

pseudobtusa Inoue 387

queenslandica Steph. 387

renitens (Nees) Nees 387

semidilatata {Inoue 388

sydneyensis Beauv. 388

feysmannil Sande Lac. 387

trapezoidea Lindenb. 388

vitiensis Mitt. 388

wattsii Steph. ex Rodw. 388

Plagiochilaceae 387

Plagiochilion Hatt. 388

oppositus (Reinw., Blume & Nees) Hatt. 388

Planichioa B. Simon 212

nervilemma B, Simon 212, 212, 213*, 214*, 215*

Plectocolea eenii S. Arnell 386

Pleurozia Dumort. 388

articulata (Lindenb.) Schiffn. 388

muelleri Steph. 388

Pleuroziaceae 388

Podanthe squamata Tayl. 388

Polyalthia Blume

australis (Benth.) Jessup 227

holtzeana F. Muell. 227

Polyotus G.

taylorii (Gott.) Trev. 389

sp. aff. P. taylorif (Gott.) Trev. 389

Popowia australis Benth 227

Porella L. 389

cranfordii (Steph.) Hatt. 389

queenslandica (Steph.) Hatt. 389

Porellaceae

Porina Muell. Arg.

albicera (Krempelh.) van Overeem-de Haas 540

conica R. Sant. 540

epiphylla (Fée) Fée var. atriceps Vainio 540

epiphylla (Fée) Fée var. epipliylla 540

fulvella Muell. Arg. 540

inipressa R. Sant. 541

limbulata (Xrempelh.) Vainio 541

lucida R. Sant. 541

multipunctata R. Sant. 539

nitidula Muelil. Arg. 541

obducta (Muell. Arg.) Schilling 539

phyllogena Muell. Arg. 540

rifitla (Krempelh.) Vainio 54]

semecarpi Vainio 54]

virescens (Krempelh.) Muell. Arg. 542

Protasparagus Oberm.

africanus (Lam.) Oberm. 301, 302, 303*, 304

densiflorus (Kunth} Oberm. cv. Sprengeri (Regel)

Conran & P. Forster 300

Pseuduvaria Mig. 307

Key to species 307

froggatii (F. Muell.) Jessup 227

frogeattii (F. Muell.) Jessup 308, 309*

hylandii Jessup 308, 309*

mulgraveana Jessup 310

var. glabrescens Jessup 311*, 312

var. mulpgraveana 311*, 312, 312

reticulata (Blume) Mig. 307

villosa Jessup 311*, 312

Psiloclada reversa (Carr. & Pears.) Schiffn, 384

Pterostylis R. Br.

nigricans D. Jones & M. Clements 550, 551*

parviflora R. Br. 550

Ptilotus distans (R. Br.) Poiret

subsp. distans 17, 18*, 19

subsp. capensis Benl 17, 18%, 19

Ptychanthus Nees 393

pycnoctada Tayl. 392

squarrosus Mont. ex Lehm. 393

stephensonianus (Mitt.) Steph. 393

striatus (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Nees 393

Ptychocoleus Trev.

cumingianus Steph. 392

novae-guineae (Steph.) Steph. 392

parvus Steph. 392

Ptycholejeunea stephensonianus Mitt. 393

PuTTock, C.F.: A revision of Gardenia Ellis (Rubi-

aceae) from north-eastern Queensland 433

Pycnolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. 394

grandiocellata Steph. 394

longidens Steph. 393

yittata Steph. ex Hoffm. 394

Raciborskiella Hohnel

janeirensis(Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. 542

prasina (Muell. Arg.) R. Sant. 542

Racosperma Martius

acradenia (F. Muell.) Pedley 344

adenogonium Pedley 316, 317*

adsurgens (Maiden & Blakely} Pedley 344

aduncum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 344

allenianum (Maiden) Pedley 344

amblygonum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 344

ammophilum (Pediey) Pedley 344

ancistrocarpum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 344

aneurum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 344

angustum (Maiden & Blakely} Pedley 344

apreptum (Pedley) Pediley 344

argyraeum (Tindale) Pedley 344

arpyrodendron (Domin) Pedley 345

armillatum Pedley 325, 326*

armillatum Pedley 345

armitii (F. Muell. ex Maiden) Pedley 345

asperulaceum (F. Muell.} Pedley 345

attenuatum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 345

aulacocarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pediey 345

var. aulacocarpum 345

var. fruticosum (C. White) Pediey 345

auriculiforme (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 345

baeuerlenii (Maiden & R. Baker) Pedley 345

baileyanum (F. Muell.) Pedley 345

baileyanum (F. Muell.) Pedley 358

bakeri (Maiden) Pediey 345

bancroftii (Maiden) Pedley 345

baueri (Benth.) Pedley 345

betchei (Maiden & Biakely) Pediey 345

binervatum (DC.) Pedley 345

blaket (Pedley) Pedley 345

subsp. blakei 345

subsp. diphyllum (Tindale) Pedley 345

brachycarpum (Pedley) Pedley 345

brachystachyum (Benth.) Pedley 345

brassti (Pedley) Pedley 345

brassii (Pedley) Pedley 321

brownei (Poiret) Pedley 346

brunioides (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 346

subsp. brunioides 346

subsp. graniticum (Pedley) Pedley 346

burbidgeae (Pedley) Pedley 346

burrowll (Maiden) Pedley 346

buxifolium (Cunn.) Pediey 346

subsp. buxifelium 346

subsp. pubiflorum (Pedley) Pedley 346

calanthum (Pediey) Pedley 346

calcicola (Forde & Ising) Pedley 346

calyculatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 346

cambagei (R. Baker) Pedley 346

canum (Maiden) Pedley 346

caroleae (Pedley)} Pedley 346

catenulatum (C. White) Pediey 346

centrinervium (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 346

chinchillense (Tindale) Pedley 346

chippendalei (Pedley} Pedley 346

chisholmii (Bailey) Pedley 346

cincinnatum (F. Muell.} Pedley 347

complanatum (Cunn. ex Benth.} Pedley 347

concurrens (Pedley) Pediey 347

confertum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 347

conjunctifolium (F. Muell.) Pedley 347

coriaceum (DC.) Pediey 347

cowleanum (Tate) Pedley 347

crassicarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 347

crassum (Pedley) Pedley 347

subsp. crassum 347

subsp. longicomum (Pedley) Pediley 347

cretatum (Pedley) Pedley 347

crombiei (C. White) Pediey 347

cultriforme (Cunn. ex: G. Don) Pedley 347

curranii (Maiden) Pedley 347

cyperophyllum (F. Mueli. ex Benth.) Pedley 347

dawsonii (R. Baker} Pedley 347

dealbatum (Link) Pedley 358

deanei (R. Baker) Pedley 347

debile (Tindale) Pedley 347

decorum (H.G. Reichb.} Pedley 347

decurrens (Willd.) Pedley 358

589

deltoideum (Cunn, ex G. Don) Pedley 315, 317*,

319*

key to related species 315

deuteroneurum (Pediey) Pedley 347

dictyophlebum (F. Muell.) Pediey 347

dietrichianum (F. Muell.) Pedley 347

difficile (Maiden) Pedley 348

dimidiatum (Benth.} Pediey 348

drepanocarpum (F. Muell.) Pedley 348

subsp. drepanocarpum 348

subsp. latifolium (Pedley) Pedley 348

drepanocarpum (F. Muell.} Pedley 322

elatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 358

ensifolium (Pedley) Pedley 348

eremophiloides (Pedley & P. Forster) Pedley 348

estrophiolatum (F. Muell.) Pedley 348

everistii (Pedley) Pedley 348

excelsum (Benth.) Pedley 348

subsp. angustum (Pedley) Pedley 348

subsp. excelsum 348

excelsum (Benth.) Pediey 325

key to related species 323

Jaicatum (Willd.) Martius 348

falciforme (DC.) Pedley 348

fasciculiferum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 348

filicifolium (Cheel & Welch) Pedley 348

fimbriatum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 348

flavescens (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 348

fleckeri (Pediey) Pedley 348

Heckeri (Pediey) Pedley 327, 327

flexifolium (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 348

floribundum (Vent.) Pediey 348

floribundum (Vent.) Pedley 358

floydii (Tindale) Pedley 348

froggattii (Maiden) Pedley 318, 319*

galioides (Benth.) Pedley 349

georginae (Bailey) Pedley 349

gittinsii (Pedley) Pedley 349

glaucocarpum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 349

gnidium (Benth.) Pedley 349

gonocladum (F. Muell.) Pedley 349

grandifolium (Pedley) Pedley 349

graniticum (Maiden) Pedley 349

gunnii (Benth.) Pedley 349

guymeri (Tindale) Pedley 349

hakeoides (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 349

hammondii (Maiden) Pedley 349

handonis (Pedley) Pedley 349

harpophylium (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 349

hemignostum (F. Muell.} Pedley 349

hemsleyi (Maiden) Pedley 349

hillianum (Maiden) Pedley 349

hispidulum (Smith) Marttus 349

hockingsii (Pediey) Pedley 349

holosericeum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 349

holotrichum (Pedley) Pediey 350

homalocladum (F. Muell.) Pedley 350

homalocladum (F. Muell.) Pedley 324, 324

hubbardianum (Pedley) Pedley 350

humifusum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 350

hyaloneurum (Pedley) Pedley 350

hylonomium (Pedley) Pedley 350

implexum (Benth.) Pedley 350

irroratum (Sieber ex Sprengel} Pedley 350

islanum (Pedley)} Pedley 350

ixiophyllum (Benth.) Pedley 350

ixodes (Pedley} Pedley 350

jackesianum (Pediey) Pedley 350

johnsonii (Pedley) Pedley 350

jucundum (Maiden & Feats Pedley 350

juliferum (Benth.) Pedley 350

subsp. curvinervium (Maiden) Pedley 57!

subsp. gilbertense (Pedley) Pedley 350

subsp. juliferum 350

juliferum (Benth.) Pedley 571

juncifolium (Benth.) Pedley 350

kempeanum (F. Muell.) Pedley 350

laccatum (Pedley) Pedley 350

lanigerum (Cunn.) Pedley

latescens (Benth.) Pedley 371

latifolium (Benth.) Pedley 350

latisepalum (Pedley} Pediey 351

lautum (Pedley) Pedley 351

lazaridis (Pedley) Pedley 351

legnotum (Pedley) Pedley 351

legnotum (Pedley) Pedley 327

leichhardtti (Benth.) Pedley 351

leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley 351

leptecarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 351

leptolobum (Pediey) Pedley 351

leptostachyum (Benth.) Pedley 351

leucecladum (Tindale) Pedley 351

subsp. argentifolium (Tindale) Pedley 35!

subsp. leucocladum 351

S90

ligulatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 351

limbatum (F. Muell.) Pedley 351

lineatum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 351

longifolium (Andr.) Martius 358

longipedunculatum (Pedley) Pedley 351

longispicatum (Benth.) Pedley 351

subsp. longispicatum 351

subsp. velutinum (Pedley) Pedley 351

longissimum (H. Wendl.) Pedley 352

lorolobum (Tindale) Pedley 352

lysiphloium (F. Muell.) Pedley 352

macradenium (Benth.) Pedley 352

maidenii (F. Muell.) Pedley 352

maitlandii (F. Muell.) Pedley 352

mangium (Willd.) Pedley 352

maranoense (Pedley) Pedley 352

mearnsii (De Wild.) Pedley 358

mearnsii (De Wild.) Pedley 571

megalanthum (F. Muell.) Pedley 352

meiospermum Pedley 321, 326*

meiospermum Pedley 352

melanoxylon (R. Br.) Martius 352, 358

melleodorum (Pedley) Pedley 352

melvillei (Pedley) Pedley 352

microcephalum (Pedley) Pedley 352

microspermum (Pedley) Pedley 352

mimulum (Pedley) Pedley 352

montanum (Benth.) Pedley 352

monticola (J. Black) Pedley 352

muellerianum (Maiden & R. Baker) Pedley 352

multisiliquum (Benth.) Pedley 352

murrayanum (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 352

myrtifolium (Smith) Martius 352

nerlifolium (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 353

subsp. neriifolium 353

ye pustulum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley

nesophilum (Pedley) Pedley 353

nuperrimum (E.G. Baker) Pedley 353

subsp. cassiterum (Pedley) Pedley 353

subsp. nuperrinum 353

obtusifolium (Cunn.) Pedley 353

oligophlebum (Pedley) Pedley 353

omalophyllum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 353

ommatospermum Pedley 327

ommatospermum Pedley 353

orarium (F.Muell.) Pedley 353

orites (Pedley) Pedley 353

orthocarpum (F. Muell.) Pedley 353

oshanesii (F. Muell. & Maiden) Pedley 353

oswaldii (F. Muell.) Pedley 353

paniculatum Pedley 324, 326*

paniculatum Pedley 353

paradoxum (DC.) Martius 353, 358

parramattense (Tindale) Pedley 358

pendulum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 353

penninerve (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley 353

var. longiracemosum Pedley 353

var. penninerve 353

perangustum (C. White) Pedley 353

perryi (Pedley) Pedley 571

petraeum (Pedley) Pedley 353

peuce (F. Muell.) Pedley 353

phlebocarpum (F. Muell.) Pedley 353

platycarpum (F. Muell.) Pedley 354

plectocarpum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 354

subsp. plectocarpum 354

subsp. tanumbirense (Maiden) Pedley 354

podalyriifolium (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 354

podalyriifolium (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 358

polifolium (Pedley) a 354

polyadenium Pedley 322

polyadenium Pedley 354

polybotryum (Benth.) Pedley 354

polystachyum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 354

pravifolium (F. Muell.) Pedley 354

pravissimum (F, Muell. ex Benth.) Pedley 359

pruinosum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 354

pubicostum (C. White) Pedley 354

pubifolium (Pedley) Pedley 354

pubirhachis (Pedley) Pedley 354

purpureipetalum (Bailey) Pedley 354

quadrilaterale (DC.) Pedley 354

ramiflorum (Domin) Pedley 354

ramulosum (W.V. Fitzg.) Pedley 354

resinicostatum (Pedley) Pedley 354

retiveneum (F. Muell.) Pedley 354

rhodoxylon (Maiden) Pedley 354

rigens (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley 355

rothii (Bailey) Pedley 355

rubidum (Cunn.) Pedley 355

ruppii (Maiden & Betche) Pedley 355

salicinum (Lindley) Pedley 355

salignum (Labill.) Pedley 355

saxicola (Pedley) Pedley 355

semilunatum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 355

semirigidum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 355

shirleyi (Maiden) Pedley 355

simsii (Benth.) Pedley 355

sophorae (Labill.) Martius 355, 358

spanium (Pedley) Pedley 355

sparsiflorum (Maiden) Pedley 355

spectabile (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 355

spirorbe (Labill.) Pedley 355

subsp. solandri (Benth) Pedley 355

subsp. spirorbe 355

spondylophyllum (F. Muell.) Pedley 355

stenophyllum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 355

stipuligerum (F. Muell.) Pedley 356

aa glabrifolium (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley

subsp. stipuligerum 356

stipulosum (F. Muell.) Pedley 316, 317*

storyi (Tindale) Pedley 356

stowardii (Maiden) Pedley 356

striatifolium (Pedley) Pedley 356

strictum (Andr.) Martius 356

strongylophyllum (F. Muell.) Pedley 356

suaveolens (Smith) Martius 356

sublanatum (Benth.) Pedley 318, 319*

tenuinerve (Pedley) Pedley 356

tenuissimum (F. Muell.) Pedley 356

tephrinum (Pedley) Pedley 356

tetragonophyllum (F. Muell.) Pedley 356

tindaleae (Pedley) Pedley 356

torulosum (Benth.) Pedley 356

translucens (Cunn. ex Hook.) Pedley 356

tripterum (Benth,) Pedley 356

tropicum (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley 356

ulicifolium (Salisb.) Pedley 356

ulicifolium (Salisb.) Pedley 358

umbellatum (Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley 356

unciferum (Benth.) Pedley 356

uncinatum (Lindley) Pedley 357

venulosum (Benth.) Pedley 357

vernicifluum (Cunn.) Pedley 357

verticillatum (L’Herit.) Martius 358

var. latifolium Pedley 358

var. verticillatum 358

victoriae (Benth.) Pedley 357

viscidulum (Benth.) Pedley 357

wardellii (Tindale) Pedley 357

whitei (Maiden) Pedley 357

wickhamii (Benth.) Pedley 357

Radula Dumort. 389

acutiloba Steph. 389

buccinifera (J.D. Hook. & Tayl.) Tayl. 389

fauciloba Steph. 389

gottscheana Tayl. 389

hicksiae Yamada 389

javanica Gott. 389

jovetiana Yamada 389

kurzii Steph. 389

mittenii Steph. 389

multiflora Gott. ex Schiffn. 389

novae-hollandiae Hampe 389

ocellata Yamada 389

patens Yamada 389

reflexa Nees & Mont. 389

retroflexa var. fauciloba (Steph.) Yamada 389

retroflexa Tayl. 389

ventricosa Steph. 389

S91

Radulaceae 389

Ratonia A. DC.

alphandi F. Muell. 34

anodonta (F. Muell.) Benth 171

cordiert F. Muell. ex Bailey 186

daemeliana F. Muell. ex Bailey 178

distylis F. Muell. ex Benth. 160

exangulata F. Muell. 167

grandissima F. Muell. 169

lachnocarpa F. Muell. 168

lessertiana auct. non Benth. & J.D. Hook.; F.M.

Bailey 167

martyana (F, Muell.} Batley 55

nugentii Bailey 178

oshanesiana (F. Muell.) Bailey 164

pyriformis (F. Muell.) Benth. 170

stipata (F. Muell.) Benth. 53

fanax Cunn. ex Benth. 177

fenax auct. non (Cunn. ex Benth.) Bailey 184, 185

Reboulia Raddi 397

hemisphaerica (1.) Raddi 397

REYNOLDS, S.T.: Notes on Sapindaceae, III 29

REYNOLDS, S.T.: Notes on Sapindaceae, TV 153

REYNOLDS, S.T.: Notes on Sapindaceae, V 328

REYNOLDS, S.T., with HOLLAND, A.E.: Five new species

of Sida L. (Malvaceae) from Australia 459

Rhodamnia Jack

key to species 233

costata A.J. Scott 228, 229, 230

dumicola Guymer & Jessup 228, 232*

glabrescens Guymer & Jessup 231, 232*

maideniana C. White 231

pauciovulata Guymer 515, 516*

rubescens (Benth.) Mia. 515

whiteana Guymer & Jessup 229, 232*

Rhus cobbe L. 32

Rhysotoechia Radik. 41

key to species 41

bifoliolata Radlk. 41, 43*

contermina Domin 44

flavescens Radlk. 43*, 44

mortoniana (F. Muell.) Radlk. 41, 42, 43*

robertsonti (F. Muell.) Radlk. 42, 43*

Riccardia S.F. Gray 396

babindae Hewson 396

bipinnatifida (Col.) Hewson 396

bliklika Hewson 396

crassa (Schwaeer.} Carr. & Pears. 396

hypipamensis Hewson 396

macdonaldiana Hewson 396

rupicola (Steph.) Hewson 396

wattsiana (Steph.) Hewson 396

Riecia L. 398

burnettensis Steph. 398

cartilaginosa Steph. 398

collata Na-Thalang 398

marginata Carr. & Pears. 398

multifida (Steph.) Steph. 398

muscicola Steph. 398

natans L. 398

vesiculosa (Carr. & Pears.) Steph. 398

Ricciaceae 398

Ricciella A. Br.

bullosa Link. var. vesiculosa Carr. & Pears. 398

multifida Steph. 398

muscicola (Steph.) Steph. 398

Ricciocarpus Corda 398

natans (L.) Corda 398

Ricinocarpus Desf.

muricatus J. Mueller 431

stylosus Diels 431

Ross, E.M.: A new species of Macarthuria (Aizoaceae)

from south-eastern Queensland 25

Ross, E.M.: A new species of Trymalium (Rhamnaceae)

from south-eastern Queensland 190

Saccopetalum Bennett 517

bidwillii Benth. 523

brahei F. Mueli. 227, 520

horsfieldii Bennett 517, 518

SANTESSON, R. & TIBELL, L.: Folticolous lichens from

Australia 529

Sapindus L.

edulis Blume 35

rubiginosa (Roxb.) 35

squamosus Roxb. 53

Sarcopteryx Radlk. 53

key to species 53

acuminata S. Reyn. 56*, 57

martyana (F. Muell.) Radlk. 54, 55, 56*

montana S. Reyn. 55, 56*, 57

reticulata S. Reyn. 54, 56*

squamosa (Roxb.) Radlk. 53

stipata (F. Muell.) Radlk. 53, 54, 56*

Sarcotoechia Radik. 181

key to species 181

cuneata Radlk. [81], 185

heterophylla S. Reyn. 182, 183*

lanceolata (C. White) S. Reyn. 183*, 185

protracta Radlk. 184

serrata S. Reyn. 182, {83*

villosa S. Reyn. 183*, 184

Schiffneriolejeinea Verd. 392

cumingiana (Mont.) Grad. 392

haskarliana (Gott.) Grad. 392

eee (Nees) Grad. var. haskarliana (Gott.) Grad.

Schistochiia Dumort. 388

baileyana Steph. 388

brotheri Steph. 388

cristata Steph. 388

Schistochilaceae 388

Schmidelia L. 31

anodonta F. Muell. 171

pyriformus F. Muell. 170

racemosa L. 31

Senecio L.

arymophilus F. Muell. 560

shirleyanus Domin 560

Setaria Beauv.

geniculata P. Beauv. var. pauciseta Desv. 22

glauca(L.) P. Beauv. var. pallide-fusca (Schumach.)

Koyama 22

gracilis Kunth var. pauciseta (Desv.) B. Simon 22

pallide-fusca (Schumach.) Stapf & Hubbard 22

pumila (Poir.) Roemer & Schultes subsp. pallide-

fusca (Schumach.) B. Simon 22

Sida L.

arenicola S. Reyn. & Holland 463, 466*

key to related species 465

arpillacea Holland & S. Reyn. 465, 468*

key to related species 467

asterocalyx S. Reyn. & Holland 463, 464*

brachypoda Holland & S. Reyn. 459, 460*

calyxhymenia Gay ex DC. 463

corrugata Lindley 459, 461

key to related species 461

eyveristiana S. Reyn. & Holland 461, 462*

fibulifera Lindley 465

petrophila F. Muell. 463

SIMON, B.K.: New taxa of and nomenclatural changes

in Aristida L. (Poaceae) in Australia 87

SIMON, B.K.: Planichloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Era-

grostideae), a new grass genus from northern Queens-

land 211

SIMON, B.K.: Studies in Australian grasses, 1. 21

SIMON, B.K.: Studies in Australian grasses, 2. 238

SIMON, B.K.: Studies in Australian grasses, 3. 281

SIMON, B.K.: Two new species of Enteropogon (Poaceae:

Chlorideae) in Australia |

Solanum L.

abutiloides (Griseb.) Bitter & Lillo 305

americanum Muitier

sages nutans (R. Henderson) R. Henderson

subsp. nodiflorum (Jacq.) R. Henderson 555

var. nodiflorum (Jacg.) Edmonds 555

nodiflorum Jacq. 555

subsp. nutans R. Henderson 555

subsp. nodiflorum 555

Solenostoma australe Steph. 386

AUSTROBAILEYA

VOLUME 2

1984-1988

CONTENTS

Two new species of Enter opogon earn sammsineiatsy in Australia

B.K. Simon 3 ee ta ee RL Ones a

A revision of Comesperma ih a tiee in : nmenas

L. Pedley ptt) bee Gl AME 4s Me SUR oe Pn oe

A new species of Darwinia SMEECARESET: for sila cain

N.B. Byrnes ee ey)

A new poenecies of Ptilotus distans ie Br Poir. in Snntaraas

G. Benl. ods Aadaedeh eH Bln atL Les 3 co oie re wee

Studies in Australian grasses, |

B.K. Simon yt

A new species of Macarthuria Arenas from south-eastern neuen

E.M. Ross . PEP edt ee att, 3 THE Bi ghee eee ek hates Ss

A new species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) from south-eastern a haaainasicn

T.D. Stanley ee ee eae on ee Sut

Notes on Sapindaceae, HI

S.T. Reynolds

A revision of Melaleuca L. Sha ea in northern and eastern Australia, I

N.B. Byrnes Bid fan oslo a a, ON aneh Pwo See Me eS

A revision of Xylosma G. Forster (Flacourtiaceae) in Australia

L.W. Jessup ToA4, eee apt ale Neck a

Revision of Australian Vitaceae, 1. icdiabailea Planchon

B.R. Jackes Fett Bt ite, gle Maange it) ws

New taxa of and nomenclatural etianges in Aristida L. (Poaceae) in Australia

B.K. Simon , ee ig See ary De ee oe se | ee

A mangrove hybrid Sonneratia X guingai (Sonneratiaceae) from north-eastern

Australia

N.C. Duke..............

A note on F.M. Bailey’s PORORY 2 Bulletins

R.J.F. Henderson

Thelionema, a new genus of the Phormiaceae from Australia

R.J.F. Henderson 3

Page

65_

103

107

109

A revision of Fontainea Heckel i und aie ona,

L.W. Jessup & G.P. Guymer -

Two new epiphytic species of Lycopodium (Lycopodiaceae) from north-eastern

Queensland

D.L. Jones & B. Gray... .

A revision of Melaleuca L. RETR EORE) in northern and eastern Australia, 2

N.B. Byrnes on ast SVR te a Ce iarcatg at ash

A name change in the wens Bae: eapher ances)

G.P. Guymer .

The ironbarks allied to Eucalyptus crebra F. Muell. and the description of a

new species, /. quadricostata, in the group

M.I.H. Brooker .... yey a oe

Notes on Sapindaceae, IV

S.T. Reynolds

A new species of 7) laa ESSERE it) from south-eastern pani ih

E.M. Ross . Ws bugs Shy yy ok vhabeh 7 Ue 7 sees ltl nee

New species from Blackdown Tableland, Central caniaaa — |

R.J.F. Henderson A eo See ee

Some historical collection localities in and around Brisbane

A. Bolin REE Mr: Teg WPAN he 4c lea RS

Book Review

Jedda, a new genus of ERyaprincenee (subtribe ccMsnnncR UR, from Australia

J.R. Clarkson . Po earied hae Regn ele oly PA a APL, cP Ne A R™ Gra Bueed ae Lath

Planichloa (Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae), a new grass genus from

northern Queensland

B.K. Simon

Four new species of Ipomoea L. (Convolvulaceae) from Australia

R.W. Johnson 7 Oy Bh SAUER IRIS wh FE TA hy ee rooney

The genus Goniothalamus (Blume) J.D. Hook. & Thomson (Annonaceae) in

Australia

L.W. Jessup

New combinations in Australian Annonaceae

L.W. Jessup

New species of Rhodamnia Jack net aeene) from Australia

G.P. Guymer & L.W. Jessup ere Poe

Acacia maconochieana PEER ESAS Ds § a new species from semi-arid Australia

L. Pedley ee ee : ee epee Wy Rohs ded on Vater |,

Studies in Australian grasses, 2

B.K. Simon oan

A new combination and new species in Austrosteenisia Geesink (Fabaceae

Milletieaec)

L.W. Jessup

112

126

131

147

148

153

190

192

198

202

203,

211

217

224

227

228

235

238

243

Laxmannia compacta (Anthericaceae), a new camer from eastern Australia

P.J. Forster & J.G. Conran Ries Saree fe

A revision of Melaleuca L. eeenetres in northern and eastern Australia, 3

N.B. Byrnes : iy he oe ay has GRE ey eo v e's OY

Combretum trifoliatum Vent. (Combretaceae), a new record for Australia

J.R. Clarkson & B.P.M. Hyland EE ML oes wiley Ltn he ES

Acacia eremophiloides (Mimosaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

L. Pedley & P.I. Forster

Studies in Australian praptes, 3

B.K. Simon Sr hn

New fern records for Australia

D.L. Jones & B. Gray .. ..

Studies in Queensland Pandanaceae, a new species and hybrid of Pandanus L.f.

R, Tucker .. .. ene RS peg ee Nee ees an sic neha Se ake oe a)

Protasparagus africanus (Lam.) Oberm. (Asparagaceae), a serious weed for south-

eastern Queensland

J.G. Conran & P.I. Forster

A new alien Solanum L. (Solanaceae) in Rapeealael

D.E. Symon & J.T. Swarbrick EE dad an,

The genus Pseuduvaria Mia. AORN) in Australia

L.W. Jessup ean tats peel fees okies ees Bn

Racospermum deltoideum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley (Leguminosae:

Mimosoideae) and related species in northern Australia

L. Pedley sept eeY go os Inte ait betoety fcr teage Bbc Meh cis

Notes on Racosperma Martius i eine pi sisi ]

L. Pedley a. eho da ese eae a

Notes on Sapindaceae, V

S.T. Reynolds

Two new species of Notelaea Vent. Reena) F from south-eastern Queensland

G.P. Guymer . Bye fobs a NWS ee, Se

Racosperma Martius AROSE: daiicmaas in qe a checklist

L. Pedley - Vb ge eet ee

Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in New Zealand: a checklist

L. Pedley . rete ghee h vita WAL d ty ecu PGA! @ Fae. eel hs

Rediscovery and status of Adiantum whitei Eaiey bale ANd

P.D. Bostock . Ste angen a MoE,

Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 2. AP ‘atia Juss.

B.R. Jackes Spa aes ah har Py Te

Annotated checklist of ss nceinieiaa ema

J. Windolf. . ie Pra Pa

246

254

214

2717

281

284

287

300

305

307

314

321

328

339

344

3538

360

365

380

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, IJ. A new combination in

Gymnema R. Br.

P.I. Forster

Three new species of Bonamia Thouars as pprhiaitmner aay from Central Australia

R.W. Johnson Se SS AOS A ES ees 2 ace te NE le AB

Two new species of Convolvulus L. SP RROEY SHERRY) from South Australia

R.W. Johnson De preterit: day totes Gat Rie FS oe ce, ie.

A new species of /sotropis Benth. and a new record of Daviesia Smith (Fabaceae:

Mirbelieae) from Queensland

M.D. Crisp as 8

NOTE — Paramignya Wapat malanliath icine in Australia

BE, PeGléy oi ee a4 -

Book Review

Nomenclatural Studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss. danas. i

R.J.F. Henderson Bese ah) Statik icant bie ne Lee

Notes on Bertya Planchon ECR Rae)

G.P. Guymer . + se

A Revision of Gardenia Ellis (Rubiaceae) from north-eastern nieskart

CO oR, SER POG Re tin reretced cae sya bce dort ase ee cee es ee

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, III. A new species of Cynanchum

L. and a new name in Marsdenia R. Br.

P.I. Forster & A. Thongpukdee. .

Five new species of Sida L. (Malvaceae) from Australia

A.E. Holland & S.T. Reynolds ............

New fern species from northern Australia

PORE ONES. oc ec acs: des cnt de

Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 3. Cissus L.

B.R. Jackes Bicone fees aoa tris

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, IV. Dischidia R. Br. in Australia

P.I. Forster & D.J. Liddle ets ae ee Oa)

Rhodamnia sianpisideaaas a new species of mentee! from Queensland

G.P. Guymer . ay ee nario oye

The genus Miliusa Leschen. ex A. DC. (Annonaceae) in Australia

L.W. Jessup aS Seer ris Ten yee ke IS LT er

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, V. Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.)

Schltr. and its niin

P.1. Forster

Folticolous lichens from Australia

R. Santesson & L. Tibell . .

New orchid taxa from south-eastern Queensland

D.L. Jones & M.A. Clements

New combinations for Solanum americanum Miller (Solanaceae) in Australia

and New Zealand

R.J.F. Henderson

401

405

408

412

416

417

419

427

433

451

459

469

431

507

S15

317

325

329

347/

S55

Variation in Gynura drymophila (F. Muell.) F.G. Davies breatereneee: PePIOHTAC)

P.I. Forster & A. Thongpukdee. . S MAA AA oe Cb ee SS

A new species of Backhousia Hook. & Harvey (Myrtaceae) from Queensland

and a reappraisal of Backhousia ote ibunda A.J. Scott

G.P. Guymer ..

Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Queensland and New

Zealand: Senpiment to the checklists of SDs

L. Pedley |

NOTE — Notes on the naturalised flora of payee i

P.I. Forster

Index .

S. R. Hampson, Government Printer, Queensland—-1988

35 /

567

571

573

S77

BN wh whe ty Me a Me WP eh Mh Me a” WN le me aT SA a ah Ma Me Me ah WT SMa a eae” MMe Wh hh Me Me Mw ww i'n nw nw no wat wn aM wa wn whe e's nnn Mw Men nm Ow Ma Me a "ahh wh a hy My ME ih Phi hy MWh Bh whe "nh Mf Me a HP hy "Wh Wh hy" My "a Pe hy "ay a Mae Bw Me Meh a hye Mee yh Hy hy MyM als mE he? he ME ME hy eT hy ay hy ms? MY my we Mh a yw hh Wa Me Phy ih oy he a my" wm” ww mw nw nn nm i ww mw Ww ME nm we en nw mm te we enw ww tw mm wm Mv nw mn w wt Ma a wm Mo nt ww ww mm Mo nt w nw mn w wt wa wm mmm Wh mw mm hm nH HH HH HH HH "9 mw mW Hy Hew iy ny my" Sw my" my? hy Mp yy wenn nO w'n''h'n Oe w nw whe Me Men mw a a why "Wh a” HP my ny “ye hay at a aye ee aye Dee He” Math yah My Mah et WP my ay" yt mw My ym yo a Mn” why yh hm mt a ME "HM ae hme hy hy Ma MW hy a ay ME hy ny ny my my Mo mw mw i yg? mn mw we mw my Fy wm Wm" 9 Hw mW mw me ow on 9 HTH WW MH HH MH HH HH HH HH HH HH HH HHH HHH HH Hv HH HW HHH Hn HHH HH HH Hn Hm HHH Hn nnn HH WH ma w mn Hw ne wv mw ow nm ww nn nn wm» wmv nn whan» a Mo nn Mon Mo nto wha w nnn nn Mom wh nh wha® vo aw ww nt Mee tin Mo oP nto wh ne nti Mew Mo oP whim wh nw ty wh ny tin tin Mo My vt My Ma My MMM Mh» wat at yt ty Ty My RRM ny HONE HME MEE OEE Th monrennnnEnon Ten HunonEounonrenEne rewenoEennonron nero re rere rere eee eee eee

Notes for Authors

Austrobaileya publishes original papers in systematic botany and related fields.

Preference will be given to papers relating to the flora of Queensland. All papers are

refereed and the editorial committee reserves the right to reject papers.

Manuscripts must be submitted in duplicate to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queens-

land Herbarium, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld

4068. They must be double-spaced typewritten, with 2.5 cm margins in the first instance.

After refereeing, the corrected manuscript may alternatively be submitted on disk in

WordPerfect, Wordstar or Multimate. All illustrations should be submitted with the text.

One set of proofs will be sent to authors.

_ or style and layout the most recent number of Austrobaileya should be followed,

particularly in the use of subheadings for distribution, etymology, etc. Papers must be

concise and illustrations should make economical use of available space.

__ Where possible illustrations should be submitted in a size suitable for reproduction

without reduction in size. The maximum size of a printed illustration is 12.5 cm X 18.5

cm. Do not put lettering on the illustration but indicate separately on a photocopy or

overlay. Illustrations should be cited in the text. Typed captions should be supplied on

a separate page. All illustrations, both ine drawings and photographs are to be numbered

as figures in a common sequence. Published illustrations remain the property of the

Queensland Herbarium.

Tables should be as simple as possible. Long and/or complicated tables should

tn avoided. The tables should: be numbered consecutively and each should be cited in

the text.

standard Abbreviations

_ Titles of journals cited in the text should be abbreviated according to Botanico-

Periodicum-Huntianum (Hunt Botanical Library, 1968) while names of books should be

abbreviated in accordance with F.A. Stafleu and R.S. Cowan, Taxonomic Literature, edn

2 (W. Junk, 1976-). In bibliographies the titles of both journals and books should be

given in full. All entries in the bibliography are to be referred to in the text and all

references to papers or books in narrative text are to be included in the bibliography.

Author abbreviations should follow the Draft Index of Author Abbreviations

compiled at the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (HMSO, 1980). Acronyms used

for herbaria cited in the text should be in accordance with P.K. Holmgren, W. Kreuken

and E.K. Schofield (1981), Index Herbariorum Pt 1, edn 7, Regnum Vegetabile 106.

Other abbreviations which may be used in citing specimens are S.F. (State Forest),

S.F.R. (State Forest Reserve), L.A. (Logging Area), T.R. (Timber Reserve) and an AQ

number. This number refers to the computerised collection number situated on the sheet

and/or on the label of specimens housed in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). It is

distinct from the BRI number which is a framed sheet number associated with the name

“Queensland Herbarium Brisbane”, stamped on the sheet: :

CONTENTS page

Nomenclatural Studies in Dianella Lam. ex Juss. (Phormiaceae) J

R.J.F. Henderson ee ee ee ee res

Notes on Bertya Planchon a aaah aaa et

G.P. Guymer . . ee a ee on ek ais

A Revision of Gardenia Ellis GRabiatens from north-eastern , Queensian ae +

C.F. Puttock ...... ; Ne carats

nanchum

Studies on the Australasian ‘sscipiiieslacese. Ill. A new species of CY A51

L. and a new name in Marsdenia R. Br. ig

P.I. Forster & A. Thongpukdee............

Five new species of Sida L. (Malvaceae) from Australia

A.E. Holland & S.T. Reynolds . eee ens ee

New fern ‘species from northern ‘Australia

D.L. Jones. . Treat nese

Revision of the Australian Vitaceae, 3. Cissus L.

B.R. Jackes po STL ERIS ghar oe

Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae, IV. Dischidia

PJ. Forster & D.J. Liddle Ao sare Par ee

Rhodamnia Asaciadidaaiauit a new caaitibe of MIS ACERE from Q

Guymer . Cae rate a eR SRS Ree e

The genus Miliusa Leschen. ex A. DC. Anmpaces) in Australia

Dy Weaelessup: 0 others USS nioet ek: teres Ee ae

HOS

R. Br. in np Australia | a0!

ucensiand

Studies on the Australasian Aitleviedanese We “sittricletne car

Schltr. and its SrEQny EY

P.I. Forster ‘5

Foliicolous lichens from Australia me ee

R. Santesson & L. Tibell .. .. 2. 0. 2 ee ee ee et

New orchid taxa from south-eastern Queensland eG

D.L. Jones & M.A. Clements a en Australia

New combinations for Solanum americanum Miller (Solanaceae) a

and New Zealand

R.J.F. Henderson =. ea Boe an ro neae)

Variation in Gynura drymophila F. Muell. IE F.G, Davies Asteraceae’ iin ee

P.I. Forster & A. Thongpukdee. . nad

aeensia

A new species of Backhousia Hook. & Harvey sdhtyriadeass fromm Qu

and a Sacks of Backhousia floribunda A.J. Scott

ye CU VITIET., Sad Be ete ee oes FE ee ee es wae tty ce ae nee

d ap

Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae: wintonsideasy 3 in Queenslan

Zealand: his cabana to the checklists of coal

L. Pedley = ie

NOTES

Notes on the naturalised flora of peices

Fab SROPSter 0... Joes ese ere eee ey eee I wd en ee eae YD

(COPMBONCHIT ae. tee aa tet an ein fee nv hate. yes Alel se snes OP

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland by M.B. Thomas and W.J.F. McDonald

(1987), 68pp., soft cover.

Weeds of Queensland by H.E. Kleinschmidt and R.W. Johnson (1979), 469 pp., illustrated,

hard cover, reprinted with corrections 1987.

Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae and Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5

by P.R. Sharpe (1986), 47pp., illustrated, card cover.

for

Moreton Region Vegetation Map Series - Summary Report and Species Checklist x

Caloundra, Brisbane, Beenleigh and Murwillumbah by W.J.F. McDonald ane --

Elsol (1984), 247 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland — South Central Queensland. Botany Bulletin No- 5

by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland —- South West Queensland. Botany Bulletin N

D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Suburban Weeds by H.E. Kleinschmidt (1983), 65 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.

Volume 1 (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas (1981)

39 pp., soft cover.

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.

Volume 1 (1977), 101 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981), 76 pp., illustrated, soft cover. rm

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should pe aig? 3

to Information Centre, Queensland Department of Primary Industries, G.P.V.

Brisbane Q. 4001.

o. 4 by

Editorial Committee

L. Pedley (Editor)

E.M. Ross

Word Processing

J.M. Cronk

K.M. Ryan

G.L. Smit

| ee C.G. Watkins

Austrobaileya 2(4) was published on 24 September 1987